Asus Motherboard M2R32-MVP User Manual
Motherboard M2R32-MVP
ii ii ii ii ii Copyright é 2006 ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. All Rights Reserved. Copyright é 2006 ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. All Rights Reserved. Copyright é 2006 ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. All Rights Reserved. Copyright é 2006 ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. All Rights Reserved. Copyright é 2006 ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. All Rights Reserved. No part of this manual, including the products and software described in it, may be reproduced, transmitted, transcribed, stored in a retrieval system, or translated into any language in any form or by any means, except documentation kept by the purchaser for backup purposes, without the express written permission of ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. (âÂÂASUSâÂÂ). Product warranty or service will not be extended if: (1) the product is repaired, modified or altered, unless such repair, modification of alteration is authorized in writing by ASUS; or (2) the serial number of the product is defaced or missing. ASUS PROVIDES THIS MANUAL âÂÂAS ISâ WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT SHALL ASUS, ITS DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES OR AGENTS BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF PROFITS, LOSS OF BUSINESS, LOSS OF USE OR DATA, INTERRUPTION OF BUSINESS AND THE LIKE), EVEN IF ASUS HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES ARISING FROM ANY DEFECT OR ERROR IN THIS MANUAL OR PRODUCT. SPECIFICATIONS AND INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS MANUAL ARE FURNISHED FOR INFORMATIONAL USE ONLY, AND ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE AT ANY TIME WITHOUT NOTICE, AND SHOULD NOT BE CONSTRUED AS A COMMITMENT BY ASUS. ASUS ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR ANY ERRORS OR INACCURACIES THAT MAY APPEAR IN THIS MANUAL, INCLUDING THE PRODUCTS AND SOFTWARE DESCRIBED IN IT. Products and corporate names appearing in this manual may or may not be registered trademarks or copyrights of their respective companies, and are used only for identification or explanation and to the ownersâ benefit, without intent to infringe. E2770 E2770 E2770 E2770 E2770 Second Edition V2 Second Edition V2 Second Edition V2 Second Edition V2 Second Edition V2 August 2006 August 2006 August 2006 August 2006 August 2006
iii iii iii iii iii Contents Notices ............................................................................................... vii Safety information ............................................................................ viii About this guide ................................................................................. ix M2R32-MVP specifications summary .................................................. xi Chapter 1: Chapter 1: Chapter 1: Chapter 1: Chapter 1: Product introduction Product introduction Product introduction Product introduction Product introduction 1.1 Welcome! .............................................................................. 1-1 1.2 Package contents ................................................................. 1-1 1.3 Special features .................................................................... 1-2 1.3.1 Product highlights ................................................... 1-2 1.3.2 Innovative ASUS features ....................................... 1-4 Chapter 2: Chapter 2: Chapter 2: Chapter 2: Chapter 2: Hardware information Hardware information Hardware information Hardware information Hardware information 2.1 Before you proceed .............................................................. 2-1 2.2 Motherboard overview .......................................................... 2-2 2.2.1 Placement direction ................................................ 2-2 2.2.2 Screw holes ............................................................ 2-2 2.2.3 Motherboard layout ................................................ 2-3 2.2.4 Layout Contents ..................................................... 2-4 2.3 Central Processing Unit (CPU) .............................................. 2-6 2.3.1 Installing the CPU .................................................... 2-6 2.3.2 Installing the heatsink and fan ................................ 2-8 2.4 System memory ................................................................. 2-11 2.4.1 Overview ............................................................... 2-11 2.4.2 Memory Configurations ......................................... 2-12 2.4.3 Installing a DDR2 DIMM ......................................... 2-16 2.4.4 Removing a DDR2 DIMM ........................................ 2-16 2.5 Expansion slots ................................................................... 2-17 2.5.1 Installing an expansion card .................................. 2-17 2.5.2 Configuring an expansion card .............................. 2-17 2.5.3 Interrupt assignments .......................................... 2-18 2.5.4 Two PCI slots ........................................................ 2-19 2.5.5 Two PCI Express x1 slots ...................................... 2-19 2.5.6 Two PCI Express x16 slots ................................... 2-19
iv iv iv iv iv Contents 2.6 Jumper ............................................................................... 2-21 2.7 Connectors ......................................................................... 2-24 2.7.1 Rear panel connectors .......................................... 2-24 2.7.2 Internal connectors ............................................... 2-26 Chapter 3: Chapter 3: Chapter 3: Chapter 3: Chapter 3: Powering up Powering up Powering up Powering up Powering up 3.1 Starting up for the first time ................................................ 3-1 3.2 Powering off the computer .................................................. 3-2 3.2.1 Using the OS shut down function ........................... 3-2 3.2.2 Using the dual function power switch .................... 3-2 Chapter 4: Chapter 4: Chapter 4: Chapter 4: Chapter 4: BIOS Setup BIOS Setup BIOS Setup BIOS Setup BIOS Setup 4.1 Managing and updating your BIOS ........................................ 4-1 4.1.1 ASUS Update utility ................................................ 4-1 4.1.2 Creating a bootable floppy disk .............................. 4-4 4.1.3 ASUS EZ Flash utility .............................................. 4-5 4.1.4 AFUDOS utility ........................................................ 4-6 4.1.5 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 utility ................................ 4-9 4.2 BIOS setup program ........................................................... 4-11 4.2.1 BIOS menu screen ................................................. 4-12 4.2.2 Menu bar ............................................................... 4-12 4.2.3 Navigation keys .................................................... 4-12 4.2.4 Menu items ........................................................... 4-13 4.2.5 Sub-menu items ................................................... 4-13 4.2.6 Configuration fields .............................................. 4-13 4.2.7 Pop-up window ..................................................... 4-13 4.2.8 Scroll bar .............................................................. 4-13 4.2.9 General help .......................................................... 4-13 4.3 Main menu .......................................................................... 4-14 4.3.1 System Time ......................................................... 4-14 4.3.2 System Date ......................................................... 4-14 4.3.3 Legacy Diskette A ................................................ 4-14 4.3.4 Language .............................................................. 4-14 4.3.5 Primary IDE Master/Slave SATA1-4 ............................................................... 4-15 4.3.6 Storage Configuration .......................................... 4-16 4.3.7 System Information .............................................. 4-17
v v v v v 4.4 Advanced menu .................................................................. 4-18 4.4.1 JumperFree Configuration .................................... 4-18 4.4.2 CPU Configuration ................................................. 4-22 4.4.3 Chipset ................................................................. 4-25 4.4.4 Onboard Devices Configuration ............................ 4-27 4.4.5 PCI PnP ................................................................. 4-29 4.4.6 USB Configuration ................................................. 4-30 4.5 Power menu ........................................................................ 4-32 4.5.1 Suspend Mode ...................................................... 4-32 4.5.2 Repost Video on S3 Resume ................................ 4-32 4.5.3 ACPI Version Features .......................................... 4-32 4.5.4 ACPI APIC Support ................................................ 4-32 4.5.5 APM Configuration ................................................ 4-33 4.5.6 Hardware Monitor ................................................. 4-35 4.6 Boot menu .......................................................................... 4-37 4.6.1 Boot Device Priority .............................................. 4-37 4.6.2 Boot Settings Configuration ................................. 4-38 4.6.3 Security ................................................................ 4-38 4.7 Tools menu ......................................................................... 4-42 4.7.1 ASUS EZ Flash 2 ................................................... 4-42 4.7.2 ASUS O.C. Profile .................................................. 4-43 4.8 Exit menu ........................................................................... 4-45 Chapter 5: Chapter 5: Chapter 5: Chapter 5: Chapter 5: Software support Software support Software support Software support Software support 5.1 Installing an operating system ............................................. 5-1 5.2 Support CD information ........................................................ 5-1 5.2.1 Running the support CD ......................................... 5-1 5.2.2 Drivers menu .......................................................... 5-2 5.2.3 Utilities menu .......................................................... 5-3 5.2.4 Make Disk menu ...................................................... 5-5 5.2.5 Manuals menu ......................................................... 5-6 5.2.6 ASUS Contact information ...................................... 5-7 5.2.7 Other information ................................................... 5-7
vi vi vi vi vi 5.4 Software information ........................................................... 5-9 5.3.1 ASUS MyLogo2⢠.................................................... 5-9 5.3.2 AI Net 2 ................................................................ 5-11 5.3.3 ASUS PC Probe II ................................................... 5-12 5.3.4 Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet⢠Technology .................................. 5-18 5.3.5 SoundMAX î High Definition Audio utility .............. 5-20 5.4 RAID configurations ............................................................ 5-25 5.4.1 Installing hard disks .............................................. 5-26 5.4.2 ATI î RAID configurations ...................................... 5-26 5.5 Creating a RAID driver disk ................................................. 5-32 Chapter 6: Chapter 6: Chapter 6: Chapter 6: Chapter 6: ATI CrossFire⢠technology support ATI CrossFire⢠technology support ATI CrossFire⢠technology support ATI CrossFire⢠technology support ATI CrossFire⢠technology support 6.1 Overview ............................................................................... 6-1 Requirements ....................................................................... 6-1 Before you begin .................................................................. 6-1 6.2 Hardware installation ............................................................ 6-2 Installing CrossFire⢠graphics cards ..................................... 6-2 6.3 Software information ........................................................... 6-5 6.3.1 Installing the device drivers .................................... 6-5 6.3.2 Using the Catalyst⢠Control Center ....................... 6-7
vii vii vii vii vii Notices Federal Communications Commission Statement Federal Communications Commission Statement Federal Communications Commission Statement Federal Communications Commission Statement Federal Communications Commission Statement This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: ⢠This device may not cause harmful interference, and ⢠This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation. This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with manufacturerâÂÂs instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures: ⢠Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. ⢠Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. ⢠Connect the equipment to an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. ⢠Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. Canadian Department of Communications Statement Canadian Department of Communications Statement Canadian Department of Communications Statement Canadian Department of Communications Statement Canadian Department of Communications Statement This digital apparatus does not exceed the Class B limits for radio noise emissions from digital apparatus set out in the Radio Interference Regulations of the Canadian Department of Communications. This class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian This class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian This class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian This class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian This class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003. ICES-003. ICES-003. ICES-003. ICES-003. The use of shielded cables for connection of the monitor to the graphics card is required to assure compliance with FCC regulations. Changes or modifications to this unit not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the userâÂÂs authority to operate this equipment.
viii viii viii viii viii Safety information Electrical safety Electrical safety Electrical safety Electrical safety Electrical safety ⢠To prevent electrical shock hazard, disconnect the power cable from the electrical outlet before relocating the system. ⢠When adding or removing devices to or from the system, ensure that the power cables for the devices are unplugged before the signal cables are connected. If possible, disconnect all power cables from the existing system before you add a device. ⢠Before connecting or removing signal cables from the motherboard, ensure that all power cables are unplugged. ⢠Seek professional assistance before using an adapter or extension cord. These devices could interrupt the grounding circuit. ⢠Make sure that your power supply is set to the correct voltage in your area. If you are not sure about the voltage of the electrical outlet you are using, contact your local power company. ⢠If the power supply is broken, do not try to fix it by yourself. Contact a qualified service technician or your retailer. Operation safety Operation safety Operation safety Operation safety Operation safety ⢠Before installing the motherboard and adding devices on it, carefully read all the manuals that came with the package. ⢠Before using the product, make sure all cables are correctly connected and the power cables are not damaged. If you detect any damage, contact your dealer immediately. ⢠To avoid short circuits, keep paper clips, screws, and staples away from connectors, slots, sockets and circuitry. ⢠Avoid dust, humidity, and temperature extremes. Do not place the product in any area where it may become wet. ⢠Place the product on a stable surface. ⢠If you encounter technical problems with the product, contact a qualified service technician or your retailer. The symbol of the crossed out wheeled bin indicates that the product (electrical and electronic equipment) should not be placed in municipal waste. Please check local regulations for disposal of electronic products.
ix ix ix ix ix About this guide This user guide contains the information you need when installing and configuring the motherboard. How this guide is organized How this guide is organized How this guide is organized How this guide is organized How this guide is organized This guide contains the following parts: ⢠⢠⢠⢠⢠Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction This chapter describes the features of the motherboard and the new technology it supports. ⢠⢠⢠⢠⢠Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information This chapter lists the hardware setup procedures that you have to perform when installing system components. It includes description of the switches, jumpers, and connectors on the motherboard. ⢠⢠⢠⢠⢠Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up This chapter describes the power up sequence, the vocal POST messages, and ways of shutting down the system. ⢠⢠⢠⢠⢠Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup This chapter tells how to change system settings through the BIOS Setup menus. Detailed descriptions of the BIOS parameters are also provided. ⢠⢠⢠⢠⢠Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support This chapter describes the contents of the support CD that comes with the motherboard package. ⢠⢠⢠⢠⢠Chapter 6: ATI CrossFire Chapter 6: ATI CrossFire Chapter 6: ATI CrossFire Chapter 6: ATI CrossFire Chapter 6: ATI CrossFire ⢠⢠⢠⢠⢠technology support technology support technology support technology support technology support This chapter tells how to install ATI CrossFire⢠graphics cards. Where to find more information Where to find more information Where to find more information Where to find more information Where to find more information Refer to the following sources for additional information and for product and software updates. 1. 1. 1. 1. 1. ASUS websites ASUS websites ASUS websites ASUS websites ASUS websites The ASUS website provides updated information on ASUS hardware and software products. Refer to the ASUS contact information. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. Optional documentation Optional documentation Optional documentation Optional documentation Optional documentation Your product package may include optional documentation, such as warranty flyers, that may have been added by your dealer. These documents are not part of the standard package.
x x x x x Conventions used in this guide Conventions used in this guide Conventions used in this guide Conventions used in this guide Conventions used in this guide To make sure that you perform certain tasks properly, take note of the following symbols used throughout this manual. DANGER/WARNING: DANGER/WARNING: DANGER/WARNING: DANGER/WARNING: DANGER/WARNING: Information to prevent injury to yourself when trying to complete a task. CAUTION: CAUTION: CAUTION: CAUTION: CAUTION: Information to prevent damage to the components when trying to complete a task. NOTE: NOTE: NOTE: NOTE: NOTE: Tips and additional information to help you complete a task. IMPORTANT: IMPORTANT: IMPORTANT: IMPORTANT: IMPORTANT: Instructions that you MUST follow to complete a task. Typography Typography Typography Typography Typography Bold text Bold text Bold text Bold text Bold text Indicates a menu or an item to select. Italics Used to emphasize a word or a phrase. <Key> Keys enclosed in the less-than and greater-than sign means that you must press the enclosed key. Example: <Enter> means that you must press the Enter or Return key. <Key1 Key2 Key3> If you must press two or more keys simultaneously, the key names are linked with a plus sign ( ). Example: <Ctrl Alt D> Command Means that you must type the command exactly as shown, then supply the required item or value enclosed in brackets. Example: At the DOS prompt, type the command line: afudos /i[filename] afudos /iM2R32-MVP.ROM
xi xi xi xi xi M2R32-MVP specifications summary CPU CPU CPU CPU CPU Chipset Chipset Chipset Chipset Chipset System bus System bus System bus System bus System bus Memory Memory Memory Memory Memory Expansion slots Expansion slots Expansion slots Expansion slots Expansion slots CrossFire⢠CrossFire⢠CrossFire⢠CrossFire⢠CrossFire⢠Storage Storage Storage Storage Storage High Definition High Definition High Definition High Definition High Definition Audio Audio Audio Audio Audio LAN LAN LAN LAN LAN IEEE 1394a IEEE 1394a IEEE 1394a IEEE 1394a IEEE 1394a USB USB USB USB USB BIOS features BIOS features BIOS features BIOS features BIOS features (continued on the next page) Socket AM2 for AMD Athlon⢠64 X2/Athlon⢠64 FX/ Athlon⢠64/Sempron⢠processor AMD64 architecture enables simultaneous 32- and 64-bit computing Supports AMD Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet⢠Technology Supports AMD HyperTransport⢠Technology Supports AMD Live!⢠Ready ATI⢠CrossFire⢠Xpress 3200/ATI⢠SB600 2000/1600 MT/s Dual-channel memory architecture 4 x 240-pin DIMM sockets support up to 8 GB unbufferred ECC/non-ECC 800/667/533 MHz DDR2 memory modules 2 x PCI Express⢠x16 slots with CrossFire support at full x16, x16 mode 2 x PCI Express⢠x1 slots 2 x PCI slots Supports ATI CrossFire⢠graphics cards (both at x16 mode) ATI SB600 Southbridge supports: - 1 x IDE connector for two Ultra DMA 133/100/66/33 hard disks - 4 x Serial ATA I/II 3.0 Gb/s hard disks with RAID 0, RAID 1, and RAID 0 1 JMicron î 360 SATA controller supports: - 1 x External Serial ATA 3.0Gb/s hard disk (SATA On- the-Go) SoundMAX î ADI 1988A 8-channel High Definition Audio CODEC Supports Multi-streaming and Universal Audio Jack Coaxial S/PDIF Out port on the rear panel Marvell î 88E8001 Gigabit LAN controller, featuring AI NET2 VIA VT6308P controller supports: - 1 x IEEE 1394a connector at mid-board - 1 x IEEE 1394a connector at rear-board Supports up to 10 USB 2.0/1.1 ports 8 Mb Flash ROM, AMI BIOS, PnP, DMI2.0, SM BIOS 2.3, WfM2.0
xii xii xii xii xii Stack Cool 2 ASUS SATA On-the-Go (External Serial ATA port on the rear panel) Noise Filter ASUS EZ DIY: - ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3 - ASUS EZ Flash 2 - ASUS Q-Connector ASUS MyLogo2 ASUS Q-Fan2 Technology Intelligent overclocking tools: - AI NOS⢠(Non-delay Overclocking System) - AI Overclocking (intelligent CPU frequency tuner) - AI Clock Skew ASUS O.C. Profile: overclocking configuration-sharing tool Precision Tweaker supports: - DIMM voltage: 12-step DRAM voltage control - Core voltage: Adjustable CPU voltage at 0.025 V increment Stepless Frequency Selection(SFS) allows: - FSB tuning from 200 MHz to 400 MHz at 1 MHz increment - PCI Express frequency tuning from 100 MHz to 150 MHz at 1 MHz increment Overclocking protection: - ASUS C.P.R. (CPU Parameter Recall) 1 x PS/2 mouse port 1 x PS/2 keyboard port 1 x LAN (RJ-45) port 4 x USB 2.0/1.1 ports 1 x IEEE1394a port 1 x Coaxial S/PDIF Out port 1 x External Serial ATA port 1 x Serial (COM) port 8-Channel audio ports WfM 2.0, DMI 2.0, WOL by PME, WOR by PME, Chassis Intrusion, PXE, and RPL M2R32-MVP specifications summary ASUS special ASUS special ASUS special ASUS special ASUS special features features features features features Overclocking Overclocking Overclocking Overclocking Overclocking Rear panel Rear panel Rear panel Rear panel Rear panel Manageabiity Manageabiity Manageabiity Manageabiity Manageabiity (continued on the next page)
xiii xiii xiii xiii xiii 3 x USB 2.0 connectors for six additional USB 2.0 ports 1 x Floppy disk drive connector 1 x IDE connector 4 x SATA connectors 1 x IEEE1394a connector 1 x CD audio in connector 1 x S/PDIF Out connector 1x CPU/2 x Chassis/1 x Power fan connectors 1 x 24-pin EATX power connector 1 x 4-pin ATX 12 V power connector Chassis intrusion connector Front panel High Definition Audio connector System panel connector Drivers ASUS PC Probe II ASUS Update Anti-virus software (OEM version) ATX form factor: 1 2 in x 9.6 in (3 0 .5 cm x 24.5 cm) Internal Internal Internal Internal Internal connectors connectors connectors connectors connectors Support CD Support CD Support CD Support CD Support CD contents contents contents contents contents Form factor Form factor Form factor Form factor Form factor *Specifications are subject to change without notice. M2R32-MVP specifications summary
xiv xiv xiv xiv xiv
1 Product information This chapter describes the motherboard features and the new technologies it supports
ASUS A8R32-MVP DELUXE ASUS A8R32-MVP DELUXE ASUS A8R32-MVP DELUXE ASUS A8R32-MVP DELUXE ASUS A8R32-MVP DELUXE Chapter summary 1 1.1 Welcome! .............................................................................. 1-1 1.2 Package contents ................................................................. 1-1 1.3 Special features .................................................................... 1-2
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 1-1 1-1 1-1 1-1 1-1 1.1 Welcome! Thank you for buying an ASUS Thank you for buying an ASUS Thank you for buying an ASUS Thank you for buying an ASUS Thank you for buying an ASUS î î î î î M2R32-MVP motherboard! M2R32-MVP motherboard! M2R32-MVP motherboard! M2R32-MVP motherboard! M2R32-MVP motherboard! The motherboard delivers a host of new features and latest technologies, making it another standout in the long line of ASUS quality motherboards! Before you start installing the motherboard, and hardware devices on it, check the items in your package with the list below. 1.2 Package contents Check your motherboard package for the following items. Motherboard Motherboard Motherboard Motherboard Motherboard ASUS M2R32-MVP motherboard Cables Cables Cables Cables Cables 1 x Floppy disk drive signal cable 1 x Ultra DMA cable 133/100/66 cable 2 x Serial ATA cables 1 x 2-port Serial ATA power cable 1 x 2-port USB 2.0 module Accessories Accessories Accessories Accessories Accessories I/O shield 1 x ASUS Q-Connector set (USB, IEEE1394a, system panel; retail version only) Application CDs Application CDs Application CDs Application CDs Application CDs ASUS motherboard support CD Documentation Documentation Documentation Documentation Documentation User guide If any of the above items is damaged or missing, contact your retailer.
1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction 1.3 Special features 1.3.1 1.3.1 1.3.1 1.3.1 1.3.1 Product highlights Product highlights Product highlights Product highlights Product highlights Latest processor technology Latest processor technology Latest processor technology Latest processor technology Latest processor technology The motherboard supports AMD socket AM2 single-core Athlon 64/ Sempron and dual-core Athlon 64 X2/Athlon 64 FX processors with 2MB/ 1MB/512KB L2 cache, which is based on 64-bit architecture. It features 2000/1600 MT/s HyperTransport Bus, dual-channel un-buffered DDR2 800 memory support and AMD Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet Technology. See page 2-6 for details. ATI CrossFire⢠Xpress 3200 ATI CrossFire⢠Xpress 3200 ATI CrossFire⢠Xpress 3200 ATI CrossFire⢠Xpress 3200 ATI CrossFire⢠Xpress 3200 The motherboard features ATI CrossFire⢠Xpress 3200 support, delivering improved overclocking and optimal PCI Express device performance. The combined multi-GPU power boosts image quality and rendering speed for the highest quality images. With its optimized peer-to-peer and general link performance GPU sharing, you are a step ahead in graphics and gaming effects. The chipset allows higher antialiasing, anisotropic filtering, sharing, and texture settings. The ATI CrossFire⢠Xpress 3200 also comes with the ATI Catalyst⢠Control Center that allows you to get real-time 3D-rendered previews of adjustments to your display configurations and advanced 3D settings. PCI Express⢠interface PCI Express⢠interface PCI Express⢠interface PCI Express⢠interface PCI Express⢠interface The motherboard fully supports PCI Express, the latest I/O interconnect technology that speeds up the PCI bus. PCI Express features point-to-point serial interconnections between devices and allows higher clockspeeds by carrying data in packets. This high speed interface is software compatible with existing PCI specifications. See page 2-19 for details. Gigabit LAN solution Gigabit LAN solution Gigabit LAN solution Gigabit LAN solution Gigabit LAN solution The motherboard comes with the Marvell î 88E8001 Gigabit LAN controller to provide the total solution for your networking needs, LAN, and file sharing requirements. See page 2-2 4 for details.
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3 Serial ATA 3.0 Gb/s technology and SATA-On-The-Go Serial ATA 3.0 Gb/s technology and SATA-On-The-Go Serial ATA 3.0 Gb/s technology and SATA-On-The-Go Serial ATA 3.0 Gb/s technology and SATA-On-The-Go Serial ATA 3.0 Gb/s technology and SATA-On-The-Go The motherboard fully supports the Serial ATA II 3.0 Gb/s technology through the Serial ATA interfaces and the ATI î SB 600 chipset. The Serial ATA 3.0 Gb/s specification provides twice the bandwidth of the current Serial ATA products with a host of new features, including Power Management (PM) Implementation Algorithm. Serial ATA allows for thinner, more flexible cables with lower pin count and reduced voltage required. Leveraging these Serial ATA 3.0 Gb/s features is the SATA-On-The-Go. Supported by the JMicron î Serial ATA controller, the Serial ATA 3.0 Gb/s connector (on the rear panel) provides smart setup and hot-plug function. See pages 2-25 and 2-27 for details. 8-channel high definition audio 8-channel high definition audio 8-channel high definition audio 8-channel high definition audio 8-channel high definition audio Onboard is the ADI î AD1988A High Definition Audio 8-channel audio CODEC. This CODEC is fully-compliant with Intel î High Definition Audio standard (192 KHz, 24-bit audio). With the CODEC, 8-channel audio ports, and S/PDIF interfaces, you can connect your computer to home theater decoders to produce crystal-clear digital audio. IEEE 1394a support IEEE 1394a support IEEE 1394a support IEEE 1394a support IEEE 1394a support The IEEE 1394a interface provides high-speed and flexible PC connectivity to a wide range of peripherals and devices compliant to IEEE 1394a standards. The IEEE 1394a interface allows up to 400 Mbps transfer rates through simple, low-cost, high-bandwidth asynchronous (real-time) data interfacing between computers, peripherals, and consumer electronic devices such as camcorders, VCRs, printers,TVs, and digital cameras. See page 2-31 for details. USB 2.0 technology USB 2.0 technology USB 2.0 technology USB 2.0 technology USB 2.0 technology The motherboard implements the Universal Serial Bus (USB) 2.0 specification, dramatically increasing the connection speed from the 12 Mbps bandwidth on USB 1.1 to a fast 480 Mbps on USB 2.0. USB 2.0 is backward compatible with USB 1.1. See pages 2-25 and 2-30 for details.
1-4 1-4 1-4 1-4 1-4 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction 1.3.2 1.3.2 1.3.2 1.3.2 1.3.2 Innovative ASUS features Innovative ASUS features Innovative ASUS features Innovative ASUS features Innovative ASUS features ASUS Stack Cool 2 ASUS Stack Cool 2 ASUS Stack Cool 2 ASUS Stack Cool 2 ASUS Stack Cool 2 ASUS Stack Cool 2 is a fan-less and zero-noise cooling solution that lowers the temperature of critical heat generating components. The motherboard uses a special design on the printed circuit board (PCB) to dissipate heat that critical components generate. Precision Tweaker Precision Tweaker Precision Tweaker Precision Tweaker Precision Tweaker This feature allows you to fine tune the CPU/memory/Northbridge voltage and gradually increase the memory Front Side Bus (FSB) and PCI Express frequency at 1MHz increment to achieve maximum system performance. See pages 4-19 and 4-20 for details. AI NOS⢠(Non-Delay Overclocking System) AI NOS⢠(Non-Delay Overclocking System) AI NOS⢠(Non-Delay Overclocking System) AI NOS⢠(Non-Delay Overclocking System) AI NOS⢠(Non-Delay Overclocking System) ASUS Non-delay Overclocking System⢠(NOS) is a technology that auto-detects the CPU loading and dynamically overclocks the CPU speed only when needed. See page 4-19 for details. Noise Filter Noise Filter Noise Filter Noise Filter Noise Filter This feature detects repetitive and stationary noises (non-voice signals) like computer fans, air conditioners, and other background noises then eliminates it in the incoming audio stream while recording. AI NET2 AI NET2 AI NET2 AI NET2 AI NET2 The AI NET2 is a BIOS-based diagnostic tool that detects and reports Ethernet cable faults and shorts. With this utility, you can easily monitor the condition of the Ethernet cable(s) connected to the LAN (RJ-45) port(s). During the bootup process, AI NET2 immediately diagnoses the LAN cable(s) and reports shorts and faults up to 100 meters at 1 meter accuracy. See page 5-11 for details.
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 1-5 1-5 1-5 1-5 1-5 ASUS Q-Fan 2 technology ASUS Q-Fan 2 technology ASUS Q-Fan 2 technology ASUS Q-Fan 2 technology ASUS Q-Fan 2 technology The ASUS Q-Fan 2 technology smartly adjusts the CPU and chassis fans speed according to the system loading to ensure quiet, cool, and efficient operation. See page 4-36 for details. ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3 The ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3 allows users to restore corrupted BIOS data from a USB flash disk containing the BIOS file. This utility saves users the cost and hassle of buying a replacement BIOS chip. See page 4-9 for details. ASUS EZ Flash 2 ASUS EZ Flash 2 ASUS EZ Flash 2 ASUS EZ Flash 2 ASUS EZ Flash 2 EZ Flash 2 is a user-friendly BIOS update utility. Simply press the predefined hotkey to launch the utility and update the BIOS without entering the OS. Update your BIOS easily without preparing a bootable diskette or using an OS-based flash utility. Q-Connector Q-Connector Q-Connector Q-Connector Q-Connector The ASUS Q-Connector allows you to connect or disconnect chassis front panel cables in one easy step with one complete module. This unique adapter eliminates the trouble of plugging in one cable at a time, making connection quick and accurate. ASUS O.C. Profile ASUS O.C. Profile ASUS O.C. Profile ASUS O.C. Profile ASUS O.C. Profile The motherboard features the ASUS BIOS Profile that allows users to conveniently store or load multiple BIOS settings. The BIOS settings can be stored in the CMOS or a separate file, giving users freedom to share and distribute their favorite settings. ASUS Multi-language BIOS ASUS Multi-language BIOS ASUS Multi-language BIOS ASUS Multi-language BIOS ASUS Multi-language BIOS The multi-language BIOS allows you to select the language of your choice from the available options. The localized BIOS menus allow easier and faster configuration. See page 4-14 for details.
1-6 1-6 1-6 1-6 1-6 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction ASUS MyLogo2⢠ASUS MyLogo2⢠ASUS MyLogo2⢠ASUS MyLogo2⢠ASUS MyLogo2⢠ASUS My Logo2⢠is the new feature present in the motherboard that allows you to personalize and add style to your system with customizable and animated boot logos. C.P.R. (CPU Parameter Recall) C.P.R. (CPU Parameter Recall) C.P.R. (CPU Parameter Recall) C.P.R. (CPU Parameter Recall) C.P.R. (CPU Parameter Recall) The C.P.R. feature of the motherboard BIOS allows automatic re-setting to the BIOS default settings in case the system hangs due to overclocking. When the system hangs due to overclocking, C.P.R. eliminates the need to open the system chassis and clear the RTC data. Simply shut down and reboot the system, and the BIOS automatically restores the CPU default setting for each parameter.
2 Hardware information This chapter lists the hardware setup procedures that you have to perform when installing system components. It includes description of the jumpers and connectors on the motherboard.
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP Chapter summary 2 2.1 Before you proceed .............................................................. 2-1 2.2 Motherboard overview .......................................................... 2-2 2.3 Central Processing Unit (CPU) .............................................. 2-6 2.4 System memory ................................................................. 2-11 2.5 Expansion slots ................................................................... 2-17 2.6 Jumper ............................................................................... 2-21 2.7 Connectors ......................................................................... 2-24
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 2-1 2-1 2-1 2-1 2-1 Onboard LED Onboard LED Onboard LED Onboard LED Onboard LED The motherboard comes with a standby power LED that lights up to indicate that the system is ON, in sleep mode, or in soft-off mode. This is a reminder that you should shut down the system and unplug the power cable before removing or plugging in any motherboard component. The illustration below shows the location of the onboard LED. 2.1 Before you proceed Take note of the following precautions before you install motherboard components or change any motherboard settings. ⢠Unplug the power cord from the wall socket before touching any component. ⢠Use a grounded wrist strap or touch a safely grounded object or a metal object, such as the power supply case, before handling components to avoid damaging them due to static electricity ⢠Hold components by the edges to avoid touching the ICs on them. ⢠Whenever you uninstall any component, place it on a grounded antistatic pad or in the bag that came with the component. ⢠Before you install or remove any component, ensure Before you install or remove any component, ensure Before you install or remove any component, ensure Before you install or remove any component, ensure Before you install or remove any component, ensure that the ATX power supply is switched off or the that the ATX power supply is switched off or the that the ATX power supply is switched off or the that the ATX power supply is switched off or the that the ATX power supply is switched off or the power cord is detached from the power supply. power cord is detached from the power supply. power cord is detached from the power supply. power cord is detached from the power supply. power cord is detached from the power supply. Failure to do so may cause severe damage to the motherboard, peripherals, and/or components. M2R32-MVP î M2R32-MVP Onboard LED SB_PWR ON Standby Power OFF Powere d Off
2-2 2-2 2-2 2-2 2-2 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information M2R32-MVP î 2.2 Motherboard overview Before you install the motherboard, study the configuration of your chassis to ensure that the motherboard fits into it. Refer to the chassis documentation before installing the motherboard. Make sure to unplug the power cord before installing or removing the motherboard. Failure to do so can cause you physical injury and damage motherboard components. 2.2.1 2.2.1 2.2.1 2.2.1 2.2.1 Placement direction Placement direction Placement direction Placement direction Placement direction When installing the motherboard, make sure that you place it into the chassis in the correct orientation. The edge with external ports goes to the rear part of the chassis as indicated in the image below. 2.2.2 2.2.2 2.2.2 2.2.2 2.2.2 Screw holes Screw holes Screw holes Screw holes Screw holes Place nine (9) screws into the holes indicated by circles to secure the motherboard to the chassis. Do not overtighten the screws! Doing so can damage the motherboard. Place this side towards Place this side towards Place this side towards Place this side towards Place this side towards the rear of the chassis the rear of the chassis the rear of the chassis the rear of the chassis the rear of the chassis
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 2-3 2-3 2-3 2-3 2-3 2.2.3 2.2.3 2.2.3 2.2.3 2.2.3 Motherboard layout Motherboard layout Motherboard layout Motherboard layout Motherboard layout P ANEL M2R32-MVP î AAFP CHASSIS 24.5cm (9.6in) 30.5cm (12.0in) CHA_F AN2 DDR2 DIMM_A1 (64 bit,240-pin module) PWR_F AN F_USB12 iTE IT8726F-S 8Mb BIOS PS/2KBMS T : Mouse B: Keyboard LAN_USB34 AD1988A PCIEX16_1 PCI1 Marvell 88E8001 CLRTC SB_PWR EA TXPWR PRI_IDE CR2032 3V Lithium Cell CMOS Power AUDIO A TX12V PCIEX1_1 IE1394_2 USB910 Socket AM2 CD DDR2 DIMM_B1 (64 bit,240-pin module) DDR2 DIMM_A2 (64 bit,240-pin module) DDR2 DIMM_B2 (64 bit,240-pin module) E S ATA COM1 CPU_F AN JMB360 CHA_F AN1 SPDIF_O1 PCIEX1_2 PCIEX16_2 PCI2 S ATA 1 S ATA 3 S ATA 2 S ATA 4 KBPWR1 USBPW12 USBPW34 VIA VT6308P USB78 USB56 USBPW56 USBPW78 USBPW910 FLOPPY SPDIF_OUT
2-4 2-4 2-4 2-4 2-4 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.2.4 2.2.4 2.2.4 2.2.4 2.2.4 Layout Contents Layout Contents Layout Contents Layout Contents Layout Contents Slots Slots Slots Slots Slots Page Page Page Page Page 1. DDR DIMM slots 2-11 2. PCI slots 2-19 3. PCI Express x1 slots 2-19 4. PCI Express x16 slots 2-19 Jumper Jumper Jumper Jumper Jumper Page Page Page Page Page 1. Clear RTC RAM (3-pin CLRTC) 2-21 2. USB device wake-up (3-pin USBPW12, USBPW34, USBPW56, 2-22 USBPW78, USBPW910) 3. Keyboard power (3-pin KBPWR1) 2-23 Rear panel connectors Rear panel connectors Rear panel connectors Rear panel connectors Rear panel connectors Page Page Page Page Page 1. PS/2 mouse port (green) 2-24 2. IEEEa 1394 port 2-24 3. LAN (RJ-45) port 2-24 4. Rear Speaker Out port (black) 2-24 5. Center/Subwoofer port (orange) 2-24 6. Line In port (light blue) 2-24 7. Line Out port (lime) 2-24 8. Coaxial S/PDIF Out port 2-25 9. Microphone port (pink) 2-25 10. Side Speaker Out port (gray) 2-25 11. USB 2.0 ports 3 and 4 2-25 12. USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2 2-25 13. External SATA port 2-25 14. Serial (COM) port 2-25 15. PS/2 keyboard port (purple) 2-25
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 2-5 2-5 2-5 2-5 2-5 Internal connectors Internal connectors Internal connectors Internal connectors Internal connectors Page Page Page Page Page 1. Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY) 2-26 2. IDE connectors (40-1 pin PRI_IDE) 2-26 3. Serial ATA connectors (7-pin SATA1, SATA2, SATA3, SATA4) 2-27 4. CPU, Chassis, and Power fan connectors 2-29 (4-3 pin CPU_FAN, 3-pin CHA_FAN1, 3-pin CHA_FAN2, 3-pin PWR_FAN ) 5. USB connectors (10-1 USB56, USB78, USB910) 2-30 6. Power connectors (24-pin EATXPWR, 4-pin ATX12V) 2-30 7. IEEE 1394a connectors (10-1 pin IE1394_2) 2-31 8. Chassis intrusion connector (4-1 pin CHASSIS) 2-32 9. Digital audio connector (4-1 pin SPDIF_OUT) 2-32 10. Front panel audio connector (10-1 pin AAFP) 2-33 11. Audio connector (4-pin CD [black]) 2-33 12. System panel connector 2-34 - System Power LED - Hard Disk activity - System warning speaker - Power/Soft-off button - Reset switch 13. Q-Connector (System panel) 2-35
2-6 2-6 2-6 2-6 2-6 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.3 Central Processing Unit (CPU) 2.3.1 2.3.1 2.3.1 2.3.1 2.3.1 Installing the CPU Installing the CPU Installing the CPU Installing the CPU Installing the CPU To install a CPU. 1. Locate the CPU socket on the motherboard. 2. Unlock the socket by pressing the lever sideways, then lift it up to a 90ð-100ð angle. Make sure that the socket lever is lifted up to 90ð-100ð angle, otherwise the CPU does not fit in completely. Socket lever Socket lever Socket lever Socket lever Socket lever The motherboard comes with a 940-pin AM2 socket designed for the AMD Athlon⢠64 X2/Athlon⢠64/Athlon⢠FX/Sempron⢠processor. The AM2 socket has a different pinout from the 939-pin socket designed for the AMD Opteron⢠processor. Make sure you use a CPU is designed for the AM2 socket. The CPU fits in only one correct orientation. DO NOT force the CPU into the socket to prevent bending the connectors on the socket and damaging the CPU! M2R32-MVP î M2R32-MVP CPU Socket AM2
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 2-7 2-7 2-7 2-7 2-7 3. Position the CPU above the socket such that the CPU corner with the gold triangle matches the socket corner with a small triangle. 4. Carefully insert the CPU into the socket until it fits in place. The CPU fits only in one correct orientation. DO NOT force the CPU into the socket to prevent bending the pins and damaging the CPU! 5. When the CPU is in place, push down the socket lever to secure the CPU. The lever clicks on the side tab to indicate that it is locked. 6. Install a CPU heatsink and fan following the instructions that came with the heatsink package. Gold triangle Gold triangle Gold triangle Gold triangle Gold triangle Small triangle Small triangle Small triangle Small triangle Small triangle
2-8 2-8 2-8 2-8 2-8 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.3.2 2.3.2 2.3.2 2.3.2 2.3.2 Installing the heatsink and fan Installing the heatsink and fan Installing the heatsink and fan Installing the heatsink and fan Installing the heatsink and fan The AMD Athlon⢠64 X2/Athlon⢠64 FX/Athlon⢠64/Sempron⢠processor requires a specially designed heatsink and fan assembly to ensure optimum thermal condition and performance. Make sure that you use only AMD-certified heatsink and fan assembly. To install the CPU heatsink and fan: 1. Place the heatsink on top of the installed CPU, making sure that the heatsink fits properly on the retention module base. ⢠The retention module base is already installed on the motherboard upon purchase. ⢠You do not have to remove the retention module base when installing the CPU or installing other motherboard components. ⢠If you purchased a separate CPU heatsink and fan assembly, make sure that a Thermal Interface Material is properly applied to the CPU heatsink or CPU before you install the heatsink and fan assembly. Retention module base Retention module base Retention module base Retention module base Retention module base CPU heatsink CPU heatsink CPU heatsink CPU heatsink CPU heatsink CPU fan CPU fan CPU fan CPU fan CPU fan Retention bracket lock Retention bracket lock Retention bracket lock Retention bracket lock Retention bracket lock Retention bracket Retention bracket Retention bracket Retention bracket Retention bracket Your boxed CPU heatsink and fan assembly should come with installation instructions for the CPU, heatsink, and the retention mechanism. If the instructions in this section do not match the CPU documentation, follow the latter.
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 2-9 2-9 2-9 2-9 2-9 2. Attach one end of the retention bracket to the retention module base. 3. Align the other end of the retention bracket (near the retention bracket lock) to the retention module base. A clicking sound denotes that the retention bracket is in place. Make sure that the fan and heatsink assembly perfectly fits the retention mechanism module base, otherwise you cannot snap the retention bracket in place. 4. Push down the retention bracket lock on the retention mechanism to secure the heatsink and fan to the module base.
2-10 2-10 2-10 2-10 2-10 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 5. When the fan and heatsink assembly is in place, connect the CPU fan cable to the connector on the motherboard labeled CPU_FAN. Do not forget to connect the CPU fan connector! Hardware monitoring errors can occur if you fail to plug this connector. M2R32-MVP î M2R32-MVP CPU fan connector CPU_F AN GND CPU F AN PWR CPU F AN IN CPU F AN PWM
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 2-11 2-11 2-11 2-11 2-11 2.4 System memory 2.4.1 2.4.1 2.4.1 2.4.1 2.4.1 Overview Overview Overview Overview Overview The motherboard comes with four Double Data Rate 2 (DDR2) Dual Inline Memory Modules (DIMM) sockets. A DDR2 module has the same physical dimensions as a DDR DIMM but has a 240-pin footprint compared to the 184-pin DDR DIMM. DDR2 DIMMs are notched differently to prevent installation on a DDR DIMM socket. The figure illustrates the location of the DDR2 DIMM sockets: M2R32-MVP î M2R32-MVP 240-pin DDR2 DIMM sockets DIMM_B 1 DIMM_A 1 DIMM_B 2 DIMM_A 2 In dual-channel configurations, installing identical identical identical identical identical (the same type and size) DDR2 DIMM pairs for each channel provides optimum performance. Channel Channel Channel Channel Channel Sockets Sockets Sockets Sockets Sockets Channel A DIMM_A1 and DIMM_A2 Channel B DIMM_B1 and DIMM _B2
2-12 2-12 2-12 2-12 2-12 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.4.2 2.4.2 2.4.2 2.4.2 2.4.2 Memory configurations Memory configurations Memory configurations Memory configurations Memory configurations You may install 256 MB, 512 MB, 1 GB, and 2 GB unbuffered ECC/non-ECC DDR2 DIMMs into the DIMM sockets. ⢠For dual-channel configuration, the total size of memory module(s) installed per channel must be the same (DIMM_A1 DIMM_B1 = DIMM_A2 DIMM_B2) ⢠Always install DIMMs with the same CAS latency. For optimum compatibility, we recommend that you obtain memory modules from the same vendor. Refer to the DDR2 Qualified Vendors List below for details. ⢠Due to chipset resource allocation, the system may detect less than 8 GB system memory when you installed four 2 GB DDR2 memory modules. Recommended memory configurations Recommended memory configurations Recommended memory configurations Recommended memory configurations Recommended memory configurations Sockets Sockets Sockets Sockets Sockets Mode Mode Mode Mode Mode DIMM_A1 DIMM_A1 DIMM_A1 DIMM_A1 DIMM_A1 DIMM_B1 DIMM_B1 DIMM_B1 DIMM_B1 DIMM_B1 DIMM_A2 DIMM_A2 DIMM_A2 DIMM_A2 DIMM_A2 DIMM_B2 DIMM_B2 DIMM_B2 DIMM_B2 DIMM_B2 Single-channel â Populated â â Populated â â â Dual-channel(1)* Populated Populated â â Dual-channel(2)** Populated Populated Populated Populated * Use only identical DDR2 DIMM pairs. * Use only identical DDR2 DIMM pairs. * Use only identical DDR2 DIMM pairs. * Use only identical DDR2 DIMM pairs. * Use only identical DDR2 DIMM pairs. **For dual-channel configuration (2), you may: **For dual-channel configuration (2), you may: **For dual-channel configuration (2), you may: **For dual-channel configuration (2), you may: **For dual-channel configuration (2), you may: ⢠install identical DIMMs in all four sockets OR OR OR OR OR ⢠install identical DIMM pair in DIMM_A1 and DIMM_B1 (yellow sockets) and another identical DIMM pair in DIMM_A2 and DIMM_B2 (black sockets)
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 2-13 2-13 2-13 2-13 2-13 DDR2 (800 MHz) Qualified Vendors List DDR2 (800 MHz) Qualified Vendors List DDR2 (800 MHz) Qualified Vendors List DDR2 (800 MHz) Qualified Vendors List DDR2 (800 MHz) Qualified Vendors List DIMM support DIMM support DIMM support DIMM support DIMM support Size Size Size Size Size Vendor Vendor Vendor Vendor Vendor Chip No. Chip No. Chip No. Chip No. Chip No. Brand Brand Brand Brand Brand Side/s* Side/s* Side/s* Side/s* Side/s* Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No. A A A A A B B B B B C C C C C 512MB KINGSTON K4T51083QC N/A SS KVR800D2N5/512 ⢠⢠⢠512 MB Qimonda HYB18T256800AF25F N/A DS HYS64T64020HU-25F-A ⢠⢠256 MB Qimonda HYB18T512160BF-25F N/A SS HYS64T32000HU-25F-B ⢠⢠⢠512 MB Qimonda HYB18T512800BF25F N/A SS HYS64T64000HU-25F-B ⢠⢠1024MB Qimonda HYB18T512800BF25F N/A DS HYS64T128020HU-25F-B ⢠⢠512 MB SAMSUNG EDD339XX N/A SS M378T6553CZ3-CE7 ⢠⢠256 MB SAMSUNG K4T51163QC-ZCE7 N/A SS M378T3354CZ3-CE7 ⢠⢠512 MB Hynix HY5PS12821BFP-S5 N/A SS HYMP564U64BP8-S5 ⢠⢠⢠1024 MB Hynix HY5PS12821BFP-S5 N/A DS HYMP512U64BP8-S5 ⢠⢠512 MB MICRON 5JAIIZ9DQQ N/A SS MT8HTF6464AY-80EA3 ⢠⢠⢠1024 MB MICRON 5JAIIZ9DQQ N/A DS MT16HTF12864AY-80EA3 ⢠⢠512 MB MICRON 5ZD22D9GKX N/A SS MT8HTF6464AY-80ED4 ⢠⢠1024 MB MICRON 5ZD22D9GKX N/A DS MT16HTF12864AY-80ED4 ⢠⢠512 MB MICRON 6CD22D9GKX N/A SS MT8HTF6464AY-80ED4 ⢠⢠⢠1024 MB MICRON 6CD22D9GKX N/A DS MT16HTF12864AY-80ED4 ⢠⢠1024 MB CORSAIR Heat-Sink Package N/A DS CM2X1024-6400C4 ⢠⢠1024 MB ELPIDA E1108AB-8E-E(ECC) N/A SS EBE10EE8ABFA-8E-E ⢠⢠512 MB A-DATA N/A N/A SS M2OAD6G3H3160J1E52 ⢠⢠⢠512 MB A-DATA AD29608A8A-25EG N/A SS M20AD6G3H3160I1E5E ⢠⢠512 MB Crucial Heat-Sink Package N/A SS BL6464AA804.8FD ⢠⢠⢠1024 MB Crucial Heat-Sink Package N/A DS BL12864AA804.16FD ⢠⢠512 MB Apacer E2508AB-GE-E N/A DS 78.91091.420 ⢠⢠Legend: Legend: Legend: Legend: Legend: A A A A A - supports one module inserted in any slot as Single-channel memory configuration. B B B B B - Supports one pair of modules inserted into either the yellow slots or the black slots as one pair of Dual-channel memory configuration. C C C C C - Supports 4 modules inserted into the yellow and black slots as two pairs of Dual-channel memory configuration SS SS SS SS S S - Single-sided DS DS DS DS D S - Double-sided Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) for the latest Qualified Vendors List.
2-14 2-14 2-14 2-14 2-14 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information DDR2 (667 MHz) Qualified Vendors List DDR2 (667 MHz) Qualified Vendors List DDR2 (667 MHz) Qualified Vendors List DDR2 (667 MHz) Qualified Vendors List DDR2 (667 MHz) Qualified Vendors List DIMM support DIMM support DIMM support DIMM support DIMM support Legend: Legend: Legend: Legend: Legend: A A A A A - supports one module inserted in any slot as Single-channel memory configuration. B B B B B - Supports one pair of modules inserted into either the yellow slots or the black slots as one pair of Dual-channel memory configuration. C C C C C - Supports 4 modules inserted into the yellow and black slots as two pairs of Dual-channel memory configuration SS SS SS SS S S - Single-sided DS DS DS DS D S - Double-sided Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) for the latest Qualified Vendors List. 512MB KINGSTON E5108AE-6E-E N/A SS SSKVR667D2N5/512 ⢠⢠⢠512MB KINGSTON E5108AE-6E-E N/A SS KVR667D2E5/512 ⢠⢠256MB KINGSTON HYB18T256800AF3 N/A SS KVR667D2N5/256 ⢠⢠256MB Qimonda HYB18T512160AF-3S N/A SS HYS64T32000HU-3S-A ⢠⢠⢠512MB Qimonda HYB18T512800AF3S N/A SS HYS64T64000HU-3S-A ⢠⢠256MB Qimonda HYB18T256800AF3S(ECC) N/A SS HYS72T32000HU-3S-A ⢠⢠512MB Qimonda HYB18T512800AF3S(ECC) N/A SS HYS72T64000HU-3S-A ⢠⢠256MB Qimonda HYB18T512160BF-3S N/A SS HYS64T32000HU-3S-B ⢠⢠512MB Qimonda HYB18T512800BF3S N/A SS HYS64T64000HU-3S-B ⢠⢠256MB SAMSUNG K4T51163QC-ZCE6 N/A SS M378T3354CZ0-CE6 ⢠⢠⢠512MB SAMSUNG ZCE6K4T51083QC N/A SS M378T6553CZ0-CE6 ⢠⢠1024MB SAMSUNG ZCE6K4T51083QC N/A DS M378T2953CZ0-CE6 ⢠⢠512MB Hynix HY5PS12821AFP-Y5 N/A SS HYMP564U64AP8-Y5 ⢠⢠1024MB Hynix HY5PS1G831FP-Y5(ECC) N/A SS HYMP112U72P8-Y5 ⢠⢠512MB Hynix HY5PS12821AFP-Y4 N/A SS HYMP564U64AP8-Y4 ⢠⢠256MB ELPIDA E2508AB-6E-E N/A SS EBE25UC8ABFA-6E-E ⢠⢠512MB ELPIDA E5108AE-6E-E N/A SS EBE51UD8AEFA-6E-E ⢠⢠512MB crucial Heat-Sink Package N/A SS BL6464AA663.8FD ⢠⢠512MB Transcend E5108AE-6E-E N/A SS TS64MLQ64V6J ⢠⢠1024MB Transcend E5108AE-6E-E N/A DS TS128MLQ64V6J ⢠⢠512MB Transcend J12Q3AB-6 N/A SS JM367Q643A-6 ⢠⢠Size Size Size Size Size Vendor Vendor Vendor Vendor Vendor Chip No. Chip No. Chip No. Chip No. Chip No. Brand Brand Brand Brand Brand Side/s* Side/s* Side/s* Side/s* Side/s* Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No. A A A A A B B B B B C C C C C
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 2-15 2-15 2-15 2-15 2-15 DDR2 (533 MHz) Qualified Vendors List DDR2 (533 MHz) Qualified Vendors List DDR2 (533 MHz) Qualified Vendors List DDR2 (533 MHz) Qualified Vendors List DDR2 (533 MHz) Qualified Vendors List DIMM support DIMM support DIMM support DIMM support DIMM support Legend: Legend: Legend: Legend: Legend: A A A A A - supports one module inserted in any slot as Single-channel memory configuration. B B B B B - Supports one pair of modules inserted into either the yellow slots or the black slots as one pair of Dual-channel memory configuration. C C C C C - Supports 4 modules inserted into the yellow and black slots as two pairs of Dual-channel memory configuration SS SS SS SS S S - Single-sided DS DS DS DS D S - Double-sided Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) for the latest Qualified Vendors List. 256MB KINGSTON E5116AF-5C-E N/A SS KVR533D2N4/256 â¢â¢â¢ 512MB KINGSTON HYB18T512800AF37 N/A SS KVR533D2N4/512 â¢â¢ 1024MB KINGSTON 5YDIID9GCT N/A DS KVR533D2N4/1G â¢â¢â¢ 256MB Qimonda HYB18T512160AF-3.7 N/A SS HYS64T32000HU-3.7-A â¢â¢ ⢠512MB Qimonda HYB18T512800AF37 N/A SS HYS64T64000HU-3.7-A â¢â¢ 1024MB Qimonda HYB18T512800AF37 N/A DS HYS64T128020HU-3.7-A â¢â¢ 256MB Qimonda HYB18T5121608BF-3.7 N/A SS HYS64T32000HU-3.7-B â¢â¢ ⢠512MB Qimonda HYB18T512800BF37 N/A SS HYS64T64000HU-3.7-B â¢â¢ 1024MB Qimonda HYB18T512800BF37 N/A DS HYS64T128020HU-3.7-B â¢â¢ 256MB Qimonda HYB18T256800AF37(ECC) N/A SS HYS72T32000HU-3.7-A â¢â¢ 1024MB Qimonda HYB18T512800AF37(ECC) N/A DS HYS72T128020HU-3.7-A â¢â¢ 512MB Hynix HY5PS12821F-C4 N/A SS HYMP564U648-C4 â¢â¢â¢ 1024MB Hynix HY5PS12821F-C4 N/A DS HYMP512U648-C4 â¢â¢ 512MB Hynix HY5PS12821FP-C4(ECC) N/A SS HYMP564U728-C4 â¢â¢â¢ 512MB Hynix HY5PS12821AFP-C3 N/A SS HYMP564U64AP8-C3 â¢â¢ 1024MB Hynix HY5PS12821AFP-C3 N/A DS HYMP512U64AP8-C3 â¢â¢ 512MB ELPIDA E5108AB-5C-E N/A SS EBE51UD8ABFA-5C-E â¢â¢â¢ 256MB Apacer E5116AB-5C-E N/A SS 78.81077.420 â¢â¢ ⢠512MB KINGMAX E5108AE-5C-E N/A SS KLBC28F-A8EB4 â¢â¢ Size Size Size Size Size Vendor Vendor Vendor Vendor Vendor Chip No. Chip No. Chip No. Chip No. Chip No. Brand Brand Brand Brand Brand Side/s* Side/s* Side/s* Side/s* Side/s* Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No. A A A A A B C B C B C B C B C
2-16 2-16 2-16 2-16 2-16 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.4.3 2.4.3 2.4.3 2.4.3 2.4.3 Installing a DIMM Installing a DIMM Installing a DIMM Installing a DIMM Installing a DIMM 1. Unlock a DIMM socket by pressing the retaining clips outward. 2. Align a DIMM on the socket such that the notch on the DIMM matches the break on the socket. 3. Firmly insert the DIMM into the socket until the retaining clips snap back in place and the DIMM is properly seated. Make sure to unplug the power supply before adding or removing DIMMs or other system components. Failure to do so may cause severe damage to both the motherboard and the components. Unlocked retaining clip Unlocked retaining clip Unlocked retaining clip Unlocked retaining clip Unlocked retaining clip DDR2 DIMM notch DDR2 DIMM notch DDR2 DIMM notch DDR2 DIMM notch DDR2 DIMM notch 1 2 1 2.4.4 2.4.4 2.4.4 2.4.4 2.4.4 Removing a DIMM Removing a DIMM Removing a DIMM Removing a DIMM Removing a DIMM To remove a DIMM: 1. Simultaneously press the retaining clips outward to unlock the DIMM. 2. Remove the DIMM from the socket. Support the DIMM lightly with your fingers when pressing the retaining clips. The DIMM might get damaged when it flips out with extra force. DDR2 DIMM notch DDR2 DIMM notch DDR2 DIMM notch DDR2 DIMM notch DDR2 DIMM notch 1 2 1 3 ⢠A DDR2 DIMM is keyed with a notch so that it fits in only one direction. DO NOT force a DIMM into a socket to avoid damaging the DIMM. ⢠The DDR2 DIMM sockets do not support DDR DIMMs. Do not install DDR DIMMs to the DDR2 DIMM sockets.
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 2-17 2-17 2-17 2-17 2-17 2.5 Expansion slots In the future, you may need to install expansion cards. The following sub-sections describe the slots and the expansion cards that they support. 2.5.1 2.5.1 2.5.1 2.5.1 2.5.1 Installing an expansion card Installing an expansion card Installing an expansion card Installing an expansion card Installing an expansion card To install an expansion card: 1. Before installing the expansion card, read the documentation that came with it and make the necessary hardware settings for the card. 2. Remove the system unit cover (if your motherboard is already installed in a chassis). 3. Remove the bracket opposite the slot that you intend to use. Keep the screw for later use. 4. Align the card connector with the slot and press firmly until the card is completely seated on the slot. 5. Secure the card to the chassis with the screw you removed earlier. 6. Replace the system cover. 2.5.2 2.5.2 2.5.2 2.5.2 2.5.2 Configuring an expansion card Configuring an expansion card Configuring an expansion card Configuring an expansion card Configuring an expansion card After installing the expansion card, configure it by adjusting the software settings. 1. Turn on the system and change the necessary BIOS settings, if any. See Chapter 4 for information on BIOS setup. 2. Assign an IRQ to the card. Refer to the tables on the next page. 3. Install the software drivers for the expansion card. Make sure to unplug the power cord before adding or removing expansion cards. Failure to do so may cause you physical injury and damage motherboard components.
2-18 2-18 2-18 2-18 2-18 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.5.3 2.5.3 2.5.3 2.5.3 2.5.3 Interrupt assignments Interrupt assignments Interrupt assignments Interrupt assignments Interrupt assignments Standard interrupt assignments Standard interrupt assignments Standard interrupt assignments Standard interrupt assignments Standard interrupt assignments IRQ IRQ IRQ IRQ IRQ Priority Priority Priority Priority Priority Standard Function Standard Function Standard Function Standard Function Standard Function 0 1 System Timer 1 2 Keyboard Controller 2 â Re-direct to IRQ #9 3 11 Reserved 4 12 Communications Port (COM1)* 5 13 IRQ holder for PCI steering* 6 14 Floppy Disk Controller 7 15 Printer Port (LPT1)* 8 3 System CMOS/Real Time Clock 9 4 IRQ holder for PCI steering* 10 5 IRQ holder for PCI steering* 11 6 IRQ holder for PCI steering* 12 7 PS/2 Compatible Mouse Port* 13 8 Numeric Data Processor 14 9 Primary IDE/SATA Channel 15 10 Secondary IDE/SATA Channel * These IRQs are usually available for ISA or PCI devices. * These IRQs are usually available for ISA or PCI devices. * These IRQs are usually available for ISA or PCI devices. * These IRQs are usually available for ISA or PCI devices. * These IRQs are usually available for ISA or PCI devices. When using PCI cards on shared slots, ensure that the drivers support âÂÂShare IRQâ or that the cards do not need IRQ assignment; otherwise, conflicts will arise between the two PCI groups, making the system unstable and the card inoperable. IRQ assignments for this motherboard IRQ assignments for this motherboard IRQ assignments for this motherboard IRQ assignments for this motherboard IRQ assignments for this motherboard A A A A A B B B B B C C C C C D D D D D E E E E E F F F F F G G G G G H H H H H PCI slot 1 â â â â shared shared shared shared PCI slot 2 â â â â shared shared shared shared IEEE 1394a â â â â â â shared â LAN (88E8001) â â â â â shared â â PCI-E x1_1 shared shared shared shared âÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâ PCI-E x1_2 shared shared shared shared âÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâ PCI-E x16_1 shared shared shared shared âÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâ PCI-E x16_2 shared shared shared shared âÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâ USB 1. 0 controller 1 â â â shared âÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâ USB 1. 0 controller 2 â â â shared âÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâ USB 1. 0 controller 3 â â â shared âÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâ USB 1. 0 controller 4 â â â shared âÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâ USB 2. 0 controller â â â shared âÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâ HD audio shared â â â âÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâ SATA JMB360 shared shared shared shared âÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâ On-board SATA â â â â â shared â âÂÂ
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 2-19 2-19 2-19 2-19 2-19 2.5.4 2.5.4 2.5.4 2.5.4 2.5.4 Two PCI slots Two PCI slots Two PCI slots Two PCI slots Two PCI slots The PCI slots support cards such as a LAN card, SCSI card, USB card, and other cards that comply with PCI specifications. The figure shows a LAN card installed on a PCI slot. 2.5.5 2.5.5 2.5.5 2.5.5 2.5.5 Two PCI Express x1 slots Two PCI Express x1 slots Two PCI Express x1 slots Two PCI Express x1 slots Two PCI Express x1 slots This motherboard supports two PCI Express x1 network cards, SCSI cards and other cards that comply with the PCI Express specifications. The figure shows a network card installed on the PCI Express x1 slot. 2.5.6 2.5.6 2.5.6 2.5.6 2.5.6 Two PCI Express x16 slots Two PCI Express x16 slots Two PCI Express x16 slots Two PCI Express x16 slots Two PCI Express x16 slots This motherboard supports two ATI CrossFire⢠PCI Express x16 graphics cards that comply with the PCI Express specifications. The figure shows two graphics cards installed on the PCI Express x16 slots. See Chapter 6 for details on the CrossFire⢠technology feature.
2-20 2-20 2-20 2-20 2-20 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information ⢠We recommend that you install a VGA card on the primary (blue) PCI Express slot and install any other PCI Express device on the secondary (black) PCI Express slot. ⢠In CrossFire⢠mode, install the ATI CrossFire⢠Edition In CrossFire⢠mode, install the ATI CrossFire⢠Edition In CrossFire⢠mode, install the ATI CrossFire⢠Edition In CrossFire⢠mode, install the ATI CrossFire⢠Edition In CrossFire⢠mode, install the ATI CrossFire⢠Edition (Master) graphics card on the primary (blue) PCI (Master) graphics card on the primary (blue) PCI (Master) graphics card on the primary (blue) PCI (Master) graphics card on the primary (blue) PCI (Master) graphics card on the primary (blue) PCI Express slot; otherwise, the system will not boot. Express slot; otherwise, the system will not boot. Express slot; otherwise, the system will not boot. Express slot; otherwise, the system will not boot. Express slot; otherwise, the system will not boot. ⢠If you do not configure the PCI Express device (s) according to the table below, the system may have a failed or delayed power-on self test (POST). ⢠Refer to the table below for possible PCI Express Card configurations. PCI Express x16 slot configurations PCI Express x16 slot configurations PCI Express x16 slot configurations PCI Express x16 slot configurations PCI Express x16 slot configurations PCIEX16_1 (blue) slot PCIEX16_1 (blue) slot PCIEX16_1 (blue) slot PCIEX16_1 (blue) slot PCIEX16_1 (blue) slot PCIEX16_2 (black) slot PCIEX16_2 (black) slot PCIEX16_2 (black) slot PCIEX16_2 (black) slot PCIEX16_2 (black) slot Card Type Card Type Card Type Card Type Card Type Speed Speed Speed Speed Speed Card Type Card Type Card Type Card Type Card Type Speed Speed Speed Speed Speed Single graphics card PCIe x16 graphics card x16 PCIe x16 graphics card x16 PCIe devices (non-VGA) x16 Dual graphics cards in CrossFire⢠mode* ATI CrossFire Edition x16 ATI CrossFire-ready x16 graphics card graphics card * In CrossFire⢠mode, install two ATI graphics cards from the same GPU family. Graphics card x16 Graphics card x16 Dual graphics cards (Dual display)
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 2-21 2-21 2-21 2-21 2-21 2.6 Jumper 1. 1. 1. 1. 1. Clear RTC RAM (CLRTC) Clear RTC RAM (CLRTC) Clear RTC RAM (CLRTC) Clear RTC RAM (CLRTC) Clear RTC RAM (CLRTC) This jumper allows you to clear the Real Time Clock (RTC) RAM in CMOS. You can clear the CMOS memory of date, time, and system setup parameters by erasing the CMOS RTC RAM data. The onboard button cell battery powers the RAM data in CMOS, which include system setup information such as system passwords. To erase the RTC RAM: 1. Turn OFF the computer and unplug the power cord. 2. Remove the onboard battery. 3. Move the jumper cap from pins 1-2 (default) to pins 2-3. Keep the cap on pins 2-3 for about 5~10 seconds, then move the cap back to pins 1-2. 4. Reinstall the battery. 5. Plug the power cord and turn ON the computer. 6. Hold down the <Del> key during the boot process and enter BIOS setup to re-enter data. Except when clearing the RTC RAM, never remove the cap on CLRTC jumper default position. Removing the cap will cause system boot failure! You do not need to clear the RTC when the system hangs due to overclocking. For system failure due to overclocking, use the C.P.R. (CPU Parameter Recall) feature. Shut down and reboot the system so the BIOS can automatically reset parameter settings to default values. M2R32-MVP î M2R32-MVP Clear RTC RAM CLRTC Normal Clear CMOS (Default) 12 23
2-22 2-22 2-22 2-22 2-22 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. USB device wake-up (3-pin USBPW12, USBPW34, USB device wake-up (3-pin USBPW12, USBPW34, USB device wake-up (3-pin USBPW12, USBPW34, USB device wake-up (3-pin USBPW12, USBPW34, USB device wake-up (3-pin USBPW12, USBPW34, USBPW56, USBPW78, USBPW910) USBPW56, USBPW78, USBPW910) USBPW56, USBPW78, USBPW910) USBPW56, USBPW78, USBPW910) USBPW56, USBPW78, USBPW910) Set these jumpers to 5V to wake up the computer from S1 sleep mode (CPU stopped, DRAM refreshed, system running in low power mode) using the connected USB devices. Set to 5VSB to wake up from S3 and S4 sleep modes. The USBPW12 and USBPW34 jumpers are for the rear USB ports. The USBPW56, USBPW78, and USBPW910 jumpers are for the internal USB connectors that you can connect to additional USB ports. ⢠The USB device wake-up feature requires a power supply that can provide 500mA on the 5VSB lead for each USB port; otherwise, the system will not power up. ⢠The total current consumed must NOT exceed the power supply capability ( 5VSB) whether under normal condition or in sleep mode. M2R32-MVP î 2 1 (Default) 5V 5VSB 2 3 USBPW910 3 2 2 1 5V (Default) 5VSB USBPW12 USBPW34 M2R32-MVP USB device wake up 3 2 2 1 5V (Default) 5VSB USBPW56 USBPW78
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 2-23 2-23 2-23 2-23 2-23 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. Keyboard power (3-pin KBPWR1) Keyboard power (3-pin KBPWR1) Keyboard power (3-pin KBPWR1) Keyboard power (3-pin KBPWR1) Keyboard power (3-pin KBPWR1) This jumper allows you to enable or disable the keyboard wake-up feature. Set this jumper to pins 2-3 ( 5VSB) to wake up the computer when you press a key on the keyboard (the default is the Space Bar). This feature requires an ATX power supply that can supply at least 500 mA on the 5VSB lead, and a corresponding setting in the BIOS. M2R32-MVP î M2R32-MVP Keyboard power setting 2 1 (Default) 5V 5VSB KBPWR1 2 3
2-24 2-24 2-24 2-24 2-24 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.7 Connectors 2.7.1 2.7.1 2.7.1 2.7.1 2.7.1 Rear panel connectors Rear panel connectors Rear panel connectors Rear panel connectors Rear panel connectors 1. 1. 1. 1. 1. PS/2 mouse port (green). PS/2 mouse port (green). PS/2 mouse port (green). PS/2 mouse port (green). PS/2 mouse port (green). This port is for a PS/2 mouse. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. EEE 1394a port. EEE 1394a port. EEE 1394a port. EEE 1394a port. EEE 1394a port. This 6-pin IEEE 1394a port provides high-speed connectivity for audio/video devices, storage peripherals, PCs, or portable devices. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. Line In port (light blue). Line In port (light blue). Line In port (light blue). Line In port (light blue). Line In port (light blue). This port connects a tape, CD, DVD player, or other audio sources. 7. 7. 7. 7. 7. Line Out port (lime). Line Out port (lime). Line Out port (lime). Line Out port (lime). Line Out port (lime). This port connects a headphone or a speaker. In 4-channel, 6-channel, and 8-channel configuration, the function of this port becomes Front Speaker Out. Refer to the audio configuration table below for the function of the audio ports in 2, 4, or 6, or 8-channel configuration. 5 13 1 15 8 4 6 7 9 10 14 11 3 2 12 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. LAN (RJ-45) port. LAN (RJ-45) port. LAN (RJ-45) port. LAN (RJ-45) port. LAN (RJ-45) port. Supported by Marvell î Gigabit LAN controller, this port allows Gigabit connection to a Local Area Network (LAN) through a network hub. Refer to the table below for the LAN port LED indications. LAN port LED indications LAN port LED indications LAN port LED indications LAN port LED indications LAN port LED indications LAN port LAN port LAN port LAN port LAN port SPEED SPEED SPEED SPEED SPEED LED LED LED LED LED ACT/LINK ACT/LINK ACT/LINK ACT/LINK ACT/LINK LED LED LED LED LED ACT/LINK LED ACT/LINK LED ACT/LINK LED ACT/LINK LED ACT/LINK LED SPEED LED SPEED LED SPEED LED SPEED LED SPEED LED Status Status Status Status Status Description Description Description Description Description Status Status Status Status Status Description Description Description Description Description OFF No link OFF 10 Mbps connection Orange Linked ORANGE 100 Mbps connection BLINKING Data activity GREEN 1 Gbps connection 4. 4. 4. 4. 4. Rear Speaker Out port (black). Rear Speaker Out port (black). Rear Speaker Out port (black). Rear Speaker Out port (black). Rear Speaker Out port (black). This port connects the rear speakers on a 4-channel, 6-channel, or 8-channel audio configuration. 5. 5. 5. 5. 5. Center/Subwoofer port (orange). Center/Subwoofer port (orange). Center/Subwoofer port (orange). Center/Subwoofer port (orange). Center/Subwoofer port (orange). This port connects the center/subwoofer speakers.
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 2-25 2-25 2-25 2-25 2-25 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. Microphone port (pink) Microphone port (pink) Microphone port (pink) Microphone port (pink) Microphone port (pink) . This port connects a microphone. 10. 10. 10. 10. 10. Side Speaker Out port (gray). Side Speaker Out port (gray). Side Speaker Out port (gray). Side Speaker Out port (gray). Side Speaker Out port (gray). This port connects the side speakers in an 8-channel audio configuration. 11. 11. 11. 11. 11. USB 2.0 ports 3 and 4. USB 2.0 ports 3 and 4. USB 2.0 ports 3 and 4. USB 2.0 ports 3 and 4. USB 2.0 ports 3 and 4. These two 4-pin Universal Serial Bus (USB) ports are available for connecting USB 2.0 devices. 12. 12. 12. 12. 12. USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2. USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2. USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2. USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2. USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2. These two 4-pin Universal Serial Bus (USB) ports are available for connecting USB 2.0 devices. 13. 13. 13. 13. 13. External SATA port. External SATA port. External SATA port. External SATA port. External SATA port. This port connects to an external SATA box or a Serial ATA port multiplier. 14. 14. 14. 14. 14. Serial port. Serial port. Serial port. Serial port. Serial port. This 9-pin COM1 port is for pointing devices or other serial devices. 15. 15. 15. 15. 15. PS/2 keyboard port (purple). PS/2 keyboard port (purple). PS/2 keyboard port (purple). PS/2 keyboard port (purple). PS/2 keyboard port (purple). This port is for a PS/2 keyboard. The external SATA port supports external Serial ATA 1.5 and 3 Gb/s devices. Longer cables support higher power requirements to deliver signal up to two meters away, and enables improved hot-swap function. Do not insert a different connector to this port. 8. 8. 8. 8. 8. Coaxial S/PDIF Out port. Coaxial S/PDIF Out port. Coaxial S/PDIF Out port. Coaxial S/PDIF Out port. Coaxial S/PDIF Out port. This port connects an external audio output device via a coaxial S/PDIF cable. Audio 2, 4, 6, or 8-channel configuration Audio 2, 4, 6, or 8-channel configuration Audio 2, 4, 6, or 8-channel configuration Audio 2, 4, 6, or 8-channel configuration Audio 2, 4, 6, or 8-channel configuration Light Blue Line In Line In Line In Line In Lime Line Out Front Speaker Out Front Speaker Out Front Speaker Out Pink Mic In Mic In Mic In Mic In Gray ⢠⢠⢠Side Speaker Out Black ⢠Rear Speaker Out Rear Speaker Out Rear Speaker Out Orange ⢠⢠Center/Subwoofer Center/Subwoofer Port Port Port Port Port Headset Headset Headset Headset Headset 4-channel 4-channel 4-channel 4-channel 4-channel 6-channel 6-channel 6-channel 6-channel 6-channel 8-channel 8-channel 8-channel 8-channel 8-channel 2-channel 2-channel 2-channel 2-channel 2-channel
2-26 2-26 2-26 2-26 2-26 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.7.2 2.7.2 2.7.2 2.7.2 2.7.2 Internal connectors Internal connectors Internal connectors Internal connectors Internal connectors 1. 1. 1. 1. 1. Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY) Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY) Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY) Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY) Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY) This connector is for the provided floppy disk drive (FDD) signal cable. Insert one end of the cable to this connector, then connect the other end to the signal connector at the back of the floppy disk drive. Pin 5 on the connector is removed to prevent incorrect cable connection when using an FDD cable with a covered Pin 5. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. IDE connectors (40-1 pin PRI_IDE) IDE connectors (40-1 pin PRI_IDE) IDE connectors (40-1 pin PRI_IDE) IDE connectors (40-1 pin PRI_IDE) IDE connectors (40-1 pin PRI_IDE) The onboard IDE connector is for the Ultra DMA (133/)100/66 signal cable. There are three connectors on each Ultra DMA 133/100/66 signal cable: blue, black, and gray. Connect the blue connector to the motherboard's IDE connector, then select one of the following modes to configure your device. M2R32-MVP î M2R32-MVP Floppy disk drive connector NOTE: Orient the red markings o n the floppy ribbon cable to PIN 1. FLOPPY PIN 1 M2R32-MVP î M2R32-MVP IDE connector NOTE: Orient the red marking s (usually zigzag) on the IDE ribbon cable to PIN 1. PRI_IDE PIN 1 ⢠Pin 20 on the IDE connector is removed to match the covered hole on the Ultra DMA cable connector. This prevents incorrect insertion when you connect the IDE cable. ⢠Use the 80-conductor IDE cable for Ultra DMA 100/66 IDE devices.
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 2-27 2-27 2-27 2-27 2-27 Black or gray Drive jumper Drive jumper Drive jumper Drive jumper Drive jumper Mode Mode Mode Mode Mode Cable Cable Cable Cable Cable setting setting setting setting setting of device(s) of device(s) of device(s) of device(s) of device(s) connector connector connector connector connector Single device Cable-Select or Master - Black Two devices Cable-Select Master Black Slave Gray Master Master Slave Slave 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. Serial ATA connectors Serial ATA connectors Serial ATA connectors Serial ATA connectors Serial ATA connectors (7-pin SATA, SATA2, SATA3, SATA4) (7-pin SATA, SATA2, SATA3, SATA4) (7-pin SATA, SATA2, SATA3, SATA4) (7-pin SATA, SATA2, SATA3, SATA4) (7-pin SATA, SATA2, SATA3, SATA4) These connectors are for the Serial ATA signal cables for Serial ATA hard disk drives. If you installed Serial ATA hard disk drives, you can can create a RAID 0, RAID 1, and RAID 0 1 configuration. Refer to Chapter 5 for information on creating a RAID configuration. Enable the Serial ATA Controller and Onboard SATA Boot ROM items in the BIOS if you want to use the Serial ATA RAID feature. See section âÂÂ4.3.6 Storage Configurationâ for details. M2R32-MVP î M2R32-MVP SA T A connectors S ATA 2 GND RSA T A_TXP2 RSA T A_TXN2 GND RSA T A_RXP2 RSA T A_RXN2 GND S ATA 1 GND RSA T A_TXP1 RSA T A_TXN1 GND RSA T A_RXP1 RSA T A_RXN1 GND S ATA 4 GND RSA T A_TXP4 RSA T A_TXN4 GND RSA T A_RXP4 RSA T A_RXN4 GND S ATA 3 GND RSA T A_TXP3 RSA T A_TXN3 GND RSA T A_RXP3 RSA T A_RXN3 GND If any device jumper is set as "Cable-Select," make sure all other device jumpers have the same setting.
2-28 2-28 2-28 2-28 2-28 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Connect the right-angle side of SATA signal cable to SATA device. Or you may connect the right-angle side of SATA cable to the onboard SATA port to avoid mechanical conflict with huge graphics cards. right angle side right angle side right angle side right angle side right angle side ⢠Plug your Serial ATA boot disk on the master port (SATA1/3 to support S3 function). ⢠Install the Windows î 2000 Service Pack 4 or the Windows î XP Service Pack1 or later when using Serial ATA. Serial ATA hard disk drive connection Serial ATA hard disk drive connection Serial ATA hard disk drive connection Serial ATA hard disk drive connection Serial ATA hard disk drive connection Connector Connector Connector Connector Connector Color Color Color Color Color Setting Setting Setting Setting Setting Use Use Use Use Use SATA1/SATA3 Red Master Boot disk SATA2/SATA4 Black Slave Data Disk
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 2-29 2-29 2-29 2-29 2-29 4. 4. 4. 4. 4. CPU, Chassis, and Power fan connectors CPU, Chassis, and Power fan connectors CPU, Chassis, and Power fan connectors CPU, Chassis, and Power fan connectors CPU, Chassis, and Power fan connectors (4-pin CPU_FAN, 3-pin CHA_FAN1, 3-pin CHA_FAN2, (4-pin CPU_FAN, 3-pin CHA_FAN1, 3-pin CHA_FAN2, (4-pin CPU_FAN, 3-pin CHA_FAN1, 3-pin CHA_FAN2, (4-pin CPU_FAN, 3-pin CHA_FAN1, 3-pin CHA_FAN2, (4-pin CPU_FAN, 3-pin CHA_FAN1, 3-pin CHA_FAN2, 3-pin PWR_FAN) 3-pin PWR_FAN) 3-pin PWR_FAN) 3-pin PWR_FAN) 3-pin PWR_FAN) The fan connectors support cooling fans of 350 mA ~ 20 00 mA (2 4 W max.) or a total of 1 A ~ 3.48 A (41.76 W max.) at 12 V. Connect the fan cables to the fan connectors on the motherboard, making sure that the black wire of each cable matches the ground pin of the connector. Do not forget to connect the fan cables to the fan connectors. Insufficient air flow inside the system may damage the motherboard components. These are not jumpers! DO NOT place jumper caps on the fan connectors. M2R32-MVP î M2R32-MVP Fan connectors PWR_F AN CHA_F AN1 CHA_F AN2 CPU_F AN CPU_F AN GND Rotation 12V GND CPU F AN PWR CPU F AN IN CPU F AN PWM CHA_F AN2 CHA_F AN 1 GND Rotation 12V PWR_F AN GND Rotation 12V Only the CPU_FAN, CHA_FAN1, and CHA_FAN2 connectors support the ASUS Q-Fan 2 feature.
2-30 2-30 2-30 2-30 2-30 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Never connect a 1394 cable 1394 cable 1394 cable 1394 cable 1394 cable t o the USB connectors. Doing so will damage the motherboard! 5. 5. 5. 5. 5. USB connectors (10-1 pin USB56, USB78, USB910) USB connectors (10-1 pin USB56, USB78, USB910) USB connectors (10-1 pin USB56, USB78, USB910) USB connectors (10-1 pin USB56, USB78, USB910) USB connectors (10-1 pin USB56, USB78, USB910) These connectors are for USB 2.0 ports. Connect the USB module cable to any of these connectors, then install the module to a slot opening at the back of the system chassis. These USB connectors comply with USB 2.0 specification that supports up to 480 Mbps connection speed. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. Power connectors (24-pin EATXPWR, 4-pin ATX12V) Power connectors (24-pin EATXPWR, 4-pin ATX12V) Power connectors (24-pin EATXPWR, 4-pin ATX12V) Power connectors (24-pin EATXPWR, 4-pin ATX12V) Power connectors (24-pin EATXPWR, 4-pin ATX12V) These connectors are for an ATX power supply. The plugs from the power supply are designed to fit these connectors in only one orientation. Find the proper orientation and push down firmly until the connectors completely fit. M2R32-MVP î M2R32-MVP USB 2.0 connectors USB910 USB 5V USB_P10- USB_P10 GND NC USB 5V USB_P9- USB_P9 GND 1 USB78 USB56 NC GND USB_P6 USB_P6- USB 5V GND USB_P5 USB_P5- USB 5V 1 NC GND USB_P8 USB_P8- USB 5V GND USB_P7 USB_P7- USB 5V 1 M2R32-MVP î M2R32-MVP A TX power connectors EA TXPWR A TX12V 3 V olts 3 V olts Ground 5 V olts 5 V olts Ground Ground Power OK 5V Standb y 12 V olts -5 V olts 5 V olts 3 V olts -12 V olts Ground Ground Ground PSON# Ground 5 V olts 12 V olts 3 V olts 5 V olts Ground 12V DC GND 12V DC GND
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 2-31 2-31 2-31 2-31 2-31 ⢠For a fully-configured system, we recommend that you use a power supply unit (PSU) that complies with ATX 12 V Specification 2.0 (or later version) and provides a minimum power of 400 W. ⢠Do not forget to connect the 4-pin ATX 12 V power plug; otherwise, the system will not boot up. ⢠The ATX 12 V Specification 2.0 compliant (500 W) PSU has been tested to support the below configuration: CPU: AMD FX-62 Memory: 512 MB DDR (x4) Graphics card: PCI Express x16 ATI X850 Hard disk: SATA HD (x2) ATAPI: CD-ROM (x1) ⢠Use of a PSU with a higher power output is recommended when configuring a system with more power-consuming devices. The system may become unstable or may not boot up if the power is inadequate. ⢠If you want to use the ATI CrossFire⢠Graphics solution, use a PSU with 500 ~ 600 W power to ensure system stability. NEVER connect a USB cable USB cable USB cable USB cable USB cable t o the IEEE 1394a connector. Doing so will damage the motherboard! 7. 7. 7. 7. 7. IEEE 1394a connector (10-1 pin IE1394_2) IEEE 1394a connector (10-1 pin IE1394_2) IEEE 1394a connector (10-1 pin IE1394_2) IEEE 1394a connector (10-1 pin IE1394_2) IEEE 1394a connector (10-1 pin IE1394_2) This connector is for the IEEE 1394a port. Connect the IEEE 1394a module cable to this connector, then install the module to a slot opening at the back of the system chassis. M2R32-MVP î M2R32-MVP IEEE 1394 connector IE1394_2 1 GND 12V TPB2- GND TP A2- 12V TPB2 GND TP A2 The IEEE 1394a module cable is purchased separately.
2-32 2-32 2-32 2-32 2-32 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 8. 8. 8. 8. 8. Chassis intrusion connector (4-1 pin CHASSIS) Chassis intrusion connector (4-1 pin CHASSIS) Chassis intrusion connector (4-1 pin CHASSIS) Chassis intrusion connector (4-1 pin CHASSIS) Chassis intrusion connector (4-1 pin CHASSIS) This connector is for a chassis-mounted intrusion detection sensor or switch. Connect one end of the chassis intrusion sensor or switch cable to this connector. The chassis intrusion sensor or switch sends a high-level signal to this connector when a chassis component is removed or replaced. The signal is then generated as a chassis intrusion event. By default, the pins labeled âÂÂChassis Signalâ and âÂÂGroundâ are shorted with a jumper cap. Remove the jumper caps only when you intend to use the chassis intrusion detection feature. M2R32-MVP î M2R32-MVP Chassis intrusion connector CHASSIS 5VSB_MB Chassis Signal GND (Defaul t) 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. Digital audio connector (4-1 pin SPDIF_OUT) Digital audio connector (4-1 pin SPDIF_OUT) Digital audio connector (4-1 pin SPDIF_OUT) Digital audio connector (4-1 pin SPDIF_OUT) Digital audio connector (4-1 pin SPDIF_OUT) This connector is for an additional Sony/Philips Digital Interface (S/PDIF) port(s). Connect the S/PDIF module cable to this connector, then install the module to a slot opening at the back of the system chassis. The S/PDIF module is purchased separately. M2R32-MVP î M2R32-MVP COM port connector 5V SPDIFOUT GND SPDIF_OUT
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 2-33 2-33 2-33 2-33 2-33 10. 10. 10. 10. 10. Front panel audio connector (10-1 pin AAFP) Front panel audio connector (10-1 pin AAFP) Front panel audio connector (10-1 pin AAFP) Front panel audio connector (10-1 pin AAFP) Front panel audio connector (10-1 pin AAFP) This connector is for a chassis-mounted front panel audio I/O module that supports either HD Audio or legacy AC âÂÂ97 audio standard. Connect one end of the front panel audio I/O module cable to this connector. ⢠We recommend that you connect a high-definition front panel audio module to this connector to avail of the motherboardâÂÂs high-definition audio capability. ⢠Make sure the HD Audio item in the BIOS is set to [Enabled] to avail of the motherboardâÂÂs high-definition audio capacity. See section âÂÂ4.4.4 Onboard Devices Configurationâ for details. M2R32-MVP î M2R32-MVP Analog front panel connector AAFP NC MIC2 Line out_R Line out_L NC NC MICPWR NC AGND SENSE2_RETUR PORT1 L PORT2 R PORT2 L SENSE1_RETUR SENSE_SEND PORT1 R PRESENCE# AGND 11. 11. 11. 11. 11. Audio connector (4-pin CD [black]) Audio connector (4-pin CD [black]) Audio connector (4-pin CD [black]) Audio connector (4-pin CD [black]) Audio connector (4-pin CD [black]) This connector allows you to receive stereo audio input from sound sources such as a CD-ROM, TV-tuner, or MPEG card. M2R32-MVP î M2R32-MVP Internal audio connector CD (Black ) Right Audio Channel Left Audio Channel Ground Ground
2-34 2-34 2-34 2-34 2-34 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 12. 12. 12. 12. 12. System panel connector (20-8 pin PANEL) System panel connector (20-8 pin PANEL) System panel connector (20-8 pin PANEL) System panel connector (20-8 pin PANEL) System panel connector (20-8 pin PANEL) This connector supports several chassis-mounted functions. ⢠System power LED System power LED System power LED System power LED System power LED This 2-pin connector is for the system power LED. Connect the chassis power LED cable to this connector. The system power LED lights up when you turn on the system power, and blinks when the system is in sleep mode. ⢠Hard disk drive activity Hard disk drive activity Hard disk drive activity Hard disk drive activity Hard disk drive activity This 2-pin connector is for the HDD Activity LED. Connect the HDD Activity LED cable to this connector. The IDE LED lights up or flashes when data is read from or written to the HDD. ⢠System warning speaker System warning speaker System warning speaker System warning speaker System warning speaker This 4-pin connector is for the chassis-mounted system warning speaker. The speaker allows you to hear system beeps and warnings. ⢠Power/Soft-off button Power/Soft-off button Power/Soft-off button Power/Soft-off button Power/Soft-off button This 2-pin connector is for the system power button. Pressing the power button turns the system ON or puts the system in SLEEP or SOFT-OFF mode depending on the BIOS settings. Pressing the power switch for more than four seconds while the system is ON turns the system OFF. ⢠Reset button Reset button Reset button Reset button Reset button This 2-pin connector is for the chassis-mounted reset button for system reboot without turning off the system power. M2R32-MVP î M2R32-MVP System panel connector * Requires an A TX power suppl y. P ANEL PLED- PWR 5V Speaker Ground RESET Ground Reset Ground Ground PWRSW PLED IDE_LED- IDE_LED IDE_LED PLED SPEAKER
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 2-35 2-35 2-35 2-35 2-35 13. 13. 13. 13. 13. Q-Connector (System panel) Q-Connector (System panel) Q-Connector (System panel) Q-Connector (System panel) Q-Connector (System panel) ASUS Q-Connector allows you to easily connect the chassis front panel cables to the motherboard. Perform these steps to install ASUS Q- Connector. step1. Connect the front panel cables to their respective connectors on the ASUS Q- Connector. Refer to the labels on the Q- Connector for proper connection and pin definition. step2. Carefully connect the ASUS Q-Connector to the System panel connector. step3. When installed, the Q-Connector appears as shown. The ASUS Q-Connector fits only in one orientation; if it doesnâÂÂt fit, try reversing it.
2-36 2-36 2-36 2-36 2-36 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information
3 Powering up This chapter describes the power up sequence, the vocal POST messages, and ways of shutting down the system.
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP Chapter summary 3 3.1 Starting up for the first time ................................................ 3-1 3.2 Powering off the computer .................................................. 3-2
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 3-1 3-1 3-1 3-1 3-1 3.1 Starting up for the first time 1. After making all the connections, replace the system case cover. 2. Be sure that all switches are off. 3. Connect the power cord to the power connector at the back of the system chassis. 4. Connect the power cord to a power outlet that is equipped with a surge protector. 5. Turn on the devices in the following order: a. Monitor b. External SCSI devices (starting with the last device on the chain) c. System power 6. After applying power, the system power LED on the system front panel case lights up. For systems with ATX power supplies, the system LED lights up when you press the ATX power button. If your monitor complies with âÂÂgreenâ standards or if it has a âÂÂpower standbyâ feature, the monitor LED may light up or switch between orange and green after the system LED turns on. The system then runs the power-on self tests or POST. While the tests are running, the BIOS beeps (see BIOS beep codes table below) or additional messages appear on the screen. If you do not see anything within 30 seconds from the time you turned on the power, the system may have failed a power-on test. Check the jumper settings and connections or call your retailer for assistance. AMI BIOS beep codes AMI BIOS beep codes AMI BIOS beep codes AMI BIOS beep codes AMI BIOS beep codes Beep Description Beep Description Beep Description Beep Description Beep Description Error Error Error Error Error One beep Keyboard controller error Refresh Time error No master drive detected Two continuous beeps followed by Floppy controller failure two short beeps Two continuous beeps followed by Hardware component failure four short beeps 7. At power on, hold down the <Delete> key to enter the BIOS Setup. Follow the instructions in Chapter 4.
3-2 3-2 3-2 3-2 3-2 Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up 3.2 Powering off the computer 3.2.1 3.2.1 3.2.1 3.2.1 3.2.1 Using the OS shut down function Using the OS shut down function Using the OS shut down function Using the OS shut down function Using the OS shut down function If you are using Windows î 2000: 1. Click the Start Start Start Start Start button then click Shut Down... Shut Down... Shut Down... Shut Down... Shut Down... 2. Make sure that the Shut Down Shut Down Shut Down Shut Down Shut Down option button is selected, then click the OK OK OK OK O K button to shut down the computer. 3. The power supply should turn off after Windows î shuts down. If you are using Windows î XP: 1. Click the Start Start Start Start Start button then select Turn Off Computer. Turn Off Computer. Turn Off Computer. Turn Off Computer. Turn Off Computer. 2. Click the Turn Off Turn Off Turn Off Turn Off Turn Off button to shut down the computer. 3. The power supply should turn off after Windows î shuts down. 3.2.2 3.2.2 3.2.2 3.2.2 3.2.2 Using the dual function power switch Using the dual function power switch Using the dual function power switch Using the dual function power switch Using the dual function power switch While the system is ON, pressing the power switch for less than four seconds puts the system to sleep mode or to soft-off mode, depending on the BIOS setting. Pressing the power switch for more than four seconds lets the system enter the soft-off mode regardless of the BIOS setting. Refer to section âÂÂ4.5 Power Menuâ in Chapter 4 for details.
4 BIOS setup This chapter tells how to change the system settings through the BIOS Setup menus. Detailed descriptions of the BIOS parameters are also provided.
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP Chapter summary 4 4.1 Managing and updating your BIOS ........................................ 4-1 4.2 BIOS setup program ........................................................... 4-11 4.3 Main menu .......................................................................... 4-14 4.4 Advanced menu .................................................................. 4-18 4.5 Power menu ........................................................................ 4-32 4.6 Boot menu .......................................................................... 4-37 4.7 Tools menu ......................................................................... 4-42 4.8 Exit menu ........................................................................... 4-45
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 4-1 4-1 4-1 4-1 4-1 4.1 Managing and updating your BIOS The following utilities allow you to manage and update the motherboard Basic Input/Output System (BIOS) setup. 1. ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update (Updates the BIOS in Windows î environment.) 2. ASUS EZ Flash 2 ASUS EZ Flash 2 ASUS EZ Flash 2 ASUS EZ Flash 2 ASUS EZ Flash 2 (Updates the BIOS using a floppy disk/USB flash disk, or the motherboard support CD.) 3. ASUS AFUDOS ASUS AFUDOS ASUS AFUDOS ASUS AFUDOS ASUS AFUDOS (Updates the BIOS in DOS mode using a bootable floppy disk.) 4. ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3 (Updates the BIOS using a bootable floppy disk/USB flash disk, or the motherboard support CD when the BIOS file fails or gets corrupted.) Refer to the corresponding sections for details on these utilities. Save a copy of the original motherboard BIOS file to a bootable floppy disk in case you need to restore the BIOS in the future. Copy the original motherboard BIOS using the ASUS Update or AFUDOS utilities. 4.1.1 4.1.1 4.1.1 4.1.1 4.1.1 ASUS Update utility ASUS Update utility ASUS Update utility ASUS Update utility ASUS Update utility The ASUS Update is a utility that allows you to manage, save, and update the motherboard BIOS in Windows î environment. The ASUS Update utility allows you to: ⢠Save the current BIOS file ⢠Download the latest BIOS file from the Internet ⢠Update the BIOS from an updated BIOS file ⢠Update the BIOS directly from the Internet, and ⢠View the BIOS version information. This utility is available in the support CD that comes with the motherboard package. ASUS Update requires an Internet connection either through a network or an Internet Service Provider (ISP). Installing ASUS Update Installing ASUS Update Installing ASUS Update Installing ASUS Update Installing ASUS Update To install ASUS Update: 1. Place the support CD in the optical drive. The Drivers Drivers Drivers Drivers Drivers menu appears. 2. Click the Utilities Utilities Utilities Utilities Utilities tab, then click Install ASUS Update Install ASUS Update Install ASUS Update Install ASUS Update Install ASUS Update VX.XX.XX VX.XX.XX VX.XX.XX VX.XX.XX VX.XX.XX . See page 5-3 for the Utilities Utilities Utilities Utilities Utilities screen menu. 3. The ASUS Update utility is copied to your system.
4-2 4-2 4-2 4-2 4-2 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup 3. Select the ASUS FTP site nearest you to avoid network traffic, or click Auto Select Auto Select Auto Select Auto Select Auto Select . Click Next Next Next Next Next . Updating the BIOS through the Internet Updating the BIOS through the Internet Updating the BIOS through the Internet Updating the BIOS through the Internet Updating the BIOS through the Internet To update the BIOS through the Internet: 1. Launch the ASUS Update utility from the Windows î desktop by clicking Start Start Start Start Start > Programs Programs Programs Programs Programs > ASUS ASUS ASUS ASUS ASUS > ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate > ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate . The ASUS Update main window appears. 2. Select Update BIOS from Update BIOS from Update BIOS from Update BIOS from Update BIOS from the Internet the Internet the Internet the Internet the Internet option from the drop-down menu, then click Next Next Next Next Next . Quit all Windows î applications before you update the BIOS using this utility.
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 4-3 4-3 4-3 4-3 4-3 4. From the FTP site, select the BIOS version that you wish to download. Click Next. 5. Follow the screen instructions to complete the update process. The ASUS Update utility is capable of updating itself through the Internet. Always update the utility to avail all its features. Updating the BIOS through a BIOS file Updating the BIOS through a BIOS file Updating the BIOS through a BIOS file Updating the BIOS through a BIOS file Updating the BIOS through a BIOS file To update the BIOS through a BIOS file: 1. Launch the ASUS Update utility from the Windows î desktop by clicking Start Start Start Start Start > Programs Programs Programs Programs Programs > ASUS ASUS ASUS ASUS ASUS > ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate > ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate . The ASUS Update main window appears. 2. Select Update BIOS from a Update BIOS from a Update BIOS from a Update BIOS from a Update BIOS from a file file file file file option from the drop-down menu, then click Next Next Next Next Next . 3. Locate the BIOS file from the Open Open Open Open Open window, then click Save Save Save Save Save . 4. Follow the screen instructions to complete the update process.
4-4 4-4 4-4 4-4 4-4 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.1.2 4.1.2 4.1.2 4.1.2 4.1.2 Creating a bootable floppy disk Creating a bootable floppy disk Creating a bootable floppy disk Creating a bootable floppy disk Creating a bootable floppy disk 1. Do either one of the following to create a bootable floppy disk. DOS environment a. Insert a 1.44MB floppy disk into the drive. b. At the DOS prompt, type format A:/S then press <Enter>. Windows î XP environment a. Insert a 1.44 MB floppy disk to the floppy disk drive. b. Click Start Start Start Start Start from the Windows î desktop, then select My My My My My Computer Computer Computer Computer Computer . c. Select the 3 1/2 Floppy Drive icon. d. Click File File File File File from the menu, then select Format Format Format Format Format . A Format 3 1/2 Format 3 1/2 Format 3 1/2 Format 3 1/2 Format 3 1/2 Floppy Disk Floppy Disk Floppy Disk Floppy Disk Floppy Disk window appears. e. Select Create an MS-DOS startup disk Create an MS-DOS startup disk Create an MS-DOS startup disk Create an MS-DOS startup disk Create an MS-DOS startup disk from the format options field, then click Start Start Start Start Start . Windows î 2000 environment To create a set of boot disks for Windows î 2000: a. Insert a formatted, high density 1.44 MB floppy disk into the drive. b. Insert the Windows î 2000 CD to the optical drive. c. Click Start Start Start Start Start , then select Run Run Run Run Run . d. From the Open field, type D:\bootdisk\makeboot a: assuming that D: is your optical drive. e. Press <Enter>, then follow screen instructions to continue. 2. Copy the original or the latest motherboard BIOS file to the bootable floppy disk.
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 4-5 4-5 4-5 4-5 4-5 4.1.3 4.1.3 4.1.3 4.1.3 4.1.3 ASUS EZ Flash 2 utility ASUS EZ Flash 2 utility ASUS EZ Flash 2 utility ASUS EZ Flash 2 utility ASUS EZ Flash 2 utility The ASUS EZ Flash 2 feature allows you to update the BIOS without having to go through the long process of booting from a floppy disk and using a DOS-based utility. The EZ Flash 2 utility is built in the BIOS chip so it is accessible by pressing <Alt> <F2> during the Power-On Self Tests (POST). To update the BIOS using EZ Flash 2: 1. Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) to download the latest BIOS file for the motherboard and rename the same to M2R32-MVP.ROM M2R32-MVP.ROM M2R32-MVP.ROM M2R32-MVP.ROM M2R32-MVP.ROM . 2. Save the BIOS file to a floppy disk or a USB flash disk, then restart the system. 3. You can launch the EZ Flash 2 by two methods. (1) Insert the floppy disk / USB flash disk that contains the BIOS file to the floppy disk drive or the USB port. Press <Alt> <F2> during POST to display the following. ⢠This function can supp ort devices such as USB flash disk, or floppy disk with FAT 32/16 format and single partition only. ⢠Do not shutdown or reset the system while updating the BIOS to prevent system boot failure! 4. When the correct BIOS file is found, EZ Flash 2 performs the BIOS update process and automatically reboots the system when done. (2) Enter BIOS setup program. Go th the Tools menu to select EZ Flash 2 and press <Enter> to enable it. You can switch between drives by pressing <Tab> before the correct file is found. Then press <Enter>. ASUSTek EZ Flash 2 BIOS ROM Utility V3.00 Current ROM Update ROM BOARD: M2R32-MVP VER: 0128 DATE: 07/28/2006 BOARD: Unknown VER: Unknown DATE: Unknown A: [Enter] Select [S] Save [ESC]Exit [Tab] Switch [Up/Down/Home/End] Move Note FLASH TYPE: Winbond W39V080A/BP PATH: A:\
4-6 4-6 4-6 4-6 4-6 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup The utility returns to the DOS prompt after copying the current BIOS file. 3. Press <Enter>. The utility copies the current BIOS file to the floppy disk. A:\>afudos /oOLDBIOS1.ROM AMI Firmware Update Utility - Version 1.10 Copyright (C) 2002 American Megatrends, Inc. All rights reserved. Reading flash ..... done A:\> 4.1.4 4.1.4 4.1.4 4.1.4 4.1.4 AFUDOS utility AFUDOS utility AFUDOS utility AFUDOS utility AFUDOS utility The AFUDOS utility allows you to update the BIOS file in DOS environment using a bootable floppy disk with the updated BIOS file. This utility also allows you to copy the current BIOS file that you can use as backup when the BIOS fails or gets corrupted during the updating process. Copying the current BIOS Copying the current BIOS Copying the current BIOS Copying the current BIOS Copying the current BIOS To copy the current BIOS file using the AFUDOS utility: Main filename Main filename Main filename Main filename Main filename Extension name Extension name Extension name Extension name Extension name 1. Copy the AFUDOS utility (afudos.exe) from the motherboard support CD to the bootable floppy disk you created earlier. 2. Boot the system in DOS mode, then at the prompt type: afudos /o[filename] where the [filename] is any user-assigned filename not more than eight alphanumeric characters for the main filename and three alphanumeric characters for the extension name. A:\>afudos /oOLDBIOS1.ROM ⢠Make sure that the floppy disk is not write-protected and has at least 600 KB free space to save the file. ⢠The succeeding BIOS screens are for reference only. The actual BIOS screen displays may not be exactly the same as shown.
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 4-7 4-7 4-7 4-7 4-7 2. Copy the AFUDOS utility (afudos.exe) from the motherboard support CD to the bootable floppy disk you created earlier. 3. Boot the system in DOS mode, then at the prompt type: afudos /i[filename] where [filename] is the latest or the original BIOS file on the bootable floppy disk. Updating the BIOS file Updating the BIOS file Updating the BIOS file Updating the BIOS file Updating the BIOS file To update the BIOS file using the AFUDOS utility: 1. Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) and download the latest BIOS file for the motherboard. Save the BIOS file to a bootable floppy disk. Write the BIOS filename on a piece of paper. You need to type the exact BIOS filename at the DOS prompt. A:\>afudos /iM2R32-MVP.ROM 4. The utility verifies the file and starts updating the BIOS. Do not shut down or reset the system while updating the BIOS to prevent system boot failure! A:\>afudos /iM2R32-MVP.ROM AMI Firmware Update Utility - Version 1.19(ASUS V2.07(03.11.24BB)) Copyright (C) 2003 American Megatrends, Inc. All rights reserved. WARNING!! Do not turn off power during flash BIOS Reading file ..... done Reading flash .... done Advance Check........ Erasing flash .... done Writing flash .... 0x0008CC00 (9%)
4-8 4-8 4-8 4-8 4-8 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup 5. The utility returns to the DOS prompt after the BIOS update process is completed. Reboot the system from the hard disk drive. A:\>afudos /iM2R32-MVP.ROM AMI Firmware Update Utility - Version 1.19(ASUS V2.07(03.11.24BB)) Copyright (C) 2003 American Megatrends, Inc. All rights reserved. WARNING!! Do not turn off power during flash BIOS Reading file ..... done Reading flash .... done Search bootblock version Advance Check......... Erasing flash ..... done Writing flash ..... done Verifying flash ... done Please restart your computer A:\>
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 4-9 4-9 4-9 4-9 4-9 4.1.5 4.1.5 4.1.5 4.1.5 4.1.5 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3 utility ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3 utility ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3 utility ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3 utility ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3 utility The ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3 is an auto recovery tool that allows you to restore the BIOS file when it fails or gets corrupted during the updating process. You can update a corrupted BIOS file using the motherboard support CD, the floppy disk, or the USB flash disk that contains the updated BIOS file. Prepare the motherboard support CD or the floppy disk containing the updated motherboard BIOS before using this utility. Recovering the BIOS from a floppy/USB flash disk Recovering the BIOS from a floppy/USB flash disk Recovering the BIOS from a floppy/USB flash disk Recovering the BIOS from a floppy/USB flash disk Recovering the BIOS from a floppy/USB flash disk To recover the BIOS from a floppy/USB flash disk: 1. Download the latest BIOS from the ASUS website (www.asus.com). Rename the BIOS file to M2R32-MVP.ROM M2R32-MVP.ROM M2R32-MVP.ROM M2R32-MVP.ROM M2R32-MVP.ROM . 2. Insert the floppy/USB flash disk that contains the BIOS file to the FDD/USB port. 3. Turn on the system. Recovering the BIOS from the support CD Recovering the BIOS from the support CD Recovering the BIOS from the support CD Recovering the BIOS from the support CD Recovering the BIOS from the support CD To recover the BIOS from the support CD: 1. Turn on the system. 2. Insert the support CD to the optical drive. 3. The utility displays the following message and automatically checks the CD for the BIOS file. 4. Restart the system after the utility completes the updating process. When found, the utility reads the BIOS file and starts flashing the corrupted BIOS file. Bad BIOS checksum. Starting BIOS recovery... Checking for floppy... Bad BIOS checksum. Starting BIOS recovery... Checking for floppy... Floppy not found! Reading file âÂÂM2R32-MVP.ROMâÂÂ. Completed. Start flashing...
4-10 4-10 4-10 4-10 4-10 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4. The utility automatically checks the devices for the BIOS file. When found, the utility reads the BIOS file and starts flashing the corrupted BIOS file. 5. Restart the system after the utility completes the updating process. ⢠Only the USB flash disk with FAT 32/16 format and single partition can support ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3. The device size should be smaller than 8 GB. ⢠Flash time takes around one minute. ⢠DO NOT shut down or reset the system while updating the BIOS! Doing so can cause system boot failure!
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 4-11 4-11 4-11 4-11 4-11 4.2 BIOS setup program This motherboard supports a programmable firmware chip that you can update using the provided utility described in section â 4.1 Managing and updating your BIOS.â Use the BIOS Setup program when you are installing a motherboard, reconfiguring your system, or prompted to âÂÂRun Setup.â This section explains how to configure your system using this utility. Even if you are not prompted to use the Setup program, you can change the configuration of your computer in the future. For example, you can enable the security password feature or change the power management settings. This requires you to reconfigure your system using the BIOS Setup program so that the computer can recognize these changes and record them in the CMOS RAM or the firmware hub. The firmware hub on the motherboard stores the Setup utility. When you start up the computer, the system provides you with the opportunity to run this program. Press <Del> during the Power-On-Self-Test (POST) to enter the Setup utility; otherwise, POST continues with its test routines. If you wish to enter Setup after POST, restart the system by pressing <Ctrl Alt Delete>, or by pressing the reset button on the system chassis. You can also restart by turning the system off and then back on. Do this last option only if the first two failed. The Setup program is designed to make it as easy to use as possible. Being a menu-driven program, it lets you scroll through the various sub-menus and make your selections from the available options using the navigation keys. ⢠The default BIOS settings for this motherboard apply for most conditions to ensure optimum performance. If the system becomes unstable after changing any BIOS settings, load the default settings to ensure system compatibility and stability. Select the Load Load Load Load Load Default Settings Default Settings Default Settings Default Settings Default Settings item under the Exit Menu. See section âÂÂ4.7 Exit Menu.â â¢ The BIOS setup screens shown in this section are for reference purposes only, and may not exactly match what you see on your screen. ⢠Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) to download the latest BIOS file for this motherboard.
4-12 4-12 4-12 4-12 4-12 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Select Screen Select Item - Change Field Tab Select Field F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2006, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit 4.2.2 4.2.2 4.2.2 4.2.2 4.2.2 Menu bar Menu bar Menu bar Menu bar Menu bar The menu bar on top of the screen has the following main items: Main Main Main Main Main For changing the basic system configuration Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced For changing the advanced system settings Power Power Power Power Power For changing the advanced power management (APM) configuration Boot Boot Boot Boot Boot For changing the system boot configuration Tools Tools Tools Tools Tools For configuring options for special functions Exit Exit Exit Exit Exit For selecting the exit options and loading default settings To select an item on the menu bar, press the right or left arrow key on the keyboard until the desired item is highlighted. 4.2.3 4.2.3 4.2.3 4.2.3 4.2.3 Navigation keys Navigation keys Navigation keys Navigation keys Navigation keys At the bottom right corner of a menu screen are the navigation keys for that particular menu. Use the navigation keys to select items in the menu and change the settings. Some of the navigation keys differ from one screen to another. 4.2.1 4.2.1 4.2.1 4.2.1 4.2.1 BIOS menu screen BIOS menu screen BIOS menu screen BIOS menu screen BIOS menu screen System Time [10:55:25] System Date [Fri 07/21/2006] Legacy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in] Language [English] Primary IDE Master [ST320410A] Primary IDE Slave [ASUS CD-S520/A] SATA1 [Not Detected] SATA2 [Not Detected] SATA3 [Not Detected] SATA4 [Not Detected] Storage Configuration System Information Use [ENTER], [TAB] or [SHIFT-TAB] to select a field. Use [ ] or [-] to configure the System Time. Navigation keys Navigation keys Navigation keys Navigation keys Navigation keys General help General help General help General help General help Menu bar Menu bar Menu bar Menu bar Menu bar Sub-menu items Sub-menu items Sub-menu items Sub-menu items Sub-menu items Configuration fields Configuration fields Configuration fields Configuration fields Configuration fields Menu items Menu items Menu items Menu items Menu items
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 4-13 4-13 4-13 4-13 4-13 4.2.4 4.2.4 4.2.4 4.2.4 4.2.4 Menu items Menu items Menu items Menu items Menu items The highlighted item on the menu bar displays the specific items for that menu. For example, selecting Main Main Main Main Main shows the Main menu items. The other items (Advanced, Power, Boot, and Exit) on the menu bar have their respective menu items. 4.2.5 4.2.5 4.2.5 4.2.5 4.2.5 Sub-menu items Sub-menu items Sub-menu items Sub-menu items Sub-menu items A solid triangle before each item on any menu screen means that the iteam has a sub-menu. To display the sub-menu, select the item and press <Enter>. 4.2.6 4.2.6 4.2.6 4.2.6 4.2.6 Configuration fields Configuration fields Configuration fields Configuration fields Configuration fields These fields show the values for the menu items. If an item is user- configurable, you can change the value of the field opposite the item. You cannot select an item that is not user-configurable. A configurable field is enclosed in brackets, and is highlighted when selected. To change the value of a field, select it then press <Enter> to display a list of options. Refer to âÂÂ4.2.7 Pop-up window.â 4.2.7 4.2.7 4.2.7 4.2.7 4.2.7 Pop-up window Pop-up window Pop-up window Pop-up window Pop-up window Select a menu item then press <Enter> to display a pop-up window with the configuration options for that item. 4.2.8 4.2.8 4.2.8 4.2.8 4.2.8 Scroll bar Scroll bar Scroll bar Scroll bar Scroll bar A scroll bar appears on the right side of a menu screen when there are items that do not fit on the screen. Press the Up/Down arrow keys or <Page Up> /<Page Down> keys to display the other items on the screen. 4.2.9 4.2.9 4.2.9 4.2.9 4.2.9 General help General help General help General help General help At the top right corner of the menu screen is a brief description of the selected item. Main menu items Main menu items Main menu items Main menu items Main menu items Advanced PCI/PnP Settings WARNING: Setting wrong values in below sections may cause system to malfunction. Plug And Play O/S [No] PCI Latency Timer [64] Allocate IRQ to PCI VGA [Yes] Palette Snooping [Disabled] PCI IDE BusMaster [Enabled] Scroll bar Scroll bar Scroll bar Scroll bar Scroll bar Pop-up window Pop-up window Pop-up window Pop-up window Pop-up window Use [ENTER], [TAB], or [SHIFT-TAB] to select a field. Use [ ] or [-] to configure system time. Select Screen Select Item - Change Field Tab Select Field F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit System Time [10:55:25] System Date [Wed 10/ 2 5 /2005] Legacy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Language [English] Primary IDE Master [ST320410A] Primary IDE Slave [ASUS CD-S520/A] SATA1 [ Not Detected] SATA2 [Not Detected] SATA3 [Not Detected] SATA4 [Not Detected] Storage Configuration System Information BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2006,American Megatrends, Inc.
4-14 4-14 4-14 4-14 4-14 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Select Screen Select Item - Change Field Tab Select Field F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2006, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit 4.3 Main menu When you enter the BIOS Setup program, the Main Main Main Main Main menu screen appears, giving you an overview of the basic system information. 4.3.1 4.3.1 4.3.1 4.3.1 4.3.1 System Time [xx:xx:xx] System Time [xx:xx:xx] System Time [xx:xx:xx] System Time [xx:xx:xx] System Time [xx:xx:xx] Allows you to set the system time. 4.3.2 4.3.2 4.3.2 4.3.2 4.3.2 System Date [Day xx/xx/xxxx] System Date [Day xx/xx/xxxx] System Date [Day xx/xx/xxxx] System Date [Day xx/xx/xxxx] System Date [Day xx/xx/xxxx] Allows you to set the system date. 4.3.3 4.3.3 4.3.3 4.3.3 4.3.3 Legacy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Legacy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Legacy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Legacy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Legacy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Sets the type of floppy drive installed. Configuration options: [Disabled] [360K, 5.25 in.] [1.2M , 5.25 in.] [720K , 3.5 in.] [1.44M, 3.5 in.] [2.88M, 3.5 in.] 4.3.4 4.3.4 4.3.4 4.3.4 4.3.4 Language [English] Language [English] Language [English] Language [English] Language [English] Allows you to choose the BIOS language version from the options. Configuration options: [Chinese (BIG5)] [Chinese (GB)] [Japanese] [Français] [German] [English] Refer to section âÂÂ4.2.1 BIOS menu screenâ for information on the menu screen items and how to navigate through them. System Time [10:55:25] System Date [Mon 10/25/2005] Legacy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in] Language [English] Primary IDE Master [ST320410A] Primary IDE Slave [ASUS CD-S520/A] SATA1 [Not Detected] SATA2 [Not Detected] SATA3 [Not Detected] SATA4 [Not Detected] Storage Configuration System Information Use [ENTER], [TAB] or [SHIFT-TAB] to select a field. Use [ ] or [-] to configure the System Time.
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 4-15 4-15 4-15 4-15 4-15 Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2006, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main 4.3.5 4.3.5 4.3.5 4.3.5 4.3.5 Primary IDE Master/Slave Primary IDE Master/Slave Primary IDE Master/Slave Primary IDE Master/Slave Primary IDE Master/Slave SATA1-4 SATA1-4 SATA1-4 SATA1-4 SATA1-4 The BIOS automatically detects the connected IDE/Serial ATA devices. There is a separate sub-menu for each IDE/SATA device. Select a device item, then press <Enter> to display the IDE/SATA device information. The BIOS automatically detects the values opposite the dimmed items (Device, Vendor, Size, LBA Mode, Block Mode, PIO Mode, Async DMA, Ultra DMA, and SMART monitoring). These values are not user-configurable. These items show N/A if no IDE device is installed in the system. Type [Auto] Type [Auto] Type [Auto] Type [Auto] Type [Auto] Selects the type of IDE drive. Setting to [Auto] allows automatic selection of the appropriate IDE device type. Select [CDROM] if you are specifically configuring a CD-ROM drive. Select [ARMD] (ATAPI Removable Media Device) if your device is either a ZIP, LS-120, or MO drive. Configuration options: [Not Installed] [Auto] [CDROM] [ARMD] LBA/Large Mode [Auto] LBA/Large Mode [Auto] LBA/Large Mode [Auto] LBA/Large Mode [Auto] LBA/Large Mode [Auto] Enables or disables the LBA mode. Setting to [Auto] enables the LBA mode if the device supports this mode, and if the device was not previously formatted with LBA mode disabled. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Auto] Block (Multi-sector Transfer) M [Auto] Block (Multi-sector Transfer) M [Auto] Block (Multi-sector Transfer) M [Auto] Block (Multi-sector Transfer) M [Auto] Block (Multi-sector Transfer) M [Auto] Enables or disables data multi-sectors transfers. When set to [Auto], the data transfer from and to the device occurs multiple sectors at a time if the device supports multi-sector transfer feature. When set to [Disabled], the data transfer from and to the device occurs one sector at a time. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Auto] Primary IDE Master Device : Hard Disk Vendor : ST320413A Size : 20.0GB LBA Mode : Supported Block Mode : 16 Sectors PIO Mode : 4 Async DMA : MultiWord DMA-2 Ultra DMA : Ultra DMA-6 SMART Monitoring: Supported Type [Auto] LBA/Large Mode [Auto] Block(Multi-sector Transfer) M [Auto] PIO Mode [Auto] DMA Mode [Auto] SMART Monitoring [Auto] 32Bit Data Transfer [Disabled] Select the type of device connected to the system.
4-16 4-16 4-16 4-16 4-16 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2004, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main PIO Mode [Auto] PIO Mode [Auto] PIO Mode [Auto] PIO Mode [Auto] PIO Mode [Auto] Selects the PIO mode. Configuration options: [Auto] [0] [1] [2] [3] [4] DMA Mode [Auto] DMA Mode [Auto] DMA Mode [Auto] DMA Mode [Auto] DMA Mode [Auto] Selects the DMA mode. Configuration options: [Auto] SMART Monitoring [Auto] SMART Monitoring [Auto] SMART Monitoring [Auto] SMART Monitoring [Auto] SMART Monitoring [Auto] Sets the Smart Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology. Configuration options: [Auto] [Disabled] [Enabled] 32Bit Data Transfer [Disabled] 32Bit Data Transfer [Disabled] 32Bit Data Transfer [Disabled] 32Bit Data Transfer [Disabled] 32Bit Data Transfer [Disabled] Enables or disables 32-bit data transfer. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] 4.3.6 4.3.6 4.3.6 4.3.6 4.3.6 Storage Configuration Storage Configuration Storage Configuration Storage Configuration Storage Configuration Storage Configuration OnChip SATA Channel [Enabled] OnChip SATA Type [Native IDE] OnChip SATA Channel [Enabled] OnChip SATA Channel [Enabled] OnChip SATA Channel [Enabled] OnChip SATA Channel [Enabled] OnChip SATA Channel [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the onchip SATA channel. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Options Disabled Enabled
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 4-17 4-17 4-17 4-17 4-17 The succeeding item appears only if the OnChip SATA Channel OnChip SATA Channel OnChip SATA Channel OnChip SATA Channel OnChip SATA Channel item is set to [Enabled]. OnChip SATA Type [Native IDE] Allows you to select the onchip SATA type. Configuration options: [Native IDE] [RAID] [AHCI] [Legacy IDE] Select Screen Select Item F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2006, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main 4.3.7 4.3.7 4.3.7 4.3.7 4.3.7 System Information System Information System Information System Information System Information This menu gives you an overview of the general system specifications. The BIOS automatically detects the items in this menu. AMI BIOS AMI BIOS AMI BIOS AMI BIOS AMI BIOS Displays the auto-detected BIOS information. Processor Processor Processor Processor Processor Displays the auto-detected CPU specification. System Memory System Memory System Memory System Memory System Memory Displays the auto-detected system memory. AMIBIOS Version : 0122 Build Date : 07/20/06 Processor T yp e : AMD Athlon(tm) 64 X2 Dual Core Processor 4800 Speed : 2400 MHz Count : 2 System Memory Installed Size: 512MB Usable Size : 512MB
4-18 4-18 4-18 4-18 4-18 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Select Screen Select Item - Change option F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2006, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit 4.4 Advanced menu The Advanced menu items allow you to change the settings for the CPU and other system devices. Take caution when changing the settings of the Advanced menu items. Incorrect field values can cause the system to malfunction. Jumperfree Configuration CPU Configuration Chipset Onboard Devices Configuration PCIPnP USB Configuration Select Screen Select Item - Change option F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2006, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced Configure System Frequency/Voltage AI Overclocking [Manual] FSB Frequency [200] PCIE Frequency [100] Processor Frequency (FID) [Auto] Processor Voltage (VID) [Auto] CPU:ATI-NB HT Link Speed [Auto] DDR Voltage [Auto] VCORE Over-voltage [Auto] Northbridge Voltage [Auto] AI Clock Skew for Channel A [Auto] Current Clock Skew Advance450ps AI Clock Skew for Channel B [Auto] Current Clock Skew Advance450ps 4.4.1 4.4.1 4.4.1 4.4.1 4.4.1 JumperFree Configuration JumperFree Configuration JumperFree Configuration JumperFree Configuration JumperFree Configuration
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 4-19 4-19 4-19 4-19 4-19 AI Overclocking [Auto] AI Overclocking [Auto] AI Overclocking [Auto] AI Overclocking [Auto] AI Overclocking [Auto] Allows you to select the overclocking options to achieve the desired CPU internal frequency. Select either one of the preset overclocking configiuration options. Setting Setting Setting Setting Setting Description Description Description Description Description Manual Manual Manual Manual Manual allows you to individually set overclocking parameters. Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto loads the optimal settings for the system. Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard loads the standard settings for the system. Overclock Profile Overclock Profile Overclock Profile Overclock Profile Overclock Profile loads overclocking profiles with optimal parameters for stability when overclocking. AI N.O.S. AI N.O.S. AI N.O.S. AI N.O.S. AI N.O.S. the ASUS AI Non-delay Overclocking System feature intelligently determines the system load and automatically boost the performance for the most demanding tasks. The following items appear only when the AI Overclocking AI Overclocking AI Overclocking AI Overclocking AI Overclocking item is set to [Manual]. FSB Frequency [200] FSB Frequency [200] FSB Frequency [200] FSB Frequency [200] FSB Frequency [200] Allows you to adjust the FSB frequency. The value of this item is auto- detected by the BIOS. Use the < > and <-> keys to adjust the FSB frequency. You can also type the desired FSB frequency using the numeric keypad. The values range from 200 to 400. PCIE Frequency [100] PCIE Frequency [100] PCIE Frequency [100] PCIE Frequency [100] PCIE Frequency [100] Allows you to adjust the PCIE frequency. The value of this item is auto- detected by the BIOS. Use the < > and <-> keys to adjust the PCIE frequency. You can also type the desired PCIE frequency using the numeric keypad. The values range from 100 to 150. Processor Frequency (FID) [Auto] Processor Frequency (FID) [Auto] Processor Frequency (FID) [Auto] Processor Frequency (FID) [Auto] Processor Frequency (FID) [Auto] Allows you to set the processor frequency. Configuration options: [Auto] [x5 1000 MHz] [x6 1000 MHz] [x7 1000 MHz] [x8 1000 MHz] [x9 1000 MHz] [x10 1000 MHz] [x11 1000 MHz] [x12 1000 MHz] Processor Voltage (VID) [Auto] Processor Voltage (VID) [Auto] Processor Voltage (VID) [Auto] Processor Voltage (VID) [Auto] Processor Voltage (VID) [Auto] Allows you to set the processor voltage. Configuration options: [Auto] [0.800 V] [0.825 V] [0.850 V]... [0.875 V] [0.900 V] [0.925 V] .....[1.525 V] [1.550 V]
4-20 4-20 4-20 4-20 4-20 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup CPU:ATI-NB HT Link Speed [Auto] CPU:ATI-NB HT Link Speed [Auto] CPU:ATI-NB HT Link Speed [Auto] CPU:ATI-NB HT Link Speed [Auto] CPU:ATI-NB HT Link Speed [Auto] Configuration options: [Auto] [x1 200 MHz] [x2 400 MHz] [x3 600 MHz] [x4 800 MHz] [x5 1 GHz] DDR Voltage [Auto] DDR Voltage [Auto] DDR Voltage [Auto] DDR Voltage [Auto] DDR Voltage [Auto] Allows you to set the DDR memory voltage. Configuration options: [Auto] [1.80 V] [1.85 V] [1.90 V] [1.95 V][2.00V] [2.05 V]...[2.45 V] Setting a very high voltage may damage the component permanently. Setting a very low voltage may cause the system to become unstable. VCORE Over-voltage [Auto] VCORE Over-voltage [Auto] VCORE Over-voltage [Auto] VCORE Over-voltage [Auto] VCORE Over-voltage [Auto] Allows you to enable or disable VCORE over-voltage. Configuration options: [Auto] [Disabled] [Enable] Northbridge Voltage [Auto] Northbridge Voltage [Auto] Northbridge Voltage [Auto] Northbridge Voltage [Auto] Northbridge Voltage [Auto] Configuration options: [Auto] [Manual] The following items appear only when the Northbridge Voltage Northbridge Voltage Northbridge Voltage Northbridge Voltage Northbridge Voltage item is set to [Manual]. HyperTransport Voltage [Auto] Configuration options: [Auto] [1.20V] [1.30V] [1.40V] [1.50V] Core/PCIe Voltage [Auto] Configuration options: [Auto] [1.20V] [1.30V] [1.40V] [1.50V] AI Clock Skew for Channel A AI Clock Skew for Channel A AI Clock Skew for Channel A AI Clock Skew for Channel A AI Clock Skew for Channel A [Auto] [Auto] [Auto] [Auto] [Auto] Configuration options: [Auto] [Advance 900ps] [Advance 750ps] [Advance 600ps] ...[Advance 150ps] [Normal] [Delay 150ps] [Delay 300ps] [Delay 450ps]...[Delay 900] Current Clock Skew [Advance450ps] Shows the status of the current clock skew. AI Clock Skew for Channel B [Auto] AI Clock Skew for Channel B [Auto] AI Clock Skew for Channel B [Auto] AI Clock Skew for Channel B [Auto] AI Clock Skew for Channel B [Auto] Configuration options: [Auto] [Normal] [Advance 150ps] [Advance 300ps] ...[Advance 900] [Delay 150ps] [Delay 300ps]...[Delay 900] Current Clock Skew [Advance450ps] Shows the status of the current clock skew. The following items appear only when you set the AI Overclocking AI Overclocking AI Overclocking AI Overclocking AI Overclocking item to [Manual].
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 4-21 4-21 4-21 4-21 4-21 Overclock Options [Overclock 5%] Overclock Options [Overclock 5%] Overclock Options [Overclock 5%] Overclock Options [Overclock 5%] Overclock Options [Overclock 5%] Allows you to overclock the CPU speed through the available preset values. Configuration options: [Overclock 3%] [Overclock 5%] [Overclock 10%] [Overclock 15%] [Overclock 20%] [Overclock 30%] The following item appears only when you set the AI Overclocking AI Overclocking AI Overclocking AI Overclocking AI Overclocking item to [AI N.O.S.]. Turbo N.O.S. [Overclock 5%] Turbo N.O.S. [Overclock 5%] Turbo N.O.S. [Overclock 5%] Turbo N.O.S. [Overclock 5%] Turbo N.O.S. [Overclock 5%] Configuration options: [Overclock 3%] [Overclock 5%] [Overclock 10%] [Overclock 15%] [Overclock 20%] [Overclock 30%] The following item appears only when you set the AI Overclocking AI Overclocking AI Overclocking AI Overclocking AI Overclocking item to [Ovrerclock Profile].
4-22 4-22 4-22 4-22 4-22 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2006, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced 4.4.2 4.4.2 4.4.2 4.4.2 4.4.2 CPU Configuration CPU Configuration CPU Configuration CPU Configuration CPU Configuration The items in this menu show the CPU-related information that the BIOS automatically detects. Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet [ Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet [ Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet [ Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet [ Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet [ Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled ] ] ] ] ] Enables or disables the Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet⢠technology feature. Configuration options: [Enabled] [Disabled] AMD Live! [Disabled] AMD Live! [Disabled] AMD Live! [Disabled] AMD Live! [Disabled] AMD Live! [Disabled] Enables or disables the AMD Live!⢠technology feature. Configuration options: [Enabled] [Disabled] CPU Configuration Module Version: 13.05 AGESA Version: 02.06.09 Physical Count: 1 Logical Count: 2 AMD Athlon(tm) 64 X2 Dual Core Processor 4800 Revision: F2 Cache L1: 128KB Cache L2: 2048KB Speed: 2400MHz Current FSB Multiplier: 12x Maximum FSB Multiplier: 12x Able to Change Freq: Yes uCode Patch Level: None Required Cool `nâ Quiet [Disabled] AMD Live! [Disabled] Memory Controller
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 4-23 4-23 4-23 4-23 4-23 Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2006, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2006, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced Memory Controller Memory Controller Memory Controller Memory Controller Memory Controller Memory Controller Memory Configuration Power Down Control [Auto] Alternate VID [Auto] Current Memory CLK : 800 MHz Current CAS Latency (CL) : 3.0 Current RAS/CAS Delay (Trcd) : 3 CLK Current TRAS : 8 CLK Current TRP : 3 CLK Current TRRD : 3 CLK Current TRC : 24 CLK Asynchronous Latency : 6 ns Memory Configuration Memory Configuration Memory Configuration Memory Configuration Memory Configuration Memory Configuration Memclock Frequency [Auto] CAS Latency (CL) [Auto] TRCD [Auto] TRP [Auto] TRAS [Auto] 2T Mode [Auto] MCT Timing Mode [Auto] Bank Interleaving [Auto] MemClk Tristate C3/ATLVID [Disabled] Memory Hole Remapping [Disabled] Select the DRAM Frequency programming method. If Auto, the DRAM speed will be based on SPDs. If Limit, the DRAM speed will not exceed the specified value. If Manual, the DRAM specified will be programmed regardless Memory Frequency [Auto] Allows you to select the DRAM Frequency programming method. Configuration options: [Auto] [Limit] [Manual] The following item appears when the Memory Frequency Memory Frequency Memory Frequency Memory Frequency Memory Frequency item is set to [Limit] and [Manual]. Frequency [200 MHz] Frequency [200 MHz] Frequency [200 MHz] Frequency [200 MHz] Frequency [200 MHz] Allows you to set the memory frequency. Configuration options: [200 MHz] [266 MHz] [333 MHz] [400 MHz]
4-24 4-24 4-24 4-24 4-24 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup CAS Latency (CL) [Auto] Configuration options: [Auto] [3.0] [4.0] [5.0] [6.0] TRCD [Auto] Configuration options: [Auto] [3 CLK] [4 CLK] [5 CLK] [6 CLK] TRP [Auto] Configuration options: [Auto] [3 CLK] [4 CLK] [5 CLK] [6 CLK] TRAS [Auto] Configuration options: [Auto] [5 CLK] [6 CLK] [7 CLK]...[18 CLK] 2T Mode [Auto] Configuration options: [Auto] [Disabled] [Enable] MCT Timing Mode [Auto] Configuration options: [Auto] [Manual] The following items appear when the MCT Timing Mode item is set to [Manual]. TRRD [Auto] TRRD [Auto] TRRD [Auto] TRRD [Auto] TRRD [Auto] Configuration options: [Auto] [2T] [3T] [4T] [5T] TRC [Auto] TRC [Auto] TRC [Auto] TRC [Auto] TRC [Auto] Configuration options: [Auto] [11T] [12T] [13T]...[26T] MemClk Tristate C3/ATLVID [Disabled] Enables or disables the MemClk Tri-Stating during C3 and Alt VID. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Memory Hole Remapping [Disabled] Enables or disables the Memory Remapping around Memory Hole. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Power Down Control [Auto] Power Down Control [Auto] Power Down Control [Auto] Power Down Control [Auto] Power Down Control [Auto] Allows DIMMs to enter power down mode by deasserting the clock enable signal when DIMMs are not in use. Configuration options: [Auto] [Disabled] Bank Interleaving [Auto] Sets to [Auto] or disables the Bank Memory Interleaving. Configuration options: [Auto] [Disabled]
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 4-25 4-25 4-25 4-25 4-25 Alternate VID [Auto] Alternate VID [Auto] Alternate VID [Auto] Alternate VID [Auto] Alternate VID [Auto] Specifies the alternate VID while in low power state. Configuration options: [1.550 V] [1.525 V] [1.500 V] [1.475 V] [1.450]...[0.825 V] [0.800 V] [Auto] 4.4.3 4.4.3 4.4.3 4.4.3 4.4.3 Chipset Chipset Chipset Chipset Chipset The Chipset menu allows you to change the advanced chipset settings. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the sub-menu. Select Screen Select Item Enter Go to Sub Screen F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2006, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced VGA Priority [1st PCIE->2nd PCIE] Hyper Transport Configuration PCI Express Configuration Select Screen Select Item Enter Go to Sub Screen F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2006, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced Hyper Transport Configuration RD580 HT Link Three State [Disabled] RD580 RD580 HT Drive Strength [Auto] RD580 HT Receiver Comp. Ctrl [Auto] RD580 HT PLL Control [Auto] VGA Priority [1st PCIE->2nd PCIE->PCI] VGA Priority [1st PCIE->2nd PCIE->PCI] VGA Priority [1st PCIE->2nd PCIE->PCI] VGA Priority [1st PCIE->2nd PCIE->PCI] VGA Priority [1st PCIE->2nd PCIE->PCI] Allows you to select the priority of the VGA cards you use. Configuration options: [1st PCIE->2nd PCIE->PCI] [2nd PCIE->1st PCIE- >PCI] [PCI->1st PCIE->2nd PCIE] Hyper Transport Configuration Hyper Transport Configuration Hyper Transport Configuration Hyper Transport Configuration Hyper Transport Configuration Allows you to configure the HT links.
4-26 4-26 4-26 4-26 4-26 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup RD580 HT Link Three State [Disabled] Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] RD580 RD580 HT Drive Strength [Auto] Configuration options: [Auto] [Optimal] RD580 HT Receiver Comp. Ctrl [Auto] Configuration options: [Auto] [Optimal] RD580 HT PLL Control [Auto] Configuration options: [Auto] [Low Speed] [High Speed] Select Screen Select Item Enter Go to Sub Screen F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2006, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced PCI Express Configuration PCIE GFX1 Link Width [x16] PCIE GFX2 Link Width [x16] P2P Writes Between GFX Port [Enabled] 10% Extra Current for GPP [Enabled] 10% Extra Current for SB [Enabled] 10% Extra Current for GFX1 [Enabled] 10% Extra Current for GFX2 [Enabled] PCI Express Configuration PCI Express Configuration PCI Express Configuration PCI Express Configuration PCI Express Configuration PCIE GFX1 Link Width [x16] Configuration options: [x1] [x2] [x4] [x8] [x16] PCIE GFX2 Link Width [x16] Configuration options: [x1] [x2] [x4] [x8] [x16] P2P Writes Between GFX Ports [Enabled] Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] 10% Extra Current for GPP [Enabled] Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] 10% Extra Current for SB [Enabled] Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] 10% Extra Current for GFX1 [Enabled] Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] 10% Extra Current for GFX2 [Enabled] Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] x1 x2 x4 x8 x16 Options
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 4-27 4-27 4-27 4-27 4-27 Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2006, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced 4.4.4 4.4.4 4.4.4 4.4.4 4.4.4 Onboard Devices Configuration Onboard Devices Configuration Onboard Devices Configuration Onboard Devices Configuration Onboard Devices Configuration HD Audio Azalia Device [ HD Audio Azalia Device [ HD Audio Azalia Device [ HD Audio Azalia Device [ HD Audio Azalia Device [ Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled ] ] ] ] ] Allows you to enable or disable the HD Audio Azalia Device. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] The following item appears only when the HD Audio Azalia Device HD Audio Azalia Device HD Audio Azalia Device HD Audio Azalia Device HD Audio Azalia Device item is set to [Enabled]. Front Panel Support Type Allows you to select the front panel support type. When the High Definition Audio Front Panel is used, set the mode to [HD Audio]. Configuration options: [AC97] [HD Audio] Onboard LAN [Enabled] Onboard LAN [Enabled] Onboard LAN [Enabled] Onboard LAN [Enabled] Onboard LAN [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the onchip MAC LAN. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Onboard LAN Boot ROM [Disabled] This item allows you to enable or disable the MAC boot ROM. This item appears only when the Onboard LAN Onboard LAN Onboard LAN Onboard LAN Onboard LAN item is set to [Enabled]. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] External SATA [Enabled] External SATA [Enabled] External SATA [Enabled] External SATA [Enabled] External SATA [Enabled] Enables or disables the External SATA device. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Onboard Devices HD Audio Azalia Device [Enabled] Front Panel Support Type [HD Audio] Onboard LAN [Enabled] Onboard LAN Boot ROM [Disabled] External SATA [Enabled] Controller Mode [IDE] IEEE 1394 controller [Enabled] Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4]
4-28 4-28 4-28 4-28 4-28 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup IEEE1394 [Enabled] IEEE1394 [Enabled] IEEE1394 [Enabled] IEEE1394 [Enabled] IEEE1394 [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the IEEE 1394a controller. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Allows you to select the Serial Port1 base address. Configuration options: [Disabled] [3F8/IRQ4] [2F8/IRQ3] [3E8/IRQ4] [2E8/IRQ3] Controller Mode [IDE] This item allows you to set the external SATA controller mode. This item appears only when the External SATA External SATA External SATA External SATA External SATA item is set to [Enabled]. Configuration options: [IDE] [AHCI]
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 4-29 4-29 4-29 4-29 4-29 Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2006, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced 4.4.5 4.4.5 4.4.5 4.4.5 4.4.5 PCI PnP PCI PnP PCI PnP PCI PnP PCI PnP The PCI PnP menu items allow you to change the advanced settings for PCI/PnP devices. The menu includes setting IRQ and DMA channel resources for either PCI/PnP or legacy ISA devices, and setting the memory size block for legacy ISA devices. Advanced PCI/PnP Settings WARNING: Setting wrong values in below sections may cause system to malfunction. Plug And Play O/S [No] PCI Latency Timer [64] Allocate IRQ to PCI VGA [Yes] Palette Snooping [Disabled] IRQ-3 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-4 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-5 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-7 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-9 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-10 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-11 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-14 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-15 assigned to [PCI Device] Plug And Play O/S [No] Plug And Play O/S [No] Plug And Play O/S [No] Plug And Play O/S [No] Plug And Play O/S [No] When set to [No], BIOS configures all the devices in the system. When set to [Yes] and if you install a Plug and Play operating system, the operating system configures the Plug and Play devices not required for boot. Configuration options: [No] [Yes] PCI Latency Timer [64] PCI Latency Timer [64] PCI Latency Timer [64] PCI Latency Timer [64] PCI Latency Timer [64] Allows you to select the value in units of PCI clocks for the PCI device latency timer register. Configuration options: [32] [64] [96] [128] [160] [192] [224] [248] Allocate IRQ to PCI VGA [Yes] Allocate IRQ to PCI VGA [Yes] Allocate IRQ to PCI VGA [Yes] Allocate IRQ to PCI VGA [Yes] Allocate IRQ to PCI VGA [Yes] When set to [Yes], BIOS assigns an IRQ to PCI VGA card if the card requests for an IRQ. When set to [No], BIOS does not assign an IRQ to the PCI VGA card even if requested. Configuration options: [No] [Yes] Palette Snooping [Disabled] Palette Snooping [Disabled] Palette Snooping [Disabled] Palette Snooping [Disabled] Palette Snooping [Disabled] When set to [Enabled], BIOS informs the PCI devices that an ISA graphics device is installed in the system so the card will function correctly. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Take caution when changing the settings of the PCI PnP menu items. Incorrect field values can cause the system to malfunction. NO: l ets the BIOS configue all the devices in the system. YES: l ets the operating system configure Plug and Play (PnP) devices not required for boot if your system has a Plug and Play operating system.
4-30 4-30 4-30 4-30 4-30 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup IRQ-xx assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-xx assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-xx assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-xx assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-xx assigned to [PCI Device] When set to [PCI Device], the specific IRQ is free for use of PCI/PnP devices. When set to [Reserved], the IRQ is reserved for legacy ISA devices. Configuration options: [PCI Device] [Reserved] USB Controller [USB 1.1 and 2.0] USB Controller [USB 1.1 and 2.0] USB Controller [USB 1.1 and 2.0] USB Controller [USB 1.1 and 2.0] USB Controller [USB 1.1 and 2.0] Allows you to select or disable the USB controller. Configuration options: [Disabled] [USB 1.1 Only] [USB 1.1 and 2.0] Legacy USB Support [Enabled] Legacy USB Support [Enabled] Legacy USB Support [Enabled] Legacy USB Support [Enabled] Legacy USB Support [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable support for legacy USB devices. Setting to [Auto] allows the system to detect the presence of USB devices at startup. If detected, the USB controller legacy mode is enabled. If no USB device is detected, the legacy USB support is disabled. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] [Auto] Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.53 (C)Copyright 1985-2005, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced 4.4.6 4.4.6 4.4.6 4.4.6 4.4.6 USB Configuration USB Configuration USB Configuration USB Configuration USB Configuration The items in this menu allows you to change the USB-related features. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the configuration options. The Module Version Module Version Module Version Module Version Module Version and USB Devices Enabled USB Devices Enabled USB Devices Enabled USB Devices Enabled USB Devices Enabled items show the auto-detected values. If no USB device is detected, the item shows None None None None None . USB Configuration Module Version - 2.24.0-11.4 USB Devices Enabled: None USB Controller [USB1.1 and 2.0] Legacy USB Support [Enabled] USB 2.0 Controller Mode [HiSpeed] BIOS EHCI Hand-off [Enabled] USB Mass Storage Device Configuration
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 4-31 4-31 4-31 4-31 4-31 USB 2.0 Controller Mode [HiSpeed] USB 2.0 Controller Mode [HiSpeed] USB 2.0 Controller Mode [HiSpeed] USB 2.0 Controller Mode [HiSpeed] USB 2.0 Controller Mode [HiSpeed] Allows you to set the USB 2.0 controller mode to HiSpeed (480 Mbps) or FullSpeed (12 Mbps). Configuration options: [FullSpeed] [HiSpeed] BIOS EHCI Hand-off [Enabled] BIOS EHCI Hand-off [Enabled] BIOS EHCI Hand-off [Enabled] BIOS EHCI Hand-off [Enabled] BIOS EHCI Hand-off [Enabled] Allows you to enable support for operating systems without an EHCI hand-off feature. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Mass Storage Device Configuration Mass Storage Device Configuration Mass Storage Device Configuration Mass Storage Device Configuration Mass Storage Device Configuration USB Mass Storage Reset Delay [20 Sec] Configuration options: [10 Sec] [20 Sec] [30 Sec] [40 Sec] Emulation Type [Auto] Sets the emulation type for the USB device. When set to Auto, USB devices less than 530 MB will be emulated as Floppy and the remaining as hard drive. Forced FDD option can be used to force a HDD formatted drive to boot as FDD (Ex. ZIP drive) Configuration options: [Auto] [Floppy] [Forced FDD] [Hard Disk] [CDROM] USB Mass Storage Device Configuration USB Mass Storage Reset Delay [20 Sec] Device # xxxx Emulation Type [Auto] If Auto, USB devices less than 530MB will be emulated as Floppy and remaining as hard drive. Forced FDD option can be used to force a HDD formatted drive to boot as FDD (Ex.ZIP drive)
4-32 4-32 4-32 4-32 4-32 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Select Screen Select Item - Change Field F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2005, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit 4.5 Power menu The Power menu items allow you to change the settings for the ACPI and Advanced Power Management (APM) features. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the configuration options. 4.5.1 4.5.1 4.5.1 4.5.1 4.5.1 Suspend Mode [Auto] Suspend Mode [Auto] Suspend Mode [Auto] Suspend Mode [Auto] Suspend Mode [Auto] Allows you to select the Advanced Configuration and Power Interface (ACPI) state to be used for system suspend. Setting this item to [Auto] allows the OS to select the ACPI state. Configuration options: [S1 (POS) only] [S3 only] [Auto] 4.5.2 4.5.2 4.5.2 4.5.2 4.5.2 Repost Video on S3 Resume [No] Repost Video on S3 Resume [No] Repost Video on S3 Resume [No] Repost Video on S3 Resume [No] Repost Video on S3 Resume [No] Determines whether to invoke VGA BIOS POST on S3/STR resume. Configuration options: [No] [ Ye s] 4.5.3 4.5.3 4.5.3 4.5.3 4.5.3 ACPI Version Features [ACPI v1.0] ACPI Version Features [ACPI v1.0] ACPI Version Features [ACPI v1.0] ACPI Version Features [ACPI v1.0] ACPI Version Features [ACPI v1.0] Allows you to select the ACPI version to enable RSDP pointers to 64-bit Fixed System Description Tables. Configuration options: [ACPI v1.0] [ACPI v2.0] [ACPI v3.0] 4.5.4 4.5.4 4.5.4 4.5.4 4.5.4 ACPI APIC Support [Enabled] ACPI APIC Support [Enabled] ACPI APIC Support [Enabled] ACPI APIC Support [Enabled] ACPI APIC Support [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the Advanced Configuration and Power Interface (ACPI) support in the Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller (APIC). When set to Enabled, the ACPI APIC table pointer is included in the RSDT pointer list. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Suspend Mode [Auto] Repost Video on S3 Resume [No] ACPI Version Features [ACPI v1.0] ACPI APIC Support [Enabled] APM Configuration Hardware Monitor
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 4-33 4-33 4-33 4-33 4-33 Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2005, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Power 4.5.5 4.5.5 4.5.5 4.5.5 4.5.5 APM Configuration APM Configuration APM Configuration APM Configuration APM Configuration Power Button Mode [On/Off] Power Button Mode [On/Off] Power Button Mode [On/Off] Power Button Mode [On/Off] Power Button Mode [On/Off] Allows the system to go into On/Off mode or suspend mode when the power button is pressed. Configuration options: [On/Off] [Suspend] Restore on AC Power Loss [Disabled] Restore on AC Power Loss [Disabled] Restore on AC Power Loss [Disabled] Restore on AC Power Loss [Disabled] Restore on AC Power Loss [Disabled] When set to Power Off, the system goes into off state after an AC power loss. When set to Power On, the system goes on after an AC power loss. When set to Last State, the system goes into either off or on state, whatever the system state was before the AC power loss. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Power On] [Power Off] [Last State] Power On By PS/2 Keyboard [Disabled] Power On By PS/2 Keyboard [Disabled] Power On By PS/2 Keyboard [Disabled] Power On By PS/2 Keyboard [Disabled] Power On By PS/2 Keyboard [Disabled] Allows you to use specific keys on the keyboard to turn on the system. This feature requires an ATX power supply that provides at least 1A on the 5VSB lead. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Power On By PS/2 Mouse [Disabled] Power On By PS/2 Mouse [Disabled] Power On By PS/2 Mouse [Disabled] Power On By PS/2 Mouse [Disabled] Power On By PS/2 Mouse [Disabled] When set to [Enabled], this parameter allows you to use the PS/2 mouse to turn on the system. This feature requires an ATX power supply that provides at least 1A on the 5VSB lead. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Power On By External Modems [Disabled] Power On By External Modems [Disabled] Power On By External Modems [Disabled] Power On By External Modems [Disabled] Power On By External Modems [Disabled] Allows either settings of [Enabled] or [Disabled] for powering up the computer when the external modem receives a call while the computer is in Soft-off mode. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Power Button Mode [On/Off] Restore on AC Power Loss [Disabled] Power On By PS/2 Keyboard [Disabled] Power On By PS/2 Mouse [Disabled] Power On By External Modems [Disabled] Power On By PCI/PCIe Devices [Disabled] RTC Resume [Disabled]
4-34 4-34 4-34 4-34 4-34 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Power On By PCI/PCIe Devices [Disabled] Power On By PCI/PCIe Devices [Disabled] Power On By PCI/PCIe Devices [Disabled] Power On By PCI/PCIe Devices [Disabled] Power On By PCI/PCIe Devices [Disabled] When set to [Enabled], this parameter allows you to turn on the system through a PCI LAN or modem card. This feature requires an ATX power supply that provides at least 1A on the 5VSB lead. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] The succeeding items appear when the RTC Resume RTC Resume RTC Resume RTC Resume RTC Resume item is set to [Enabled]. RTC Alarm Date (Days) [15] RTC Alarm Date (Days) [15] RTC Alarm Date (Days) [15] RTC Alarm Date (Days) [15] RTC Alarm Date (Days) [15] To set the alarm date, highlight this item and press the < > or <-> key to make the selection. RTC Alarm Time (HH:MM:SS) [12:30:30] RTC Alarm Time (HH:MM:SS) [12:30:30] RTC Alarm Time (HH:MM:SS) [12:30:30] RTC Alarm Time (HH:MM:SS) [12:30:30] RTC Alarm Time (HH:MM:SS) [12:30:30] To set the alarm time, use the <Enter>, <Tab>, or <Shift> to select a field, and press the < > or <-> key to make the selection. The computer cannot receive or transmit data until the computer and applications are fully running. Thus, connection cannot be made on the first try. Turning an external modem off and then back on while the computer is off causes an initialization string that turns the system power on. RTC Resume [Disabled] RTC Resume [Disabled] RTC Resume [Disabled] RTC Resume [Disabled] RTC Resume [Disabled] Enables or disables the RTC function. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 4-35 4-35 4-35 4-35 4-35 Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.53 (C)Copyright 1985-2004, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Power 4.5.6 4.5.6 4.5.6 4.5.6 4.5.6 Hardware Monitor Hardware Monitor Hardware Monitor Hardware Monitor Hardware Monitor Hardware Monitor CPU Temperature [32.5úC/90.5úF] MB Temperature [36.0úC/96.5úF] CPU Fan Speed [3813 RPM] Chassis Fan Speed [N/A] Chassis Fan2 Speed [N/A] Power Fan Speed [N/A] VCORE Voltage [ 1.320V] 3.3V Voltage [ 3.345V] 5V Voltage [ 5.094V] 12V Voltage [11.880V] Smart Q-Fan Function [Disabled] CPU Temperature [xxxúC/xxxúF] CPU Temperature [xxxúC/xxxúF] CPU Temperature [xxxúC/xxxúF] CPU Temperature [xxxúC/xxxúF] CPU Temperature [xxxúC/xxxúF] MB Temperature [xxxúC/xxxúF] MB Temperature [xxxúC/xxxúF] MB Temperature [xxxúC/xxxúF] MB Temperature [xxxúC/xxxúF] MB Temperature [xxxúC/xxxúF] The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects and displays the motherboard and CPU temperatures. Select [Ignored] if you do not wish to display the detected temperatures. CPU Fan Speed [xxxxRPM] or [Ignored] CPU Fan Speed [xxxxRPM] or [Ignored] CPU Fan Speed [xxxxRPM] or [Ignored] CPU Fan Speed [xxxxRPM] or [Ignored] CPU Fan Speed [xxxxRPM] or [Ignored] The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects and displays the CPU fan speed in rotations per minute (RPM). If the fan is not connected to the motherboard, the field shows N/A. Select [Ignore] from the item options to disable CPU fan speed monitoring. Chassis Fan/Fan2 Speed [N/A] or [Ignored] Chassis Fan/Fan2 Speed [N/A] or [Ignored] Chassis Fan/Fan2 Speed [N/A] or [Ignored] Chassis Fan/Fan2 Speed [N/A] or [Ignored] Chassis Fan/Fan2 Speed [N/A] or [Ignored] The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects and displays the chassis fan speed in rotations per minute (RPM). If the fan is not connected to the chassis, the specific field shows N/A. Select [Ignore] from the item options to disable chassis fan speed monitoring. Power Fan Speed [N/A] or [Ignored] Power Fan Speed [N/A] or [Ignored] Power Fan Speed [N/A] or [Ignored] Power Fan Speed [N/A] or [Ignored] Power Fan Speed [N/A] or [Ignored] The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects and displays the power fan speed in rotations per minute (RPM). If the fan is not connected to the power fan connector, the specific field shows N/A. VCORE Voltage, 3.3V Voltage, 5V Voltage, 12V Voltage VCORE Voltage, 3.3V Voltage, 5V Voltage, 12V Voltage VCORE Voltage, 3.3V Voltage, 5V Voltage, 12V Voltage VCORE Voltage, 3.3V Voltage, 5V Voltage, 12V Voltage VCORE Voltage, 3.3V Voltage, 5V Voltage, 12V Voltage The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects the voltage output through the onboard voltage regulators. CPU Temperature
4-36 4-36 4-36 4-36 4-36 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Smart Q-FAN Function Smart Q-FAN Function Smart Q-FAN Function Smart Q-FAN Function Smart Q-FAN Function [Disabled] [Disabled] [Disabled] [Disabled] [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the ASUS Q-Fan feature that smartly adjusts the fan speeds for more efficient system operation. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] The following items appear when the Smart Q-FAN Function Smart Q-FAN Function Smart Q-FAN Function Smart Q-FAN Function Smart Q-FAN Function item is set to [Enabled]. CPU Fan type [DC] CPU Fan type [DC] CPU Fan type [DC] CPU Fan type [DC] CPU Fan type [DC] Allows you to set the CPU fan type. Configuration options: [DC] [PWM] Smart Fan Mode [Optimal] Smart Fan Mode [Optimal] Smart Fan Mode [Optimal] Smart Fan Mode [Optimal] Smart Fan Mode [Optimal] Allows you to set the Smart Fan mode. Configuration options: [Performance] [Optimal] [Silent]
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 4-37 4-37 4-37 4-37 4-37 4.6 Boot menu The Boot menu items allow you to change the system boot options. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the sub-menu. Select Screen Select Item Enter Go to Sub Screen F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2005, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit Boot Settings Boot Device Priority Boot Settings Configuration Security Specifies the Boot Device Boot Priority sequence. A virtual floppy disk drive (Floppy Drive B:) may appear when you set the CD-ROM drive as the first boot device. 4.6.1 4.6.1 4.6.1 4.6.1 4.6.1 Boot Device Priority Boot Device Priority Boot Device Priority Boot Device Priority Boot Device Priority 1st ~ xxth Boot Device [1st Floppy Drive] 1st ~ xxth Boot Device [1st Floppy Drive] 1st ~ xxth Boot Device [1st Floppy Drive] 1st ~ xxth Boot Device [1st Floppy Drive] 1st ~ xxth Boot Device [1st Floppy Drive] These items specify the boot device priority sequence from the available devices. The number of device items that appears on the screen depends on the number of devices installed in the system. Configuration options: [1st FLOPPY Drive] [Hard Drive] [ATAPI CD-ROM] [Disabled] The following item appears only when you have set a Serial ATA drive in a RAID configuration as boot device. Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2005, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Boot Boot Device Priority 1st Boot Device [1st FLOPPY DRIVE] 2nd Boot Device [PM-ST320410A] 3rd Boot Device [PS-ASUS CD-S520/A] Specifies the boot sequence from the availabe devices. A device enclosed in parenthesis has been disabled in the corresponding menu.
4-38 4-38 4-38 4-38 4-38 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Hard Disk [XXX Drive] Hard Disk [XXX Drive] Hard Disk [XXX Drive] Hard Disk [XXX Drive] Hard Disk [XXX Drive] This item specifies the Serial ATA boot device priority sequence from the available devices in a RAID configuration. Configuration options: [xxxxx Drive] [Disabled] Quick Boot [Enabled] Quick Boot [Enabled] Quick Boot [Enabled] Quick Boot [Enabled] Quick Boot [Enabled] Enabling this item allows the BIOS to skip some power on self tests (POST) while booting to decrease the time needed to boot the system. When set to [Disabled], BIOS performs all the POST items. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Full Screen Logo [Enabled] Full Screen Logo [Enabled] Full Screen Logo [Enabled] Full Screen Logo [Enabled] Full Screen Logo [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the full screen logo display feature. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] When this item is set to [Disabled], the system displays normal POST messages; when this item is set to [Enabled], the system displays OEM Logo instead of POST messages. AddOn ROM Display Mode [Force BIOS] AddOn ROM Display Mode [Force BIOS] AddOn ROM Display Mode [Force BIOS] AddOn ROM Display Mode [Force BIOS] AddOn ROM Display Mode [Force BIOS] Sets the display mode for option ROM. Configuration options: [Force BIOS] [Keep Current] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Allows you to select the power-on state for the NumLock. Configuration options: [Off] [On] 4.6.2 4.6.2 4.6.2 4.6.2 4.6.2 Boot Settings Configuration Boot Settings Configuration Boot Settings Configuration Boot Settings Configuration Boot Settings Configuration Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2006, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Boot Boot Settings Configuration Quick Boot [Enabled] Full Screen Logo [Enabled] AddOn ROM Display Mode [Force BIOS] Bootup Num-Lock [On] PS/2 Mouse Support [Auto] Wait For âÂÂF1â If Error [Enabled] Hit âÂÂDELâ Message Display [Enabled] Interrupt 19 Capture [Disabled] Allows BIOS to skip certain tests while booting. This will decrease the time needed to boot the system.
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 4-39 4-39 4-39 4-39 4-39 PS/2 Mouse Support [Auto] PS/2 Mouse Support [Auto] PS/2 Mouse Support [Auto] PS/2 Mouse Support [Auto] PS/2 Mouse Support [Auto] Allows you to enable or disable support for PS/2 mouse. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] [Auto] Hit âÂÂDELâ Message Display [Enabled] Hit âÂÂDELâ Message Display [Enabled] Hit âÂÂDELâ Message Display [Enabled] Hit âÂÂDELâ Message Display [Enabled] Hit âÂÂDELâ Message Display [Enabled] When set to Enabled, the system displays the message âÂÂPress DEL to run Setupâ during POST. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Interrupt 19 Capture [Disabled] Interrupt 19 Capture [Disabled] Interrupt 19 Capture [Disabled] Interrupt 19 Capture [Disabled] Interrupt 19 Capture [Disabled] When set to [Enabled], this function allows the option ROMs to trap Interrupt 19. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Wait For âÂÂF1â If Error [Enabled] Wait For âÂÂF1â If Error [Enabled] Wait For âÂÂF1â If Error [Enabled] Wait For âÂÂF1â If Error [Enabled] Wait For âÂÂF1â If Error [Enabled] When set to Enabled, the system waits for the F1 key to be pressed when error occurs. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] 4.6.3 4.6.3 4.6.3 4.6.3 4.6.3 Security Security Security Security Security The Security menu items allow you to change the system security settings. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the configuration options. Select Screen Select Item Enter Change F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2005, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Boot Security Settings Supervisor Password : Not Installed User Password : Not Installed Change Supervisor Password Change User password <Enter> to change password. <Enter> again to disabled password. Change Supervisor Password Change Supervisor Password Change Supervisor Password Change Supervisor Password Change Supervisor Password Select this item to set or change the supervisor password. The Supervisor Password item on top of the screen shows the default Not Installed Not Installed Not Installed Not Installed Not Installed . After you set a password, this item shows Installed Installed Installed Installed Installed .
4-40 4-40 4-40 4-40 4-40 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup After you have set a supervisor password, the other items appear to allow you to change other security settings. To set a Supervisor Password: 1. Select the Change Supervisor Password item and press <Enter>. 2. From the password box, type a password composed of at least six letters and/or numbers, then press <Enter>. 3. Confirm the password when prompted. The message âÂÂPassword Installedâ appears after you successfully set your password. To change the supervisor password, follow the same steps as in setting a user password. To clear the supervisor password, select the Change Supervisor Password then press <Enter>. The message âÂÂPassword Uninstalledâ appears. If you forget your BIOS password, you can clear it by erasing the CMOS Real Time Clock (RTC) RAM. See section âÂÂ2.6 Jumpersâ for information on how to erase the RTC RAM. Select Screen Select Item Enter Change F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2005, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Boot Security Settings Supervisor Password : Installed User Password : Not Installed Change Supervisor Password User Access Level [Full Access] Change User Password Clear User Password Password Check [Setup] <Enter> to change password. <Enter> again to disabled password. User Access Level [Full Access] User Access Level [Full Access] User Access Level [Full Access] User Access Level [Full Access] User Access Level [Full Access] This item allows you to select the access restriction to the Setup items. Configuration options: [No Access] [View Only] [Limited] [Full Access] No Access No Access No Access No Access No Access prevents user access to the Setup utility. View Only View Only View Only View Only View Only allows access but does not allow change to any field.
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 4-41 4-41 4-41 4-41 4-41 Change User Password Change User Password Change User Password Change User Password Change User Password Select this item to set or change the user password. The User Password item on top of the screen shows the default Not Installed Not Installed Not Installed Not Installed Not Installed . After you set a password, this item shows Installed Installed Installed Installed Installed . To set a User Password: 1. Select the Change User Password item and press <Enter>. 2. On the password box that appears, type a password composed of at least six letters and/or numbers, then press <Enter>. 3. Confirm the password when prompted. The message âÂÂPassword Installedâ appears after you set your password successfully. To change the user password, follow the same steps as in setting a user password. Limited Limited Limited Limited Limited allows changes only to selected fields, such as Date and Time. Full Access Full Access Full Access Full Access Full Access allows viewing and changing all the fields in the Setup utility. Password Check [Setup] Password Check [Setup] Password Check [Setup] Password Check [Setup] Password Check [Setup] When set to [Setup], BIOS checks for user password when accessing the Setup utility. When set to [Always], BIOS checks for user password both when accessing Setup and booting the system. Configuration options: [Setup] [Always]
4-42 4-42 4-42 4-42 4-42 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.7 Tools menu The Tools menu items allow you to configure options for special functions. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the sub-menu. Select Screen Select Item - Change Field Tab Select Field F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2006, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit ASUS EZ Flash 2 ASUS O.C. Profile 4.7.1 4.7.1 4.7.1 4.7.1 4.7.1 ASUS EZ Flash 2 ASUS EZ Flash 2 ASUS EZ Flash 2 ASUS EZ Flash 2 ASUS EZ Flash 2 Allows you to run ASUS EZ Flash 2. When you press <Enter>, a confirmation message appears. Use the left/right arrow key to select between [Yes] or [No], then press <Enter> to confirm your choice. Please see page 4-5, section 4.1.3 for details. ASUSTek EZ Flash 2 BIOS ROM Utility V3.00 Current ROM Update ROM BOARD: M2R32-MVP VER: 0128 DATE: 07/28/2006 BOARD: Unknown VER: Unknown DATE: Unknown PATH: C: A: C: D: E: F: [Enter] Select or Load [B] Backup [ESC]Exit [Tab] Switch [Up/Down/Home/End] Move Note WIN98SE <DIR> NETTERM <DIR> DRIVERS <DIR> RECYCLED <DIR> WUTEMP <DIR> NEWFOL~1 <DIR> INSTALL <DIR> TEST-REB <DIR> MSDOWNLD.TMP <DIR> FLASH TYPE: Winbond W39V080A/BP WIN98E <DIR>
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 4-43 4-43 4-43 4-43 4-43 Save to Profile 1/2 Save to Profile 1/2 Save to Profile 1/2 Save to Profile 1/2 Save to Profile 1/2 Allows you to save the current BIOS file to the BIOS Flash. Press <Enter> to save the file. Load from Profile 1/2 Load from Profile 1/2 Load from Profile 1/2 Load from Profile 1/2 Load from Profile 1/2 Allows you to load the previous BIOS settings saved in the BIOS Flash. Press <Enter> to load the file. Start O.C. Profile Start O.C. Profile Start O.C. Profile Start O.C. Profile Start O.C. Profile Allows you to run the utility to save and load CMOS. Press <Enter> to run the utility. 4.7.2 4.7.2 4.7.2 4.7.2 4.7.2 ASUS O.C. Profile ASUS O.C. Profile ASUS O.C. Profile ASUS O.C. Profile ASUS O.C. Profile O.C. PROFILE Configuration O.C. Profile 1 Status: Not Installed O.C. Profile 2 Status: Not Installed Save to Profile 1 Load from Profile 1 Save to Profile 2 Load from Profile 2 Start O.C. Profile Save to Profile 1 BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit Select Screen Select Item - Change Field Tab Select Field F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit ASUSTek O.C. Profile Utility V1.00 Current CMOS Update CMOS BOARD: M2R32-MVP VER: 0127 DATE: 07/27/2006 BOARD: Unknown VER: Unknown DATE: Unknown PATH: C: A: C: D: E: F: WIN98SE <DIR> NETTERM <DIR> DOCUMEâÂÂ1 <DIR> PROGRAâÂÂ1 <DIR> SYSTEMâÂÂ1 <DIR> M2NPVVM <DIR> RECYCLED <DIR> TEST-REB <DIR> BOOTFONT.BIN 213830 2001-09-05 20:00:00 Note CMOS backup is done! Press any key to Exit. [Enter] Select or Load [B] Backup [ESC]Exit [Tab] Switch [Up/Down/Home/End] Move
4-44 4-44 4-44 4-44 4-44 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup ⢠This function can supp0ort devices such as USB flash disk, or floppy disk with FAT 32/16 format and single partition only. ⢠Do not shutdown or reset the system while updating the BIOS to prevent system boot failure!
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 4-45 4-45 4-45 4-45 4-45 4.8 Exit menu Pressing <Esc> does not immediately exit this menu. Select one of the options from this menu or <F10> from the legend bar to exit. The Exit menu items allow you to load the optimal or failsafe default values for the BIOS items, and save or discard your changes to the BIOS items. Select Screen Select Item Enter Go to Sub Screen F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2005, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main Advanced Power Boot Exit Exit Options Exit & Save Changes Exit & Discard Changes Discard Changes Load Setup Defaults Exit system setup after saving the changes. F10 key can be used for this operation. Exit & Discard Changes Exit & Discard Changes Exit & Discard Changes Exit & Discard Changes Exit & Discard Changes Select this option only if you do not want to save the changes that you made to the Setup program. If you made changes to fields other than System Date, System Time, and Password, the BIOS asks for a confirmation before exiting. Discard Changes Discard Changes Discard Changes Discard Changes Discard Changes This option allows you to discard the selections you made and restore the previously saved values. After selecting this option, a confirmation appears. Select [Ok] [Ok] [Ok] [Ok] [Ok] t o discard any changes and load the previously saved values. If you attempt to exit the Setup program without saving your changes, the program prompts you with a message asking if you want to save your changes before exiting. Press <Enter> to save the changes while exiting. Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes Once you are finished making your selections, choose this option from the Exit menu to ensure the values you selected are saved to the CMOS RAM. An onboard backup battery sustains the CMOS RAM so it stays on even when the PC is turned off. When you select this option, a confirmation window appears. Select [Ok] [Ok] [Ok] [Ok] [Ok] t o save changes and exit.
4-46 4-46 4-46 4-46 4-46 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Load Setup Defaults Load Setup Defaults Load Setup Defaults Load Setup Defaults Load Setup Defaults This option allows you to load the default values for each of the parameters on the Setup menus. When you select this option or if you press <F5>, a confirmation window appears. Select [Ok] [Ok] [Ok] [Ok] [Ok] t o load default values. Select Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes o r make other changes before saving the values to the non-volatile RAM.
5 Software support This chapter describes the contents of the support CD that comes with the motherboard package.
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP Chapter summary 5 5.1 Installing an operating system ............................................. 5-1 5.2 Support CD information ........................................................ 5-1 5.3 Software information ........................................................... 5-9 5.4 RAID configurations ............................................................ 5-25 5.5 Creating a RAID driver disk ................................................. 5-32
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 5-1 5-1 5-1 5-1 5-1 If Autorun Autorun Autorun Autorun Autorun i s NOT enabled in your computer, browse the contents of the support CD to locate the file ASSETUP.EXE from the BIN folder. Double-click the ASSETUP.EXE ASSETUP.EXE ASSETUP.EXE ASSETUP.EXE ASSETUP.EXE t o run the CD. Click an item to install Click an item to install Click an item to install Click an item to install Click an item to install 5.1 Installing an operating system This motherboard supports Windows î 2000/XP operating systems (OS). Always install the latest OS version and corresponding updates to maximize the features of your hardware. 5.2 Support CD information The support CD that came with the motherboard package contains the drivers, software applications, and utilities that you can install to avail all motherboard features. 5.2.1 5.2.1 5.2.1 5.2.1 5.2.1 Running the support CD Running the support CD Running the support CD Running the support CD Running the support CD Place the support CD to the optical drive. The CD automatically displays the Drivers Drivers Drivers Drivers D r i v e r s menu if Autorun is enabled in your computer. ⢠Motherboard settings and hardware options vary. Use the setup procedures presented in this chapter for reference only. Refer to your OS documentation for detailed information. ⢠Make sure that you install Windows î 2000 Service Pack 4 or the Windows î XP Service Pack 1 or later versions before installing the drivers for better compatibility and system stability. The contents of the support CD are subject to change at any time without notice. Visit the ASUS website(www.asus.com) for updates. Click an icon to Click an icon to Click an icon to Click an icon to Click an icon to display support display support display support display support display support CD/motherboard CD/motherboard CD/motherboard CD/motherboard CD/motherboard information information information information information
5-2 5-2 5-2 5-2 5-2 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support 5.2.2 5.2.2 5.2.2 5.2.2 5.2.2 Drivers menu Drivers menu Drivers menu Drivers menu Drivers menu The drivers menu shows the available device drivers if the system detects installed devices. Install the necessary drivers to activate the devices. Marvell Yukon Gigabit Ethernet Driver Marvell Yukon Gigabit Ethernet Driver Marvell Yukon Gigabit Ethernet Driver Marvell Yukon Gigabit Ethernet Driver Marvell Yukon Gigabit Ethernet Driver Installs the Marvell î Yukon ⢠Gigabit Ethernet driver. JMicron JMB36X RAID/AHCI Controller Driver JMicron JMB36X RAID/AHCI Controller Driver JMicron JMB36X RAID/AHCI Controller Driver JMicron JMB36X RAID/AHCI Controller Driver JMicron JMB36X RAID/AHCI Controller Driver Installs the JMicron î JMB36X RAID controller driver. USB 2.0 Driver USB 2.0 Driver USB 2.0 Driver USB 2.0 Driver USB 2.0 Driver Installs the USB 2.0 driver. The screen display and drivers option may not be the same for different operating system versions. ATI Chipset Driver ATI Chipset Driver ATI Chipset Driver ATI Chipset Driver ATI Chipset Driver Installs the ATI î chipset driver. AMD Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet Driver AMD Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet Driver AMD Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet Driver AMD Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet Driver AMD Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet Driver Installs the AMD Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet⢠driver. SoundMAX ADI1988 Audio Driver SoundMAX ADI1988 Audio Driver SoundMAX ADI1988 Audio Driver SoundMAX ADI1988 Audio Driver SoundMAX ADI1988 Audio Driver Installs the SoundMAX î ADI1988 audio driver and application.
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 5-3 5-3 5-3 5-3 5-3 5.2.3 5.2.3 5.2.3 5.2.3 5.2.3 Utilities menu Utilities menu Utilities menu Utilities menu Utilities menu The Utilities menu shows the applications and other software that the motherboard supports. ASUS Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet Utility ASUS Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet Utility ASUS Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet Utility ASUS Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet Utility ASUS Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet Utility Installs the AMD Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet⢠software. Marvell Yukon VCT Application Marvell Yukon VCT Application Marvell Yukon VCT Application Marvell Yukon VCT Application Marvell Yukon VCT Application The Virtual Cable Tester (VCT) is a cable diagnostic application that analyzes and reports LAN cable faults and shorts. ASUS PC Probe II ASUS PC Probe II ASUS PC Probe II ASUS PC Probe II ASUS PC Probe II This smart utility monitors the fan speed, CPU temperature, and system voltages, and alerts you of any detected problems. This utility helps you keep your computer in healthy operating condition. ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update The ASUS Update utility that allows you to update the motherboard BIOS in Windows î environment. This utility requires an Internet connection either through a network or an Internet Service Provider (ISP). See section âÂÂ4.1.1 ASUS Update utilityâ for details. Before using the ASUS Update, make sure that you have an Internet connection so you can connect to the ASUS website.
5-4 5-4 5-4 5-4 5-4 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Adobe Reader V7.0 Adobe Reader V7.0 Adobe Reader V7.0 Adobe Reader V7.0 Adobe Reader V7.0 Installs the Adobe î Acrobat î Reader that allows you to open, view, and print documents in Portable Document Format (PDF). Microsoft DirectX 9.0c Microsoft DirectX 9.0c Microsoft DirectX 9.0c Microsoft DirectX 9.0c Microsoft DirectX 9.0c Installs the Microsoft î DirectX î 9.0c driver. The Microsoft î DirectX î 9.0c is a multimedia technology that enhances computer graphics and sound. DirectX î improves the multimedia features of your computer so you can enjoy watching TV and movies, capturing videos, or playing games on your computer. Visit the Microsoft î website (www.microsoft.com) for updates. Anti-virus utility Anti-virus utility Anti-virus utility Anti-virus utility Anti-virus utility The anti-virus application scans, identifies, and removes computer viruses. View the online help for detailed information. The screen display and utilities option may not be the same for different operating system versions.
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 5-5 5-5 5-5 5-5 5-5 5.2.4 5.2.4 5.2.4 5.2.4 5.2.4 Make Disk menu Make Disk menu Make Disk menu Make Disk menu Make Disk menu The Make Disk menu contains the item needed to create the ULI Serial ATA/RAID driver disk. Make ATI RAID Driver Make ATI RAID Driver Make ATI RAID Driver Make ATI RAID Driver Make ATI RAID Driver Allows you to create the ATI î driver disk. Make JMicron JMB36X 32/64bit RAID/AHCI Driver Make JMicron JMB36X 32/64bit RAID/AHCI Driver Make JMicron JMB36X 32/64bit RAID/AHCI Driver Make JMicron JMB36X 32/64bit RAID/AHCI Driver Make JMicron JMB36X 32/64bit RAID/AHCI Driver Allows you to create a JMicron î JMB36X RAID/AHCI driver disk for a 32-/64-bit system.
5-6 5-6 5-6 5-6 5-6 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support 5.2.5 5.2.5 5.2.5 5.2.5 5.2.5 Manuals menu Manuals menu Manuals menu Manuals menu Manuals menu The Manuals menu contains a list of supplementary user manuals. Click an item to open the folder of the user manual. Most user manual files are in Portable Document Format (PDF). Install the Adobe î Acrobat î Reader from the Utilities menu Utilities menu Utilities menu Utilities menu Utilities menu before opening a user manual file.
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 5-7 5-7 5-7 5-7 5-7 5.2.7 5.2.7 5.2.7 5.2.7 5.2.7 Other information Other information Other information Other information Other information The icons on the top right corner of the screen give additional information on the motherboard and the contents of the support CD. Click an icon to display the specified information. Motherboard Info Motherboard Info Motherboard Info Motherboard Info Motherboard Info Displays the general specifications of the motherboard. 5.2.6 5.2.6 5.2.6 5.2.6 5.2.6 ASUS Contact information ASUS Contact information ASUS Contact information ASUS Contact information ASUS Contact information Click the Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact tab to display the ASUS contact information. You can also find this information on the inside front cover of this user guide.
5-8 5-8 5-8 5-8 5-8 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Browse this CD Browse this CD Browse this CD Browse this CD Browse this CD Displays the contents of the support CD in graphical format. Technical Support Form Technical Support Form Technical Support Form Technical Support Form Technical Support Form Displays the ASUS Technical Support Request Form that you have to fill out when requesting technical support. Filelist Filelist Filelist Filelist Filelist Displays the contents of the support CD in text format.
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 5-9 5-9 5-9 5-9 5-9 5.3 Software information Most of the applications in the support CD have wizards that will conveniently guide you through the installation. View the online help or readme file that came with the software application for more information. 5.3.1 5.3.1 5.3.1 5.3.1 5.3.1 ASUS MyLogo2⢠ASUS MyLogo2⢠ASUS MyLogo2⢠ASUS MyLogo2⢠ASUS MyLogo2⢠The ASUS MyLogo2⢠utility lets you customize the boot logo. The boot logo is the image that appears on screen during the Power-On-Self-Tests (POST). The ASUS MyLogo⢠is automatically installed when you install the ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update utility from the support CD. See section âÂÂ5.2.3 Utilities menuâ for details. To launch the ASUS MyLogo2â¢: 1. Launch the ASUS Update utility. Refer to section âÂÂ4.1.1 ASUS Update utilityâ for details. 2. Select Options Options Options Options Options from the drop down menu, then click Next Next Next Next Next . 3. Check the option Launch MyLogo to replace system boot Launch MyLogo to replace system boot Launch MyLogo to replace system boot Launch MyLogo to replace system boot Launch MyLogo to replace system boot logo before flashing BIOS logo before flashing BIOS logo before flashing BIOS logo before flashing BIOS logo before flashing BIOS , then click Next Next Next Next Next . 4. Select Update BIOS from a file Update BIOS from a file Update BIOS from a file Update BIOS from a file Update BIOS from a file from the drop down menu, then click Next Next Next Next Next . 5. When prompted, locate the new BIOS file, then click Next Next Next Next Next . The ASUS MyLogo2 window appears. 6. From the left window pane, select the folder that contains the image you intend to use as your boot logo. ⢠Before using the ASUS MyLogo2â¢, use the AFUDOS utility to make a copy of your original BIOS file, or obtain the latest BIOS version from the ASUS website. See section âÂÂ4.1.4 AFUDOS Utility.â â¢ Make sure that the BIOS item Full Screen Logo Full Screen Logo Full Screen Logo Full Screen Logo Full Screen Logo i s set to [Enabled] if you wish to use ASUS MyLogo2. See section âÂÂ4.6.2 Boot Settings Configuration.â â¢ You can create your own boot logo image in GIF, JPG, or BMP file formats.
5-10 5-10 5-10 5-10 5-10 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support 9. When the screen returns to the ASUS Update utility, flash the original BIOS to load the new boot logo. 10. After flashing the BIOS, restart the computer to display the new boot logo during POST. 8. Adjust the boot image to your desired size by selecting a value on the Ratio Ratio Ratio Ratio Ratio box. 7. When the logo images appear on the right window pane, select an image to enlarge by clicking on it.
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 5-11 5-11 5-11 5-11 5-11 3. Click the Run Run Run Run R u n button to perform a cable test. 5.3.2 5.3.2 5.3.2 5.3.2 5.3.2 AI Net 2 AI Net 2 AI Net 2 AI Net 2 AI Net 2 The Marvell î Virtual Cable Tester⢠(VCT) is a cable diagnostic utility that reports LAN cable faults and shorts using the Time Domain Reflectometry (TDR) technology. The VCT detects and reports open and shorted cables, impedance mismatches, pair swaps, pair polarity problems, and pair skew problems of up to 64 ns at one meter accuracy. The VCT feature reduces networking and support costs through a highly manageable and controlled network system. This utility can be incorporated in the network systems software for ideal field support as well as development diagnostics. Using the Virtual Cable Tester⢠Using the Virtual Cable Tester⢠Using the Virtual Cable Tester⢠Using the Virtual Cable Tester⢠Using the Virtual Cable Tester⢠To use the the Marvell î Virtual Cable Tester⢠utility: 1. Launch the VCT utility from the Windows î desktop by clicking Start > All Programs > Marvell > Virtual Cable Tester Start > All Programs > Marvell > Virtual Cable Tester Start > All Programs > Marvell > Virtual Cable Tester Start > All Programs > Marvell > Virtual Cable Tester Start > All Programs > Marvell > Virtual Cable Tester . 2. Click Virtual Cable Tester Virtual Cable Tester Virtual Cable Tester Virtual Cable Tester Virtual Cable Tester from the menu to display the screen below. ⢠The VCT only runs on systems with Windows î XP or Windows î 2000 operating systems. ⢠The VCT utility only tests Ethernet cables connected to Gigabit LAN port(s). ⢠The Run Run Run Run R u n button on the Virtual Cable Tester⢠main window is disabled if no problem is detected on the LAN cable(s) connected to the LAN port(s). ⢠If you want the system to check the LAN cable before entering the OS, enable the POST Check LAN cable POST Check LAN cable POST Check LAN cable POST Check LAN cable POST Check LAN cable item in the BIOS.
5-12 5-12 5-12 5-12 5-12 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support 5.3.3 5.3.3 5.3.3 5.3.3 5.3.3 ASUS PC Probe II ASUS PC Probe II ASUS PC Probe II ASUS PC Probe II ASUS PC Probe II PC Probe II is a utility that monitors the computerâÂÂs vital components, and detects and alerts you of any problem with these components. PC Probe II senses fan rotations, CPU temperature, and system voltages, among others. Because PC Probe II is software-based, you can start monitoring your computer the moment you turn it on. With this utility, you are assured that your computer is always at a healthy operating condition. Installing PC Probe II Installing PC Probe II Installing PC Probe II Installing PC Probe II Installing PC Probe II To install PC Probe II on your computer: 1. Place the support CD to the optical drive. The Drivers Drivers Drivers Drivers Drivers installation tab appears if your computer has an enabled Autorun feature. If Autorun is not enabled in your computer, browse the contents of the support CD to locate the setup.exe file from the ASUS PC Probe II folder. Double-click the setup.exe file to start installation. 2. Click the Utilities Utilities Utilities Utilities Utilities tab, then click ASUS PC Probe II ASUS PC Probe II ASUS PC Probe II ASUS PC Probe II ASUS PC Probe II . 3. Follow the screen instructions to complete installation. Launching PC Probe II Launching PC Probe II Launching PC Probe II Launching PC Probe II Launching PC Probe II You can launch the PC Probe II right after installation or anytime from the Windows î desktop. To launch the PC Probe II from the Windows î desktop, click Start Start Start Start Start > All All All All All Programs > ASUS Programs > ASUS Programs > ASUS Programs > ASUS Programs > ASUS > PC Probe II > PC Probe II v1.03.02 PC Probe II > PC Probe II v1.03.02 PC Probe II > PC Probe II v1.03.02 PC Probe II > PC Probe II v1.03.02 PC Probe II > PC Probe II v1.03.02 . The PC Probe II main window appears. After launching the application, the PC Probe II icon appears in the Windows î taskbar. Click this icon to close or restore the application. Using PC Probe II Using PC Probe II Using PC Probe II Using PC Probe II Using PC Probe II Main window The PC Probe II main window allows you to view the current status of your system and change the utility configuration. By default, the main window displays the Preference Preference Preference Preference Preference section. You can close or restore the Preference Preference Preference Preference Preference section by clicking on the triangle on the main window right handle. Click to close the Click to close the Click to close the Click to close the Click to close the Preference panel Preference panel Preference panel Preference panel Preference panel
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 5-13 5-13 5-13 5-13 5-13 Button Button Button Button Button Function Function Function Function Function Opens the Configuration Configuration Configuration Configuration Configuration window Opens the Report Report Report Report Report window Opens the Desktop Management Interface Desktop Management Interface Desktop Management Interface Desktop Management Interface Desktop Management Interface window Opens the Peripheral Component Interconnect Peripheral Component Interconnect Peripheral Component Interconnect Peripheral Component Interconnect Peripheral Component Interconnect window Opens the Windows Management Instrumentation Windows Management Instrumentation Windows Management Instrumentation Windows Management Instrumentation Windows Management Instrumentation window Opens the hard disk drive, memory, CPU usage window Shows/Hides the Preference Preference Preference Preference Preference section Minimizes the application Closes the application Sensor alert When a system sensor detects a problem, the main window right handle turns red, as the illustrations below show. When displayed, the monitor panel for that sensor also turns red. Refer to the Monitor panels Monitor panels Monitor panels Monitor panels Monitor panels section for details. Preferences Preferences Preferences Preferences Preferences You can customize the application using the Preference section in the main window. Click the box before each preference to activate or deactivate.
5-14 5-14 5-14 5-14 5-14 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Hardware monitor panels Hardware monitor panels Hardware monitor panels Hardware monitor panels Hardware monitor panels The hardware monitor panels display the current value of a system sensor such as fan rotation, CPU temperature, and voltages. The hardware monitor panels come in two display modes: hexagonal (large) and rectangular (small). When you check the Enable Monitoring Panel Enable Monitoring Panel Enable Monitoring Panel Enable Monitoring Panel Enable Monitoring Panel option from the Preference Preference Preference Preference Preference section, the monitor panels appear on your computerâÂÂs desktop. Changing the monitor panels position To change the position of the monitor panels in the desktop, click the arrow down button of the Scheme Scheme Scheme Scheme Scheme options, then select another position from the list box. Click OK OK OK OK O K when finished. Moving the monitor panels All monitor panels move together using a magnetic effect. If you want to detach a monitor panel from the group, click the horseshoe magnet icon. You can now move or reposition the panel independently. Adjusting the sensor threshold value You can adjust the sensor threshold value in the monitor panel by clicking the or buttons. You can also adjust the threshold values using the Config Config Config Config Config window. You cannot adjust the sensor threshold values in a small monitoring panel. Large display Large display Large display Large display Large display Small display Small display Small display Small display Small display Click to Click to Click to Click to Click to increase increase increase increase increase value value value value value Click to Click to Click to Click to Click to decrease decrease decrease decrease decrease value value value value value
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 5-15 5-15 5-15 5-15 5-15 Monitoring sensor alert The monitor panel turns red when a component value exceeds or is lower than the threshold value. Refer to the illustrations below. Large display Large display Large display Large display Large display Small display Small display Small display Small display Small display WMI browser WMI browser WMI browser WMI browser WMI browser Click to display the WMI (Windows Management Instrumentation) browser. This browser displays various Windows î management information. Click an item from the left panel to display on the right panel. Click the plus sign ( ) before WMI Information WMI Information WMI Information WMI Information WMI Information to display the available information. You can enlarge or reduce the browser size by dragging the bottom right corner of the browser. DMI browser DMI browser DMI browser DMI browser DMI browser Click to display the DMI (Desktop Management Interface) browser. This browser displays various desktop and system information. Click the plus sign ( ) before DMI Information DMI Information DMI Information DMI Information DMI Information t o display the available information.
5-16 5-16 5-16 5-16 5-16 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support PCI browser PCI browser PCI browser PCI browser PCI browser Click to display the PCI (Peripheral Component Interconnect) browser. This browser provides information on the PCI devices installed on your system. Click the plus sign ( ) before the PCI Information PCI Information PCI Information PCI Information PCI Information item to display available information. Usage Usage Usage Usage Usage The Usage Usage Usage Usage Usage browser displays real-time information on the CPU, hard disk drive space, and memory usage. Click to display the Usage browser. CPU usage The CPU CPU CPU CPU C P U tab displays real-time CPU usage in line graph representation. If the CPU has an enabled Hyper-Threading, two separate line graphs display the operation of the two logical processors. Hard disk drive space usage The Hard Disk Hard Disk Hard Disk Hard Disk Hard Disk tab displays the used and available hard disk drive space. The left panel of the tab lists all logical drives. Click a hard disk drive to display the information on the right panel. The pie chart at the bottom of the window represents the used (blue) and the available HDD space.
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 5-17 5-17 5-17 5-17 5-17 Memory usage The Memory tab shows both used and available physical memory. The pie chart at the bottom of the window represents the used (blue) and the available physical memory. Configuring PC Probe II Configuring PC Probe II Configuring PC Probe II Configuring PC Probe II Configuring PC Probe II Click to view and adjust the sensor threshold values. The Config Config Config Config Config window has two tabs: Sensor/Threshold Sensor/Threshold Sensor/Threshold Sensor/Threshold Sensor/Threshold and Preference Preference Preference Preference Preference . The Sensor/Threshold Sensor/Threshold Sensor/Threshold Sensor/Threshold Sensor/Threshold tab enables you to activate the sensors or to adjust the sensor threshold values. The Preference Preference Preference Preference Preference tab allows you to customize sensor alerts, or change the temperature scale. Loads the default Loads the default Loads the default Loads the default Loads the default threshold values threshold values threshold values threshold values threshold values for each sensor for each sensor for each sensor for each sensor for each sensor Applies your Applies your Applies your Applies your Applies your changes changes changes changes changes Cancels or Cancels or Cancels or Cancels or Cancels or ignores your ignores your ignores your ignores your ignores your changes changes changes changes changes Loads your saved Loads your saved Loads your saved Loads your saved Loads your saved configuration configuration configuration configuration configuration Saves your Saves your Saves your Saves your Saves your configuration configuration configuration configuration configuration
5-18 5-18 5-18 5-18 5-18 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support 5.3.4 5.3.4 5.3.4 5.3.4 5.3.4 Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet⢠Technology Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet⢠Technology Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet⢠Technology Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet⢠Technology Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet⢠Technology The motherboard supports the AMD Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet⢠Technology that dynamically and automatically change the CPU speed, voltage, and amount of power depending on the task the CPU performs. Enabling Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet⢠Technology Enabling Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet⢠Technology Enabling Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet⢠Technology Enabling Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet⢠Technology Enabling Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet⢠Technology To enable Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet⢠Technology: 1. Turn on the system and enter BIOS by pressing the <Del> key during the Power On Self-Tests (POST). 2. Go to the Advanced Menu -> CPU Configuration Advanced Menu -> CPU Configuration Advanced Menu -> CPU Configuration Advanced Menu -> CPU Configuration Advanced Menu -> CPU Configuration , select the item Cool âÂÂnâÂÂQuiet Cool âÂÂnâÂÂQuiet Cool âÂÂnâÂÂQuiet Cool âÂÂnâÂÂQuiet Cool âÂÂnâÂÂQuiet and set it to Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled . See section âÂÂ4.4.2 CPU Configuration.â 3. In the Power Power Power Power Power menu, select the item ACPI 2.0 Support ACPI 2.0 Support ACPI 2.0 Support ACPI 2.0 Support ACPI 2.0 Support and set it to Yes Yes Yes Yes Y e s. See section âÂÂ4.5 Power Menu.â 4. Save your changes and exit BIOS Setup. 5. Reboot your computer and set your Power Options Properties depending on your operating system. The Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet⢠Technology item is set to [Disabled] by default in the BIOS. Windows Windows Windows Windows Windows î î î î î 2000/XP 2000/XP 2000/XP 2000/XP 2000/XP 1. From the Windows î 2000/XP operating system, click the Start Start Start Start Start button. Select Settings Settings Settings Settings Settings , then Control Panel Control Panel Control Panel Control Panel Control Panel . 2. Make sure the Control Panel is set to Classic View. 3. Double-click the Display Display Display Display Display icon in the Control Panel then select the Screen Saver Screen Saver Screen Saver Screen Saver Screen Saver tab. 4. Click the Power... Power... Power... Power... Power... button. The following dialog box appears. 5. From the Power schemes Power schemes Power schemes Power schemes Power schemes combo list box, select Minimal Minimal Minimal Minimal Minimal Power Management Power Management Power Management Power Management Power Management . 6. Click OK OK OK OK O K to effect settings. Make sure to install the Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet⢠driver and application before using this feature.
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 5-19 5-19 5-19 5-19 5-19 Launching the Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet⢠software Launching the Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet⢠software Launching the Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet⢠software Launching the Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet⢠software Launching the Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet⢠software The motherboard support CD includes the Cool âÂÂnâ Quie!⢠software that enables you to view your systemâÂÂs real-time CPU Frequency and voltage. To launch the Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet⢠program: 1. If you are using Windows î 2000, click the Start Start Start Start Start button. Select Programs-> ASUS -> Cool & Quiet -> Cool & Quiet. Programs-> ASUS -> Cool & Quiet -> Cool & Quiet. Programs-> ASUS -> Cool & Quiet -> Cool & Quiet. Programs-> ASUS -> Cool & Quiet -> Cool & Quiet. Programs-> ASUS -> Cool & Quiet -> Cool & Quiet. 2. If you are using Windows î XP, click the Start Start Start Start Start button. Select All All All All All Programs-> ASUS -> Cool & Quiet -> Cool & Quiet. Programs-> ASUS -> Cool & Quiet -> Cool & Quiet. Programs-> ASUS -> Cool & Quiet -> Cool & Quiet. Programs-> ASUS -> Cool & Quiet -> Cool & Quiet. Programs-> ASUS -> Cool & Quiet -> Cool & Quiet. 3. The Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet!⢠technology screen appears and displays the current CPU Frequency and CPU Voltage. Make sure to install the Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet⢠software from the motherboard support CD. Refer to section âÂÂ5.2.3 Utilities menuâ for details.
5-20 5-20 5-20 5-20 5-20 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support 5.3.5 5.3.5 5.3.5 5.3.5 5.3.5 SoundMAX SoundMAX SoundMAX SoundMAX SoundMAX î î î î î High Definition Audio utility High Definition Audio utility High Definition Audio utility High Definition Audio utility High Definition Audio utility The ADI AD1988A High Definition Audio CODEC provides 8-channel audio capability through the SoundMAX î audio utility with AudioESP⢠software to deliver the ultimate audio experience on your PC. The software implements high quality audio synthesis/rendering, 3D sound positioning, and advanced voice-input technologies. Follow the installation wizard to install the ADI AD1988As Audio Driver from the support CD that came with the motherboard package to activate the SoundMAX î audio utility. ⢠You must use 4-channel, 6-channel or 8-channel speakers for this setup. ⢠SoundMAX î requires Microsoft î Windows î 2000/XP or later version. Make sure that one of these operating systems is installed before installing SoundMAX î . ⢠Jack Retasking function works on High Definition front panel audio ports only. If the SoundMAX î audio utility is correctly installed, you will find the SoundMAX î icon on the taskbar.
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 5-21 5-21 5-21 5-21 5-21 From the taskbar, double-click on the SoundMAX î icon to display the SoundMAX î Control Panel. Audio Setup Wizard Audio Setup Wizard Audio Setup Wizard Audio Setup Wizard Audio Setup Wizard By clicking the icon from the SoundMAX î control panel, you can easily configure your audio settings. Simply follow succeeding screen instructions and begin enjoying High Definition Audio.
5-22 5-22 5-22 5-22 5-22 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Jack configuration Jack configuration Jack configuration Jack configuration Jack configuration This screen helps you configure your computerâÂÂs audio ports, depending on the audio devices you have installed. Adjust speaker volume Adjust speaker volume Adjust speaker volume Adjust speaker volume Adjust speaker volume This screen helps you adjust speaker volume. Click the Test Test Test Test Test button to hear the changes you have made. Adjust microphone volume Adjust microphone volume Adjust microphone volume Adjust microphone volume Adjust microphone volume This screen helps you adjust microphone volume. You will be asked to read pre-written text to allow the AudioWizard to adjust the volume as you speak.
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 5-23 5-23 5-23 5-23 5-23 Audio preferences Audio preferences Audio preferences Audio preferences Audio preferences Click the icon to go to the Preferences page. This page allows you to change various audio settings. General options General options General options General options General options Click the General tab to choose your playback and recording devices, enable/ disable the AudioESP⢠feature, and enable/disable digital output. Listening Environment options Listening Environment options Listening Environment options Listening Environment options Listening Environment options Click the Listening Environment tab to choose your speaker setup and acoustic environment, and enable/disable the Virtual Theater⢠Surround feature.
5-24 5-24 5-24 5-24 5-24 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Microphone options Microphone options Microphone options Microphone options Microphone options Click the Microphone tab to optimize your microphone input settings. Enhanced Microphone Features Enhanced Microphone Features Enhanced Microphone Features Enhanced Microphone Features Enhanced Microphone Features No Filtering Enables Noise Filter function. Detects repetitive and stationary noises like computer fans, air conditioners, and other background noises then eliminates it in the incoming sudio stream while recording. You can enable it for a better recording quality. Voice recording Receives only the sound coming from the reception cone and eliminates interferences including neighboring speakers and reverberations. You can enable it to transit clearer sound during on-line games, MSN, or Skype. Directional Array Advanced de-reverberation techniques can help to reduce echo and minimize its effect on the speech engine. You can enable it when you have conference call to reduce echoes in the other side.
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 5-25 5-25 5-25 5-25 5-25 5.4 RAID Configurations The motherboard comes with a RAID controller integrated in the SB600 Southbridge that allows you to configure Serial ATA hard disk drives as RAID sets. The motherboard supports the following RAID configurations. RAID 0 RAID 0 RAID 0 RAID 0 RAID 0 (Data striping) optimizes two identical hard disk drives to read and write data in parallel, interleaved stacks. Two hard disks perform the same work as a single drive but at a sustained data transfer rate, double that of a single disk alone, thus improving data access and storage. Use of two new identical hard disk drives is required for this setup. RAID 1 RAID 1 RAID 1 RAID 1 RAID 1 (Data mirroring) copies and maintains an identical image of data from one drive to a second drive. If one drive fails, the disk array management software directs all applications to the surviving drive as it contains a complete copy of the data in the other drive. This RAID configuration provides data protection and increases fault tolerance to the entire system. Use two new drives or use an existing drive and a new drive for this setup. The new drive must be of the same size or larger than the existing drive. RAID 0 1 RAID 0 1 RAID 0 1 RAID 0 1 RAID 0 1 i s data striping and data mirroring combined without parity (redundancy data) having to be calculated and written. With the RAID 0 1 configuration you get all the benefits of both RAID 0 and RAID 1 configurations. Use four new hard disk drives or use an existing drive and three new drives for this setup.
5-26 5-26 5-26 5-26 5-26 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support 5.4.1 5.4.1 5.4.1 5.4.1 5.4.1 Installing hard disks Installing hard disks Installing hard disks Installing hard disks Installing hard disks The motherboard supports Ultra DMA 133/100/66 and Serial ATA hard disk drives. For optimal performance, install identical drives of the same model and capacity when creating a disk array. Installing Serial ATA (SATA) hard disks Installing Serial ATA (SATA) hard disks Installing Serial ATA (SATA) hard disks Installing Serial ATA (SATA) hard disks Installing Serial ATA (SATA) hard disks To install the SATA hard disks for a RAID configuration: 1. Install the SATA hard disks into the drive bays. 2. Connect the SATA signal cables. 3. Connect a SATA power cable to the power connector on each drive. 5.4.2 5.4.2 5.4.2 5.4.2 5.4.2 ATI ATI ATI ATI ATI î î î î î RAID configurations RAID configurations RAID configurations RAID configurations RAID configurations The ATI î RAID controller supports RAID 0, RAID 1, and RAID 0 1configurations. Setting the RAID item in BIOS Setting the RAID item in BIOS Setting the RAID item in BIOS Setting the RAID item in BIOS Setting the RAID item in BIOS You must set the RAID item in the BIOS Setup before you can create a RAID set(s). To do this: 1. Boot up your computer, and press <Del> during POST to enter the BIOS setup. 2. In the Main Menu Main Menu Main Menu Main Menu Main Menu , g o t o Storage Configuration Storage Configuration Storage Configuration Storage Configuration Storage Configuration , and set the OnChip SATA Type OnChip SATA Type OnChip SATA Type OnChip SATA Type OnChip SATA Type item to [RAID]. 3. Press <F10> to save the changes and exit. You may also set the RAID configurations in Windows î OS after you have installed the Serial ATA RAID driver. See section âÂÂ5.2.4 Make Disk menuâ for details. The RAID BIOS setup screens shown in this section are for reference only, and may not exactly match the items on your screen.
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 5-27 5-27 5-27 5-27 5-27 The Main Menu above allows you to select an operation to perform. The Main Menu options include: View Drive Assignments View Drive Assignments View Drive Assignments View Drive Assignments View Drive Assignments - shows the status of the hard disk drives. Define LD Define LD Define LD Define LD Define LD - creates a RAID 0, RAID 1, or RAID 0 1 configuration. Delete LD Delete LD Delete LD Delete LD D e l e t e L D - deletes a selected RAID set and partition. Controller Configuration Controller Configuration Controller Configuration Controller Configuration Controller Configuration - Shows the system resources configuration. Press <1>, <2>, <3>, or <4> to enter the option you need; press <ESC> to exit the utility. FastBuild (tm) Utility (c) 2004-2005 ATI Technology, Inc. View Drive Assignments........[1] Define LD.....................[2] Delete LD.....................[3] Controller Configuration......[4] [ Main Menu ] Press 1..4 to Select Option [ESC] Exit [ Keys Available ] ATI ATI ATI ATI ATI î î î î î FastBuild⢠Utility FastBuild⢠Utility FastBuild⢠Utility FastBuild⢠Utility FastBuild⢠Utility To enter the ATI î FastBuild⢠utility: 1. Boot up your computer. 2. Press <Ctrl F> during POST to display the main menu of the utility.
5-28 5-28 5-28 5-28 5-28 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Creating a RAID 0 configuration Creating a RAID 0 configuration Creating a RAID 0 configuration Creating a RAID 0 configuration Creating a RAID 0 configuration To create a RAID 0 set: 1. In the Main Menu, press <2> to enter the âÂÂDefine LDâ function. 2. Press <Enter>, and the following screen appears. FastBuild (tm) Utility (c) 2004-2005 ATI Technology, Inc. [ â â â â â ]Up [ â â â â â ]Down [ESC]Exit [Space] Change Option [Ctrl-Y]Save [ Keys Available ] [ Define LD Menu ] [ Define LD Menu ] Channel:ID Drive Model Capacity (MB) Assignment 1:Mas xxxxxxxxx xxxxxx Y 2:Mas xxxxxxxxx xxxxxx Y 3:Mas xxxxxxxxx xxxxxx N 4:Mas xxxxxxxxx xxxxxx N 3. Highlight the LD1 LD1 LD1 LD1 L D 1 item and press <Space> to select RAID 0 RAID 0 RAID 0 RAID 0 RAID 0 . 4. Move to the Assignment Assignment Assignment Assignment Assignment item by using the down arrow key and set Y Y Y Y Y to any two of the drives . 4. Press <Ctrl Y> to save the setting. The utility prompts the following messages: Press <Ctrl Y> to key in the desired capacity or press any key to continue. 6. The utility displays the following screen. FastBuild (tm) Utility (c) 2004-2005 ATI Technology, Inc. [ Define LD Menu ] [ â â â â â ]Up [ â â â â â ]Down [ESC]Exit [Enter] Select [ Keys Available ] LD No RAID Mode Total Drv Capacity(MB) Status LD 1 RAID 0 2 xxxxxx Functional LD 2 ---- ---- ---- ---- LD 3 ---- ---- ---- ---- LD 4 ---- ---- ---- ---- LD 5 ---- ---- ---- ---- LD 6 ---- ---- ---- ---- LD 7 ---- ---- ---- ---- LD 8 ---- ---- ---- ---- LD No RAID Mode Total Drv LD 1 RAID 0 2 Strip Block: 64 KB Fast Init: OFF Gigabyte Boundary: ON Cache Mode: WriteThru Press Ctrl-Y to Modify Array Capacity or press any other key to use maxinum capacity... Press <Ctrl Y> to erase MBR or press any key to continue. Press Ctrl-Y if you are sure to erase MBR! Press any other key to ignore this option...
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 5-29 5-29 5-29 5-29 5-29 Creating a RAID 1 configuration Creating a RAID 1 configuration Creating a RAID 1 configuration Creating a RAID 1 configuration Creating a RAID 1 configuration To create a RAID 1 set: 1. In the Main Menu, press <2> to enter the âÂÂDefine LDâ function. 2. Press <Enter>, and the following screen appears. FastBuild (tm) Utility (c) 2004-2005 ATI Technology, Inc. [ â â â â â ]Up [ â â â â â ]Down [ESC]Exit [Space] Change Option [Ctrl-Y]Save [ Keys Available ] [ Define LD Menu ] [ Define LD Menu ] Channel:ID Drive Model Capacity (MB) Assignment 1:Mas xxxxxxxxx xxxxxx Y 2:Mas xxxxxxxxx xxxxxx Y 3:Mas xxxxxxxxx xxxxxx N 4:Mas xxxxxxxxx xxxxxx N 3. Highlight the LD1 LD1 LD1 LD1 L D 1 item and press <Space> to select RAID 1 RAID 1 RAID 1 RAID 1 RAID 1 . 4. Move to the Assignment Assignment Assignment Assignment Assignment item by using the down arrow key and set Y Y Y Y Y to any two of the drives . 4. Press <Ctrl Y> to save the setting. The utility prompts the following messages: Press <Ctrl Y> to key in the desired capacity or press any key to continue. 6. The utility displays the following screen. FastBuild (tm) Utility (c) 2004-2005 ATI Technology, Inc. [ Define LD Menu ] [ â â â â â ]Up [ â â â â â ]Down [ESC]Exit [Enter] Select [ Keys Available ] LD No RAID Mode Total Drv Capacity(MB) Status LD 1 RAID 1 2 xxxxxx Functional LD 2 ---- ---- ---- ---- LD 3 ---- ---- ---- ---- LD 4 ---- ---- ---- ---- LD 5 ---- ---- ---- ---- LD 6 ---- ---- ---- ---- LD 7 ---- ---- ---- ---- LD 8 ---- ---- ---- ---- LD No RAID Mode Total Drv LD 1 RAID 1 2 Strip Block: 64 KB Fast Init: OFF Gigabyte Boundary: ON Cache Mode: WriteThru Press Ctrl-Y to Modify Array Capacity or press any other key to use maxinum capacity... Press <Ctrl Y> to erase MBR or press any key to continue. Press Ctrl-Y if you are sure to erase MBR! Press any other key to ignore this option...
5-30 5-30 5-30 5-30 5-30 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Creating a RAID 0 1 configuration Creating a RAID 0 1 configuration Creating a RAID 0 1 configuration Creating a RAID 0 1 configuration Creating a RAID 0 1 configuration To create a RAID 0 1 set: 1. In the Main Menu, press <2> to enter the âÂÂDefine LDâ function. 2. Press <Enter>, and the following screen appears. FastBuild (tm) Utility (c) 2004-2005 ATI Technology, Inc. [ â â â â â ]Up [ â â â â â ]Down [ESC]Exit [Space] Change Option [Ctrl-Y]Save [ Keys Available ] [ Define LD Menu ] [ Define LD Menu ] Channel:ID Drive Model Capacity (MB) Assignment 1:Mas xxxxxxxxx xxxxxx Y 2:Mas xxxxxxxxx xxxxxx Y 3:Mas xxxxxxxxx xxxxxx Y 4:Mas xxxxxxxxx xxxxxx Y 3. Highlight the LD1 LD1 LD1 LD1 L D 1 item and press <Space> to select RAID 10 RAID 10 RAID 10 RAID 10 RAID 10 . 4. Move to the Assignment Assignment Assignment Assignment Assignment item by using the down arrow key and set Y Y Y Y Y to any four of the drives . 4. Press <Ctrl Y> to save the setting. The utility prompts the following messages: Press <Ctrl Y> to key in the desired capacity or press any key to continue. 6. The utility displays the following screen. FastBuild (tm) Utility (c) 2004-2005 ATI Technology, Inc. [ Define LD Menu ] [ â â â â â ]Up [ â â â â â ]Down [ESC]Exit [Enter] Select [ Keys Available ] LD No RAID Mode Total Drv Capacity(MB) Status LD 1 RAID 10 4 xxxxxx Functional LD 2 ---- ---- ---- ---- LD 3 ---- ---- ---- ---- LD 4 ---- ---- ---- ---- LD 5 ---- ---- ---- ---- LD 6 ---- ---- ---- ---- LD 7 ---- ---- ---- ---- LD 8 ---- ---- ---- ---- LD No RAID Mode Total Drv LD 1 RAID 10 4 Strip Block: 64 KB Fast Init: OFF Gigabyte Boundary: ON Cache Mode: WriteThru Press Ctrl-Y to Modify Array Capacity or press any other key to use maxinum capacity... Press <Ctrl Y> to erase MBR or press any key to continue. Press Ctrl-Y if you are sure to erase MBR! Press any other key to ignore this option...
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 5-31 5-31 5-31 5-31 5-31 Deleting a RAID configuration Deleting a RAID configuration Deleting a RAID configuration Deleting a RAID configuration Deleting a RAID configuration To create a RAID set: 1. In the Main Menu, press <3> to enter the âÂÂDelete LDâ function. 2. Select the RAID item you want to delete and press <Del> or <Alt D>. FastBuild (tm) Utility (c) 2004-2005 ATI Technology, Inc. [ Delete LD Menu ] [ â â â â â ]Up [ â â â â â ]Down [ESC]Exit [Del or Alt D] Delete [ Keys Available ] LD No RAID Mode Total Drv Capacity(MB) Status LD 1 RAID 10 4 xxxxxx Functional LD 2 ---- ---- ---- ---- LD 3 ---- ---- ---- ---- LD 4 ---- ---- ---- ---- LD 5 ---- ---- ---- ---- LD 6 ---- ---- ---- ---- LD 7 ---- ---- ---- ---- LD 8 ---- ---- ---- ----
5-32 5-32 5-32 5-32 5-32 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support 5.5 Creating a RAID driver disk A floppy disk with the RAID driver is required when installing Windows î 2000/XP operating system on a hard disk drive that is included in a RAID set. To create a RAID driver disk: 1. Boot your computer. 2. Press <Del> during POST to enter the BIOS setup utility. 3. Set the optical drive as the primary boot device. 4. Save changes and exit BIOS. 5. Insert the support CD into the optical drive. 6. Press the any key when the system prompts âÂÂPress any key to boot from the optical drive.â The following menu appears: a) ATi RAID Driver Disk b) Jmicron JM363 32 bit AHCI/RAID Driver Disk c) Jmicron JM363 64 bit AHCI/RAID Driver Disk d) FreeDOS command prompt Please choose a ~ d:_ 7. Press <a> to create a RAID driver disk. 8. Insert a formatted floppy disk into the floppy drive then press <Enter>. 9. Follow succeeding screen instructions to complete the process. - OR - - OR - - OR - - OR - - OR - 1. Start Windows î . 2. Place the motherboard support CD into the optical drive. 3. When the Drivers Drivers Drivers Drivers Drivers menu appears, click ATi Chipset Driver ATi Chipset Driver ATi Chipset Driver ATi Chipset Driver ATi Chipset Driver t o create an ATi RAID driver disk. 4. Insert a floppy disk into the floppy disk drive. 5. Follow succeeding screen instructions to complete the process. Write-protect the floppy disk to avoid computer virus infection. To install the RAID driver: 1. During the OS installation, the system prompts you to press the F6 key to install third-party SCSI or RAID driver. 2. Press <F6> then insert the floppy disk with RAID driver into the floppy disk drive. 3. Follow the succeeding screen instructions to complete the installation.
6 This chapter tells how to install CrossFire⢠graphics cards to avail of ATIâÂÂs Multi-Video Processing technology. ATI CrossFire⢠technology support
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP Chapter summary 6 6.1 Overview ............................................................................... 6-1 6.2 Hardware installation ............................................................ 6-2 6.3 Software information ........................................................... 6-5
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 6-1 6-1 6-1 6-1 6-1 6.1 Overview The motherboard supports the ATI CrossFire⢠technology that allows you to install multi-graphics processing units (GPU) graphics cards. Follow the installation procedures in this section. Requirements Requirements Requirements Requirements Requirements ⢠CrossFire⢠Edition graphics card (Master) ⢠CrossFireâ¢-ready graphics card (Slave) ⢠CrossFireâ¢-ready motherboard, such as the ASUS M2R32-MVP motherboard. ⢠Make sure that your power supply unit (PSU) can provide at least the minimum power required by your system. See âÂÂ6. Power connectorsâ on page 2-28 for details. ⢠Visit the ATI website or download the CrossFire⢠Xpress 3200 Edition UserâÂÂs Guide from the support CD for detailed hardware requirements and installation procedures. ⢠The ATI CrossFire⢠technology supports only the following operating systems: - Windows î XP 32-bit (Home or Professional) with Service Pack 2 (SP2) - Windows î XP Professional 64-bit Edition. ⢠Make sure that your graphics card driver supports the ATI CrossFire⢠Technology. Download the latest driver from the ATI website (www.ati.com) ⢠The maximum resolution of CrossFire⢠Xpress 3200 Edition is 1600 x 1200 at 65 MHz when you use DVI output. Before you begin Before you begin Before you begin Before you begin Before you begin Uninstall other graphics card driver Uninstall other graphics card driver Uninstall other graphics card driver Uninstall other graphics card driver Uninstall other graphics card driver s in your system s in your system s in your system s in your system s in your system To uninstall other graphics card drivers: 1. Close all current applications. 2. Go to Control Panel > Add/Remove Programs Control Panel > Add/Remove Programs Control Panel > Add/Remove Programs Control Panel > Add/Remove Programs Control Panel > Add/Remove Programs . 3. Select your current graphics card driver/s. 4. Select Add/Remove Add/Remove Add/Remove Add/Remove Add/Remove . 5. Restart your system.
6-2 6-2 6-2 6-2 6-2 Chapter 6: Chapter 6: Chapter 6: Chapter 6: Chapter 6: ATI CrossFire⢠technology support ATI CrossFire⢠technology support ATI CrossFire⢠technology support ATI CrossFire⢠technology support ATI CrossFire⢠technology support 2. Insert the CrossFire⢠Edition (Master) graphics card into the blue slot. Make sure that the card is properly seated on the slot. 6.2 Hardware installation Installing CrossFire⢠graphics cards Installing CrossFire⢠graphics cards Installing CrossFire⢠graphics cards Installing CrossFire⢠graphics cards Installing CrossFire⢠graphics cards Before installing a CrossFire⢠system, refer to the user guide that came with the ATI CrossFire⢠Edition graphics card. To install the graphics cards: 1. Prepare one CrossFire⢠Edition graphics card, which will serve as the Master graphics card, and one CrossFireâ¢-ready graphics card, which will serve as the Slave graphics card. Master graphics card Master graphics card Master graphics card Master graphics card Master graphics card Slave graphics card Slave graphics card Slave graphics card Slave graphics card Slave graphics card
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 6-3 6-3 6-3 6-3 6-3 4. Connect one end of the external cable to the Master graphics card. 3. Insert the CrossFireâ¢-ready (Slave) graphics card into the black slot. Make sure that the card is properly seated on the slot.
6-4 6-4 6-4 6-4 6-4 Chapter 6: Chapter 6: Chapter 6: Chapter 6: Chapter 6: ATI CrossFire⢠technology support ATI CrossFire⢠technology support ATI CrossFire⢠technology support ATI CrossFire⢠technology support ATI CrossFire⢠technology support 5. Connect the other end of the external cable to the Slave graphics card. 6. Connect the loose end to the corresponding port on your monitor. 7. Connect an auxiliary power source from the power supply to the graphics cards. 5 5 5 5 5 6 6 6 6 6 7 7 7 7 7
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 6-5 6-5 6-5 6-5 6-5 6.3 Software information 6.3.1 6.3.1 6.3.1 6.3.1 6.3.1 Installing the device drivers Installing the device drivers Installing the device drivers Installing the device drivers Installing the device drivers Refer to the documentation that came with your graphics card package to install the device drivers. The ATI CrossFire⢠technology supports only the following operating systems: ⢠Windows î XP 32-bit (Home or Professional) with Service Pack 2 (SP2) ⢠Windows î XP Professional 64-bit Edition. 1. Turn on your system and log in with administrator rights. 2. Place the CrossFire⢠installation CD in your optical drive. The opening menu appears. Click Install CrossFire Install CrossFire Install CrossFire Install CrossFire Install CrossFire drivers drivers drivers drivers drivers . 3. The installation window appears. Click Next Next Next Next Next t o continue. 4. Read the License Agreement, then click Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes .
6-6 6-6 6-6 6-6 6-6 Chapter 6: Chapter 6: Chapter 6: Chapter 6: Chapter 6: ATI CrossFire⢠technology support ATI CrossFire⢠technology support ATI CrossFire⢠technology support ATI CrossFire⢠technology support ATI CrossFire⢠technology support 5. Select the components that you want to install, then click Next Next Next Next Next . 6. Installation begins. 7. A status window appears, indicating the progress of the installation. 8. The Setup Complete Setup Complete Setup Complete Setup Complete Setup Complete window appears, indicating that the driver files have been copied to your computer. Click Yes Yes Yes Yes Y e s to restart your computer now or No No No No N o to restart later. Click Finish Finish Finish Finish Finish . ⢠Select Express Express Express Express Express t o install the HydraVision⢠multi-monitor and desktop management software, as well as the ATI driver. ⢠Select Custom Custom Custom Custom Custom t o individually choose desired software components.
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 6-7 6-7 6-7 6-7 6-7 6.3.2 6.3.2 6.3.2 6.3.2 6.3.2 Using the Catalyst⢠Control Center Using the Catalyst⢠Control Center Using the Catalyst⢠Control Center Using the Catalyst⢠Control Center Using the Catalyst⢠Control Center The Catalyst⢠Control Center allows you to access display features of the ATI hardware and software you installed. Use this application to adjust your graphic settings, enable/disable connected devices, and change your desktop orientation. Launching the Catalyst⢠Control Center Launching the Catalyst⢠Control Center Launching the Catalyst⢠Control Center Launching the Catalyst⢠Control Center Launching the Catalyst⢠Control Center There are several ways to launch the Catalyst⢠Control Center: ⢠On the Windows î task bar, click Start Start Start Start Start > ATI Catalyst⢠Control ATI Catalyst⢠Control ATI Catalyst⢠Control ATI Catalyst⢠Control ATI Catalyst⢠Control Center Center Center Center Center > Catalyst⢠Control Center Catalyst⢠Control Center Catalyst⢠Control Center Catalyst⢠Control Center Catalyst⢠Control Center ⢠Double-click the Catalyst⢠Control Center desktop shortcut. ⢠On the Windows î task bar, double-click the Catalyst⢠Control Center icon.
6-8 6-8 6-8 6-8 6-8 Chapter 6: Chapter 6: Chapter 6: Chapter 6: Chapter 6: ATI CrossFire⢠technology support ATI CrossFire⢠technology support ATI CrossFire⢠technology support ATI CrossFire⢠technology support ATI CrossFire⢠technology support The Catalyst⢠Control Center Dialog Box The Catalyst⢠Control Center Dialog Box The Catalyst⢠Control Center Dialog Box The Catalyst⢠Control Center Dialog Box The Catalyst⢠Control Center Dialog Box View The Catalyst⢠Control Center provides two views: ⢠Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard - simple view with wizards for beginners ⢠Advance Advance Advance Advance Advance - allows advanced users to access and configure the complete features of the software ⢠Set to Advance Advance Advance Advance Advance view to enable the CrossFire⢠function. ⢠Make sure that the Dual-slot configuration item in the BIOS is set to [Auto] or [Dual Video Cards] if you want to enable the CrossFire⢠function.
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 6-9 6-9 6-9 6-9 6-9 To enable CrossFireâ¢: 1. Set the view to Advance Advance Advance Advance Advance . 2. Click the Crossfire⢠Crossfire⢠Crossfire⢠Crossfire⢠Crossfire⢠item in Graphics Settings Graphics Settings Graphics Settings Graphics Settings Graphics Settings . 3. In the CrossFire⢠Settings dialog, tick the box opposite Enable Enable Enable Enable Enable CrossFire⢠CrossFire⢠CrossFire⢠CrossFire⢠CrossFire⢠. 4. Click OK to effect the setting. 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 Hotkeys Click the Hotkeys Hotkeys Hotkeys Hotkeys Hotkeys tab on the Catalyst⢠Control Center to access the Hotkeys Manager, which allows you to create key combinations as shortcuts for performing certain functions quickly.
6-10 6-10 6-10 6-10 6-10 Chapter 6: Chapter 6: Chapter 6: Chapter 6: Chapter 6: ATI CrossFire⢠technology support ATI CrossFire⢠technology support ATI CrossFire⢠technology support ATI CrossFire⢠technology support ATI CrossFire⢠technology support Profiles Click the Profiles Profiles Profiles Profiles Profiles tab on the Catalyst⢠Control Center to access the Profiles Manager, which allows you to create customized environments for your desktop, video, and 3D applications. Preferences Click the Preferences Preferences Preferences Preferences Preferences tab on the Catalyst⢠Control Center to select a language, restore defaults, change skins, or enable/disable the System Tray icon.
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 6-11 6-11 6-11 6-11 6-11 Help Click the Help Help Help Help Help tab on the Catalyst⢠Control Center to access the online help system, generate a Problem Report, and get the Catalyst⢠Control Center version information. The CrossFire⢠CrossFire⢠CrossFire⢠CrossFire⢠CrossFire⢠item in Graphics Settings Graphics Settings Graphics Settings Graphics Settings Graphics Settings will not show up if the motherboard or the VGA card you use doesnâÂÂt support the CrossFire⢠system.
6-12 6-12 6-12 6-12 6-12 Chapter 6: Chapter 6: Chapter 6: Chapter 6: Chapter 6: ATI CrossFire⢠technology support ATI CrossFire⢠technology support ATI CrossFire⢠technology support ATI CrossFire⢠technology support ATI CrossFire⢠technology support
ii ii ii ii ii Copyright é 2006 ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. All Rights Reserved. Copyright é 2006 ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. All Rights Reserved. Copyright é 2006 ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. All Rights Reserved. Copyright é 2006 ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. All Rights Reserved. Copyright é 2006 ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. All Rights Reserved. No part of this manual, including the products and software described in it, may be reproduced, transmitted, transcribed, stored in a retrieval system, or translated into any language in any form or by any means, except documentation kept by the purchaser for backup purposes, without the express written permission of ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. (âÂÂASUSâÂÂ). Product warranty or service will not be extended if: (1) the product is repaired, modified or altered, unless such repair, modification of alteration is authorized in writing by ASUS; or (2) the serial number of the product is defaced or missing. ASUS PROVIDES THIS MANUAL âÂÂAS ISâ WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT SHALL ASUS, ITS DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES OR AGENTS BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF PROFITS, LOSS OF BUSINESS, LOSS OF USE OR DATA, INTERRUPTION OF BUSINESS AND THE LIKE), EVEN IF ASUS HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES ARISING FROM ANY DEFECT OR ERROR IN THIS MANUAL OR PRODUCT. SPECIFICATIONS AND INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS MANUAL ARE FURNISHED FOR INFORMATIONAL USE ONLY, AND ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE AT ANY TIME WITHOUT NOTICE, AND SHOULD NOT BE CONSTRUED AS A COMMITMENT BY ASUS. ASUS ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR ANY ERRORS OR INACCURACIES THAT MAY APPEAR IN THIS MANUAL, INCLUDING THE PRODUCTS AND SOFTWARE DESCRIBED IN IT. Products and corporate names appearing in this manual may or may not be registered trademarks or copyrights of their respective companies, and are used only for identification or explanation and to the ownersâ benefit, without intent to infringe. E2770 E2770 E2770 E2770 E2770 Second Edition V2 Second Edition V2 Second Edition V2 Second Edition V2 Second Edition V2 August 2006 August 2006 August 2006 August 2006 August 2006
iii iii iii iii iii Contents Notices ............................................................................................... vii Safety information ............................................................................ viii About this guide ................................................................................. ix M2R32-MVP specifications summary .................................................. xi Chapter 1: Chapter 1: Chapter 1: Chapter 1: Chapter 1: Product introduction Product introduction Product introduction Product introduction Product introduction 1.1 Welcome! .............................................................................. 1-1 1.2 Package contents ................................................................. 1-1 1.3 Special features .................................................................... 1-2 1.3.1 Product highlights ................................................... 1-2 1.3.2 Innovative ASUS features ....................................... 1-4 Chapter 2: Chapter 2: Chapter 2: Chapter 2: Chapter 2: Hardware information Hardware information Hardware information Hardware information Hardware information 2.1 Before you proceed .............................................................. 2-1 2.2 Motherboard overview .......................................................... 2-2 2.2.1 Placement direction ................................................ 2-2 2.2.2 Screw holes ............................................................ 2-2 2.2.3 Motherboard layout ................................................ 2-3 2.2.4 Layout Contents ..................................................... 2-4 2.3 Central Processing Unit (CPU) .............................................. 2-6 2.3.1 Installing the CPU .................................................... 2-6 2.3.2 Installing the heatsink and fan ................................ 2-8 2.4 System memory ................................................................. 2-11 2.4.1 Overview ............................................................... 2-11 2.4.2 Memory Configurations ......................................... 2-12 2.4.3 Installing a DDR2 DIMM ......................................... 2-16 2.4.4 Removing a DDR2 DIMM ........................................ 2-16 2.5 Expansion slots ................................................................... 2-17 2.5.1 Installing an expansion card .................................. 2-17 2.5.2 Configuring an expansion card .............................. 2-17 2.5.3 Interrupt assignments .......................................... 2-18 2.5.4 Two PCI slots ........................................................ 2-19 2.5.5 Two PCI Express x1 slots ...................................... 2-19 2.5.6 Two PCI Express x16 slots ................................... 2-19
iv iv iv iv iv Contents 2.6 Jumper ............................................................................... 2-21 2.7 Connectors ......................................................................... 2-24 2.7.1 Rear panel connectors .......................................... 2-24 2.7.2 Internal connectors ............................................... 2-26 Chapter 3: Chapter 3: Chapter 3: Chapter 3: Chapter 3: Powering up Powering up Powering up Powering up Powering up 3.1 Starting up for the first time ................................................ 3-1 3.2 Powering off the computer .................................................. 3-2 3.2.1 Using the OS shut down function ........................... 3-2 3.2.2 Using the dual function power switch .................... 3-2 Chapter 4: Chapter 4: Chapter 4: Chapter 4: Chapter 4: BIOS Setup BIOS Setup BIOS Setup BIOS Setup BIOS Setup 4.1 Managing and updating your BIOS ........................................ 4-1 4.1.1 ASUS Update utility ................................................ 4-1 4.1.2 Creating a bootable floppy disk .............................. 4-4 4.1.3 ASUS EZ Flash utility .............................................. 4-5 4.1.4 AFUDOS utility ........................................................ 4-6 4.1.5 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 utility ................................ 4-9 4.2 BIOS setup program ........................................................... 4-11 4.2.1 BIOS menu screen ................................................. 4-12 4.2.2 Menu bar ............................................................... 4-12 4.2.3 Navigation keys .................................................... 4-12 4.2.4 Menu items ........................................................... 4-13 4.2.5 Sub-menu items ................................................... 4-13 4.2.6 Configuration fields .............................................. 4-13 4.2.7 Pop-up window ..................................................... 4-13 4.2.8 Scroll bar .............................................................. 4-13 4.2.9 General help .......................................................... 4-13 4.3 Main menu .......................................................................... 4-14 4.3.1 System Time ......................................................... 4-14 4.3.2 System Date ......................................................... 4-14 4.3.3 Legacy Diskette A ................................................ 4-14 4.3.4 Language .............................................................. 4-14 4.3.5 Primary IDE Master/Slave SATA1-4 ............................................................... 4-15 4.3.6 Storage Configuration .......................................... 4-16 4.3.7 System Information .............................................. 4-17
v v v v v 4.4 Advanced menu .................................................................. 4-18 4.4.1 JumperFree Configuration .................................... 4-18 4.4.2 CPU Configuration ................................................. 4-22 4.4.3 Chipset ................................................................. 4-25 4.4.4 Onboard Devices Configuration ............................ 4-27 4.4.5 PCI PnP ................................................................. 4-29 4.4.6 USB Configuration ................................................. 4-30 4.5 Power menu ........................................................................ 4-32 4.5.1 Suspend Mode ...................................................... 4-32 4.5.2 Repost Video on S3 Resume ................................ 4-32 4.5.3 ACPI Version Features .......................................... 4-32 4.5.4 ACPI APIC Support ................................................ 4-32 4.5.5 APM Configuration ................................................ 4-33 4.5.6 Hardware Monitor ................................................. 4-35 4.6 Boot menu .......................................................................... 4-37 4.6.1 Boot Device Priority .............................................. 4-37 4.6.2 Boot Settings Configuration ................................. 4-38 4.6.3 Security ................................................................ 4-38 4.7 Tools menu ......................................................................... 4-42 4.7.1 ASUS EZ Flash 2 ................................................... 4-42 4.7.2 ASUS O.C. Profile .................................................. 4-43 4.8 Exit menu ........................................................................... 4-45 Chapter 5: Chapter 5: Chapter 5: Chapter 5: Chapter 5: Software support Software support Software support Software support Software support 5.1 Installing an operating system ............................................. 5-1 5.2 Support CD information ........................................................ 5-1 5.2.1 Running the support CD ......................................... 5-1 5.2.2 Drivers menu .......................................................... 5-2 5.2.3 Utilities menu .......................................................... 5-3 5.2.4 Make Disk menu ...................................................... 5-5 5.2.5 Manuals menu ......................................................... 5-6 5.2.6 ASUS Contact information ...................................... 5-7 5.2.7 Other information ................................................... 5-7
vi vi vi vi vi 5.4 Software information ........................................................... 5-9 5.3.1 ASUS MyLogo2⢠.................................................... 5-9 5.3.2 AI Net 2 ................................................................ 5-11 5.3.3 ASUS PC Probe II ................................................... 5-12 5.3.4 Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet⢠Technology .................................. 5-18 5.3.5 SoundMAX î High Definition Audio utility .............. 5-20 5.4 RAID configurations ............................................................ 5-25 5.4.1 Installing hard disks .............................................. 5-26 5.4.2 ATI î RAID configurations ...................................... 5-26 5.5 Creating a RAID driver disk ................................................. 5-32 Chapter 6: Chapter 6: Chapter 6: Chapter 6: Chapter 6: ATI CrossFire⢠technology support ATI CrossFire⢠technology support ATI CrossFire⢠technology support ATI CrossFire⢠technology support ATI CrossFire⢠technology support 6.1 Overview ............................................................................... 6-1 Requirements ....................................................................... 6-1 Before you begin .................................................................. 6-1 6.2 Hardware installation ............................................................ 6-2 Installing CrossFire⢠graphics cards ..................................... 6-2 6.3 Software information ........................................................... 6-5 6.3.1 Installing the device drivers .................................... 6-5 6.3.2 Using the Catalyst⢠Control Center ....................... 6-7
vii vii vii vii vii Notices Federal Communications Commission Statement Federal Communications Commission Statement Federal Communications Commission Statement Federal Communications Commission Statement Federal Communications Commission Statement This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: ⢠This device may not cause harmful interference, and ⢠This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation. This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with manufacturerâÂÂs instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures: ⢠Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. ⢠Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. ⢠Connect the equipment to an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. ⢠Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. Canadian Department of Communications Statement Canadian Department of Communications Statement Canadian Department of Communications Statement Canadian Department of Communications Statement Canadian Department of Communications Statement This digital apparatus does not exceed the Class B limits for radio noise emissions from digital apparatus set out in the Radio Interference Regulations of the Canadian Department of Communications. This class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian This class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian This class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian This class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian This class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003. ICES-003. ICES-003. ICES-003. ICES-003. The use of shielded cables for connection of the monitor to the graphics card is required to assure compliance with FCC regulations. Changes or modifications to this unit not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the userâÂÂs authority to operate this equipment.
viii viii viii viii viii Safety information Electrical safety Electrical safety Electrical safety Electrical safety Electrical safety ⢠To prevent electrical shock hazard, disconnect the power cable from the electrical outlet before relocating the system. ⢠When adding or removing devices to or from the system, ensure that the power cables for the devices are unplugged before the signal cables are connected. If possible, disconnect all power cables from the existing system before you add a device. ⢠Before connecting or removing signal cables from the motherboard, ensure that all power cables are unplugged. ⢠Seek professional assistance before using an adapter or extension cord. These devices could interrupt the grounding circuit. ⢠Make sure that your power supply is set to the correct voltage in your area. If you are not sure about the voltage of the electrical outlet you are using, contact your local power company. ⢠If the power supply is broken, do not try to fix it by yourself. Contact a qualified service technician or your retailer. Operation safety Operation safety Operation safety Operation safety Operation safety ⢠Before installing the motherboard and adding devices on it, carefully read all the manuals that came with the package. ⢠Before using the product, make sure all cables are correctly connected and the power cables are not damaged. If you detect any damage, contact your dealer immediately. ⢠To avoid short circuits, keep paper clips, screws, and staples away from connectors, slots, sockets and circuitry. ⢠Avoid dust, humidity, and temperature extremes. Do not place the product in any area where it may become wet. ⢠Place the product on a stable surface. ⢠If you encounter technical problems with the product, contact a qualified service technician or your retailer. The symbol of the crossed out wheeled bin indicates that the product (electrical and electronic equipment) should not be placed in municipal waste. Please check local regulations for disposal of electronic products.
ix ix ix ix ix About this guide This user guide contains the information you need when installing and configuring the motherboard. How this guide is organized How this guide is organized How this guide is organized How this guide is organized How this guide is organized This guide contains the following parts: ⢠⢠⢠⢠⢠Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction This chapter describes the features of the motherboard and the new technology it supports. ⢠⢠⢠⢠⢠Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information This chapter lists the hardware setup procedures that you have to perform when installing system components. It includes description of the switches, jumpers, and connectors on the motherboard. ⢠⢠⢠⢠⢠Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up This chapter describes the power up sequence, the vocal POST messages, and ways of shutting down the system. ⢠⢠⢠⢠⢠Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup This chapter tells how to change system settings through the BIOS Setup menus. Detailed descriptions of the BIOS parameters are also provided. ⢠⢠⢠⢠⢠Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support This chapter describes the contents of the support CD that comes with the motherboard package. ⢠⢠⢠⢠⢠Chapter 6: ATI CrossFire Chapter 6: ATI CrossFire Chapter 6: ATI CrossFire Chapter 6: ATI CrossFire Chapter 6: ATI CrossFire ⢠⢠⢠⢠⢠technology support technology support technology support technology support technology support This chapter tells how to install ATI CrossFire⢠graphics cards. Where to find more information Where to find more information Where to find more information Where to find more information Where to find more information Refer to the following sources for additional information and for product and software updates. 1. 1. 1. 1. 1. ASUS websites ASUS websites ASUS websites ASUS websites ASUS websites The ASUS website provides updated information on ASUS hardware and software products. Refer to the ASUS contact information. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. Optional documentation Optional documentation Optional documentation Optional documentation Optional documentation Your product package may include optional documentation, such as warranty flyers, that may have been added by your dealer. These documents are not part of the standard package.
x x x x x Conventions used in this guide Conventions used in this guide Conventions used in this guide Conventions used in this guide Conventions used in this guide To make sure that you perform certain tasks properly, take note of the following symbols used throughout this manual. DANGER/WARNING: DANGER/WARNING: DANGER/WARNING: DANGER/WARNING: DANGER/WARNING: Information to prevent injury to yourself when trying to complete a task. CAUTION: CAUTION: CAUTION: CAUTION: CAUTION: Information to prevent damage to the components when trying to complete a task. NOTE: NOTE: NOTE: NOTE: NOTE: Tips and additional information to help you complete a task. IMPORTANT: IMPORTANT: IMPORTANT: IMPORTANT: IMPORTANT: Instructions that you MUST follow to complete a task. Typography Typography Typography Typography Typography Bold text Bold text Bold text Bold text Bold text Indicates a menu or an item to select. Italics Used to emphasize a word or a phrase. <Key> Keys enclosed in the less-than and greater-than sign means that you must press the enclosed key. Example: <Enter> means that you must press the Enter or Return key. <Key1 Key2 Key3> If you must press two or more keys simultaneously, the key names are linked with a plus sign ( ). Example: <Ctrl Alt D> Command Means that you must type the command exactly as shown, then supply the required item or value enclosed in brackets. Example: At the DOS prompt, type the command line: afudos /i[filename] afudos /iM2R32-MVP.ROM
xi xi xi xi xi M2R32-MVP specifications summary CPU CPU CPU CPU CPU Chipset Chipset Chipset Chipset Chipset System bus System bus System bus System bus System bus Memory Memory Memory Memory Memory Expansion slots Expansion slots Expansion slots Expansion slots Expansion slots CrossFire⢠CrossFire⢠CrossFire⢠CrossFire⢠CrossFire⢠Storage Storage Storage Storage Storage High Definition High Definition High Definition High Definition High Definition Audio Audio Audio Audio Audio LAN LAN LAN LAN LAN IEEE 1394a IEEE 1394a IEEE 1394a IEEE 1394a IEEE 1394a USB USB USB USB USB BIOS features BIOS features BIOS features BIOS features BIOS features (continued on the next page) Socket AM2 for AMD Athlon⢠64 X2/Athlon⢠64 FX/ Athlon⢠64/Sempron⢠processor AMD64 architecture enables simultaneous 32- and 64-bit computing Supports AMD Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet⢠Technology Supports AMD HyperTransport⢠Technology Supports AMD Live!⢠Ready ATI⢠CrossFire⢠Xpress 3200/ATI⢠SB600 2000/1600 MT/s Dual-channel memory architecture 4 x 240-pin DIMM sockets support up to 8 GB unbufferred ECC/non-ECC 800/667/533 MHz DDR2 memory modules 2 x PCI Express⢠x16 slots with CrossFire support at full x16, x16 mode 2 x PCI Express⢠x1 slots 2 x PCI slots Supports ATI CrossFire⢠graphics cards (both at x16 mode) ATI SB600 Southbridge supports: - 1 x IDE connector for two Ultra DMA 133/100/66/33 hard disks - 4 x Serial ATA I/II 3.0 Gb/s hard disks with RAID 0, RAID 1, and RAID 0 1 JMicron î 360 SATA controller supports: - 1 x External Serial ATA 3.0Gb/s hard disk (SATA On- the-Go) SoundMAX î ADI 1988A 8-channel High Definition Audio CODEC Supports Multi-streaming and Universal Audio Jack Coaxial S/PDIF Out port on the rear panel Marvell î 88E8001 Gigabit LAN controller, featuring AI NET2 VIA VT6308P controller supports: - 1 x IEEE 1394a connector at mid-board - 1 x IEEE 1394a connector at rear-board Supports up to 10 USB 2.0/1.1 ports 8 Mb Flash ROM, AMI BIOS, PnP, DMI2.0, SM BIOS 2.3, WfM2.0
xii xii xii xii xii Stack Cool 2 ASUS SATA On-the-Go (External Serial ATA port on the rear panel) Noise Filter ASUS EZ DIY: - ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3 - ASUS EZ Flash 2 - ASUS Q-Connector ASUS MyLogo2 ASUS Q-Fan2 Technology Intelligent overclocking tools: - AI NOS⢠(Non-delay Overclocking System) - AI Overclocking (intelligent CPU frequency tuner) - AI Clock Skew ASUS O.C. Profile: overclocking configuration-sharing tool Precision Tweaker supports: - DIMM voltage: 12-step DRAM voltage control - Core voltage: Adjustable CPU voltage at 0.025 V increment Stepless Frequency Selection(SFS) allows: - FSB tuning from 200 MHz to 400 MHz at 1 MHz increment - PCI Express frequency tuning from 100 MHz to 150 MHz at 1 MHz increment Overclocking protection: - ASUS C.P.R. (CPU Parameter Recall) 1 x PS/2 mouse port 1 x PS/2 keyboard port 1 x LAN (RJ-45) port 4 x USB 2.0/1.1 ports 1 x IEEE1394a port 1 x Coaxial S/PDIF Out port 1 x External Serial ATA port 1 x Serial (COM) port 8-Channel audio ports WfM 2.0, DMI 2.0, WOL by PME, WOR by PME, Chassis Intrusion, PXE, and RPL M2R32-MVP specifications summary ASUS special ASUS special ASUS special ASUS special ASUS special features features features features features Overclocking Overclocking Overclocking Overclocking Overclocking Rear panel Rear panel Rear panel Rear panel Rear panel Manageabiity Manageabiity Manageabiity Manageabiity Manageabiity (continued on the next page)
xiii xiii xiii xiii xiii 3 x USB 2.0 connectors for six additional USB 2.0 ports 1 x Floppy disk drive connector 1 x IDE connector 4 x SATA connectors 1 x IEEE1394a connector 1 x CD audio in connector 1 x S/PDIF Out connector 1x CPU/2 x Chassis/1 x Power fan connectors 1 x 24-pin EATX power connector 1 x 4-pin ATX 12 V power connector Chassis intrusion connector Front panel High Definition Audio connector System panel connector Drivers ASUS PC Probe II ASUS Update Anti-virus software (OEM version) ATX form factor: 1 2 in x 9.6 in (3 0 .5 cm x 24.5 cm) Internal Internal Internal Internal Internal connectors connectors connectors connectors connectors Support CD Support CD Support CD Support CD Support CD contents contents contents contents contents Form factor Form factor Form factor Form factor Form factor *Specifications are subject to change without notice. M2R32-MVP specifications summary
xiv xiv xiv xiv xiv
1 Product information This chapter describes the motherboard features and the new technologies it supports
ASUS A8R32-MVP DELUXE ASUS A8R32-MVP DELUXE ASUS A8R32-MVP DELUXE ASUS A8R32-MVP DELUXE ASUS A8R32-MVP DELUXE Chapter summary 1 1.1 Welcome! .............................................................................. 1-1 1.2 Package contents ................................................................. 1-1 1.3 Special features .................................................................... 1-2
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 1-1 1-1 1-1 1-1 1-1 1.1 Welcome! Thank you for buying an ASUS Thank you for buying an ASUS Thank you for buying an ASUS Thank you for buying an ASUS Thank you for buying an ASUS î î î î î M2R32-MVP motherboard! M2R32-MVP motherboard! M2R32-MVP motherboard! M2R32-MVP motherboard! M2R32-MVP motherboard! The motherboard delivers a host of new features and latest technologies, making it another standout in the long line of ASUS quality motherboards! Before you start installing the motherboard, and hardware devices on it, check the items in your package with the list below. 1.2 Package contents Check your motherboard package for the following items. Motherboard Motherboard Motherboard Motherboard Motherboard ASUS M2R32-MVP motherboard Cables Cables Cables Cables Cables 1 x Floppy disk drive signal cable 1 x Ultra DMA cable 133/100/66 cable 2 x Serial ATA cables 1 x 2-port Serial ATA power cable 1 x 2-port USB 2.0 module Accessories Accessories Accessories Accessories Accessories I/O shield 1 x ASUS Q-Connector set (USB, IEEE1394a, system panel; retail version only) Application CDs Application CDs Application CDs Application CDs Application CDs ASUS motherboard support CD Documentation Documentation Documentation Documentation Documentation User guide If any of the above items is damaged or missing, contact your retailer.
1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction 1.3 Special features 1.3.1 1.3.1 1.3.1 1.3.1 1.3.1 Product highlights Product highlights Product highlights Product highlights Product highlights Latest processor technology Latest processor technology Latest processor technology Latest processor technology Latest processor technology The motherboard supports AMD socket AM2 single-core Athlon 64/ Sempron and dual-core Athlon 64 X2/Athlon 64 FX processors with 2MB/ 1MB/512KB L2 cache, which is based on 64-bit architecture. It features 2000/1600 MT/s HyperTransport Bus, dual-channel un-buffered DDR2 800 memory support and AMD Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet Technology. See page 2-6 for details. ATI CrossFire⢠Xpress 3200 ATI CrossFire⢠Xpress 3200 ATI CrossFire⢠Xpress 3200 ATI CrossFire⢠Xpress 3200 ATI CrossFire⢠Xpress 3200 The motherboard features ATI CrossFire⢠Xpress 3200 support, delivering improved overclocking and optimal PCI Express device performance. The combined multi-GPU power boosts image quality and rendering speed for the highest quality images. With its optimized peer-to-peer and general link performance GPU sharing, you are a step ahead in graphics and gaming effects. The chipset allows higher antialiasing, anisotropic filtering, sharing, and texture settings. The ATI CrossFire⢠Xpress 3200 also comes with the ATI Catalyst⢠Control Center that allows you to get real-time 3D-rendered previews of adjustments to your display configurations and advanced 3D settings. PCI Express⢠interface PCI Express⢠interface PCI Express⢠interface PCI Express⢠interface PCI Express⢠interface The motherboard fully supports PCI Express, the latest I/O interconnect technology that speeds up the PCI bus. PCI Express features point-to-point serial interconnections between devices and allows higher clockspeeds by carrying data in packets. This high speed interface is software compatible with existing PCI specifications. See page 2-19 for details. Gigabit LAN solution Gigabit LAN solution Gigabit LAN solution Gigabit LAN solution Gigabit LAN solution The motherboard comes with the Marvell î 88E8001 Gigabit LAN controller to provide the total solution for your networking needs, LAN, and file sharing requirements. See page 2-2 4 for details.
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3 Serial ATA 3.0 Gb/s technology and SATA-On-The-Go Serial ATA 3.0 Gb/s technology and SATA-On-The-Go Serial ATA 3.0 Gb/s technology and SATA-On-The-Go Serial ATA 3.0 Gb/s technology and SATA-On-The-Go Serial ATA 3.0 Gb/s technology and SATA-On-The-Go The motherboard fully supports the Serial ATA II 3.0 Gb/s technology through the Serial ATA interfaces and the ATI î SB 600 chipset. The Serial ATA 3.0 Gb/s specification provides twice the bandwidth of the current Serial ATA products with a host of new features, including Power Management (PM) Implementation Algorithm. Serial ATA allows for thinner, more flexible cables with lower pin count and reduced voltage required. Leveraging these Serial ATA 3.0 Gb/s features is the SATA-On-The-Go. Supported by the JMicron î Serial ATA controller, the Serial ATA 3.0 Gb/s connector (on the rear panel) provides smart setup and hot-plug function. See pages 2-25 and 2-27 for details. 8-channel high definition audio 8-channel high definition audio 8-channel high definition audio 8-channel high definition audio 8-channel high definition audio Onboard is the ADI î AD1988A High Definition Audio 8-channel audio CODEC. This CODEC is fully-compliant with Intel î High Definition Audio standard (192 KHz, 24-bit audio). With the CODEC, 8-channel audio ports, and S/PDIF interfaces, you can connect your computer to home theater decoders to produce crystal-clear digital audio. IEEE 1394a support IEEE 1394a support IEEE 1394a support IEEE 1394a support IEEE 1394a support The IEEE 1394a interface provides high-speed and flexible PC connectivity to a wide range of peripherals and devices compliant to IEEE 1394a standards. The IEEE 1394a interface allows up to 400 Mbps transfer rates through simple, low-cost, high-bandwidth asynchronous (real-time) data interfacing between computers, peripherals, and consumer electronic devices such as camcorders, VCRs, printers,TVs, and digital cameras. See page 2-31 for details. USB 2.0 technology USB 2.0 technology USB 2.0 technology USB 2.0 technology USB 2.0 technology The motherboard implements the Universal Serial Bus (USB) 2.0 specification, dramatically increasing the connection speed from the 12 Mbps bandwidth on USB 1.1 to a fast 480 Mbps on USB 2.0. USB 2.0 is backward compatible with USB 1.1. See pages 2-25 and 2-30 for details.
1-4 1-4 1-4 1-4 1-4 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction 1.3.2 1.3.2 1.3.2 1.3.2 1.3.2 Innovative ASUS features Innovative ASUS features Innovative ASUS features Innovative ASUS features Innovative ASUS features ASUS Stack Cool 2 ASUS Stack Cool 2 ASUS Stack Cool 2 ASUS Stack Cool 2 ASUS Stack Cool 2 ASUS Stack Cool 2 is a fan-less and zero-noise cooling solution that lowers the temperature of critical heat generating components. The motherboard uses a special design on the printed circuit board (PCB) to dissipate heat that critical components generate. Precision Tweaker Precision Tweaker Precision Tweaker Precision Tweaker Precision Tweaker This feature allows you to fine tune the CPU/memory/Northbridge voltage and gradually increase the memory Front Side Bus (FSB) and PCI Express frequency at 1MHz increment to achieve maximum system performance. See pages 4-19 and 4-20 for details. AI NOS⢠(Non-Delay Overclocking System) AI NOS⢠(Non-Delay Overclocking System) AI NOS⢠(Non-Delay Overclocking System) AI NOS⢠(Non-Delay Overclocking System) AI NOS⢠(Non-Delay Overclocking System) ASUS Non-delay Overclocking System⢠(NOS) is a technology that auto-detects the CPU loading and dynamically overclocks the CPU speed only when needed. See page 4-19 for details. Noise Filter Noise Filter Noise Filter Noise Filter Noise Filter This feature detects repetitive and stationary noises (non-voice signals) like computer fans, air conditioners, and other background noises then eliminates it in the incoming audio stream while recording. AI NET2 AI NET2 AI NET2 AI NET2 AI NET2 The AI NET2 is a BIOS-based diagnostic tool that detects and reports Ethernet cable faults and shorts. With this utility, you can easily monitor the condition of the Ethernet cable(s) connected to the LAN (RJ-45) port(s). During the bootup process, AI NET2 immediately diagnoses the LAN cable(s) and reports shorts and faults up to 100 meters at 1 meter accuracy. See page 5-11 for details.
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 1-5 1-5 1-5 1-5 1-5 ASUS Q-Fan 2 technology ASUS Q-Fan 2 technology ASUS Q-Fan 2 technology ASUS Q-Fan 2 technology ASUS Q-Fan 2 technology The ASUS Q-Fan 2 technology smartly adjusts the CPU and chassis fans speed according to the system loading to ensure quiet, cool, and efficient operation. See page 4-36 for details. ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3 The ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3 allows users to restore corrupted BIOS data from a USB flash disk containing the BIOS file. This utility saves users the cost and hassle of buying a replacement BIOS chip. See page 4-9 for details. ASUS EZ Flash 2 ASUS EZ Flash 2 ASUS EZ Flash 2 ASUS EZ Flash 2 ASUS EZ Flash 2 EZ Flash 2 is a user-friendly BIOS update utility. Simply press the predefined hotkey to launch the utility and update the BIOS without entering the OS. Update your BIOS easily without preparing a bootable diskette or using an OS-based flash utility. Q-Connector Q-Connector Q-Connector Q-Connector Q-Connector The ASUS Q-Connector allows you to connect or disconnect chassis front panel cables in one easy step with one complete module. This unique adapter eliminates the trouble of plugging in one cable at a time, making connection quick and accurate. ASUS O.C. Profile ASUS O.C. Profile ASUS O.C. Profile ASUS O.C. Profile ASUS O.C. Profile The motherboard features the ASUS BIOS Profile that allows users to conveniently store or load multiple BIOS settings. The BIOS settings can be stored in the CMOS or a separate file, giving users freedom to share and distribute their favorite settings. ASUS Multi-language BIOS ASUS Multi-language BIOS ASUS Multi-language BIOS ASUS Multi-language BIOS ASUS Multi-language BIOS The multi-language BIOS allows you to select the language of your choice from the available options. The localized BIOS menus allow easier and faster configuration. See page 4-14 for details.
1-6 1-6 1-6 1-6 1-6 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction ASUS MyLogo2⢠ASUS MyLogo2⢠ASUS MyLogo2⢠ASUS MyLogo2⢠ASUS MyLogo2⢠ASUS My Logo2⢠is the new feature present in the motherboard that allows you to personalize and add style to your system with customizable and animated boot logos. C.P.R. (CPU Parameter Recall) C.P.R. (CPU Parameter Recall) C.P.R. (CPU Parameter Recall) C.P.R. (CPU Parameter Recall) C.P.R. (CPU Parameter Recall) The C.P.R. feature of the motherboard BIOS allows automatic re-setting to the BIOS default settings in case the system hangs due to overclocking. When the system hangs due to overclocking, C.P.R. eliminates the need to open the system chassis and clear the RTC data. Simply shut down and reboot the system, and the BIOS automatically restores the CPU default setting for each parameter.
2 Hardware information This chapter lists the hardware setup procedures that you have to perform when installing system components. It includes description of the jumpers and connectors on the motherboard.
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP Chapter summary 2 2.1 Before you proceed .............................................................. 2-1 2.2 Motherboard overview .......................................................... 2-2 2.3 Central Processing Unit (CPU) .............................................. 2-6 2.4 System memory ................................................................. 2-11 2.5 Expansion slots ................................................................... 2-17 2.6 Jumper ............................................................................... 2-21 2.7 Connectors ......................................................................... 2-24
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 2-1 2-1 2-1 2-1 2-1 Onboard LED Onboard LED Onboard LED Onboard LED Onboard LED The motherboard comes with a standby power LED that lights up to indicate that the system is ON, in sleep mode, or in soft-off mode. This is a reminder that you should shut down the system and unplug the power cable before removing or plugging in any motherboard component. The illustration below shows the location of the onboard LED. 2.1 Before you proceed Take note of the following precautions before you install motherboard components or change any motherboard settings. ⢠Unplug the power cord from the wall socket before touching any component. ⢠Use a grounded wrist strap or touch a safely grounded object or a metal object, such as the power supply case, before handling components to avoid damaging them due to static electricity ⢠Hold components by the edges to avoid touching the ICs on them. ⢠Whenever you uninstall any component, place it on a grounded antistatic pad or in the bag that came with the component. ⢠Before you install or remove any component, ensure Before you install or remove any component, ensure Before you install or remove any component, ensure Before you install or remove any component, ensure Before you install or remove any component, ensure that the ATX power supply is switched off or the that the ATX power supply is switched off or the that the ATX power supply is switched off or the that the ATX power supply is switched off or the that the ATX power supply is switched off or the power cord is detached from the power supply. power cord is detached from the power supply. power cord is detached from the power supply. power cord is detached from the power supply. power cord is detached from the power supply. Failure to do so may cause severe damage to the motherboard, peripherals, and/or components. M2R32-MVP î M2R32-MVP Onboard LED SB_PWR ON Standby Power OFF Powere d Off
2-2 2-2 2-2 2-2 2-2 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information M2R32-MVP î 2.2 Motherboard overview Before you install the motherboard, study the configuration of your chassis to ensure that the motherboard fits into it. Refer to the chassis documentation before installing the motherboard. Make sure to unplug the power cord before installing or removing the motherboard. Failure to do so can cause you physical injury and damage motherboard components. 2.2.1 2.2.1 2.2.1 2.2.1 2.2.1 Placement direction Placement direction Placement direction Placement direction Placement direction When installing the motherboard, make sure that you place it into the chassis in the correct orientation. The edge with external ports goes to the rear part of the chassis as indicated in the image below. 2.2.2 2.2.2 2.2.2 2.2.2 2.2.2 Screw holes Screw holes Screw holes Screw holes Screw holes Place nine (9) screws into the holes indicated by circles to secure the motherboard to the chassis. Do not overtighten the screws! Doing so can damage the motherboard. Place this side towards Place this side towards Place this side towards Place this side towards Place this side towards the rear of the chassis the rear of the chassis the rear of the chassis the rear of the chassis the rear of the chassis
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 2-3 2-3 2-3 2-3 2-3 2.2.3 2.2.3 2.2.3 2.2.3 2.2.3 Motherboard layout Motherboard layout Motherboard layout Motherboard layout Motherboard layout P ANEL M2R32-MVP î AAFP CHASSIS 24.5cm (9.6in) 30.5cm (12.0in) CHA_F AN2 DDR2 DIMM_A1 (64 bit,240-pin module) PWR_F AN F_USB12 iTE IT8726F-S 8Mb BIOS PS/2KBMS T : Mouse B: Keyboard LAN_USB34 AD1988A PCIEX16_1 PCI1 Marvell 88E8001 CLRTC SB_PWR EA TXPWR PRI_IDE CR2032 3V Lithium Cell CMOS Power AUDIO A TX12V PCIEX1_1 IE1394_2 USB910 Socket AM2 CD DDR2 DIMM_B1 (64 bit,240-pin module) DDR2 DIMM_A2 (64 bit,240-pin module) DDR2 DIMM_B2 (64 bit,240-pin module) E S ATA COM1 CPU_F AN JMB360 CHA_F AN1 SPDIF_O1 PCIEX1_2 PCIEX16_2 PCI2 S ATA 1 S ATA 3 S ATA 2 S ATA 4 KBPWR1 USBPW12 USBPW34 VIA VT6308P USB78 USB56 USBPW56 USBPW78 USBPW910 FLOPPY SPDIF_OUT
2-4 2-4 2-4 2-4 2-4 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.2.4 2.2.4 2.2.4 2.2.4 2.2.4 Layout Contents Layout Contents Layout Contents Layout Contents Layout Contents Slots Slots Slots Slots Slots Page Page Page Page Page 1. DDR DIMM slots 2-11 2. PCI slots 2-19 3. PCI Express x1 slots 2-19 4. PCI Express x16 slots 2-19 Jumper Jumper Jumper Jumper Jumper Page Page Page Page Page 1. Clear RTC RAM (3-pin CLRTC) 2-21 2. USB device wake-up (3-pin USBPW12, USBPW34, USBPW56, 2-22 USBPW78, USBPW910) 3. Keyboard power (3-pin KBPWR1) 2-23 Rear panel connectors Rear panel connectors Rear panel connectors Rear panel connectors Rear panel connectors Page Page Page Page Page 1. PS/2 mouse port (green) 2-24 2. IEEEa 1394 port 2-24 3. LAN (RJ-45) port 2-24 4. Rear Speaker Out port (black) 2-24 5. Center/Subwoofer port (orange) 2-24 6. Line In port (light blue) 2-24 7. Line Out port (lime) 2-24 8. Coaxial S/PDIF Out port 2-25 9. Microphone port (pink) 2-25 10. Side Speaker Out port (gray) 2-25 11. USB 2.0 ports 3 and 4 2-25 12. USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2 2-25 13. External SATA port 2-25 14. Serial (COM) port 2-25 15. PS/2 keyboard port (purple) 2-25
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 2-5 2-5 2-5 2-5 2-5 Internal connectors Internal connectors Internal connectors Internal connectors Internal connectors Page Page Page Page Page 1. Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY) 2-26 2. IDE connectors (40-1 pin PRI_IDE) 2-26 3. Serial ATA connectors (7-pin SATA1, SATA2, SATA3, SATA4) 2-27 4. CPU, Chassis, and Power fan connectors 2-29 (4-3 pin CPU_FAN, 3-pin CHA_FAN1, 3-pin CHA_FAN2, 3-pin PWR_FAN ) 5. USB connectors (10-1 USB56, USB78, USB910) 2-30 6. Power connectors (24-pin EATXPWR, 4-pin ATX12V) 2-30 7. IEEE 1394a connectors (10-1 pin IE1394_2) 2-31 8. Chassis intrusion connector (4-1 pin CHASSIS) 2-32 9. Digital audio connector (4-1 pin SPDIF_OUT) 2-32 10. Front panel audio connector (10-1 pin AAFP) 2-33 11. Audio connector (4-pin CD [black]) 2-33 12. System panel connector 2-34 - System Power LED - Hard Disk activity - System warning speaker - Power/Soft-off button - Reset switch 13. Q-Connector (System panel) 2-35
2-6 2-6 2-6 2-6 2-6 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.3 Central Processing Unit (CPU) 2.3.1 2.3.1 2.3.1 2.3.1 2.3.1 Installing the CPU Installing the CPU Installing the CPU Installing the CPU Installing the CPU To install a CPU. 1. Locate the CPU socket on the motherboard. 2. Unlock the socket by pressing the lever sideways, then lift it up to a 90ð-100ð angle. Make sure that the socket lever is lifted up to 90ð-100ð angle, otherwise the CPU does not fit in completely. Socket lever Socket lever Socket lever Socket lever Socket lever The motherboard comes with a 940-pin AM2 socket designed for the AMD Athlon⢠64 X2/Athlon⢠64/Athlon⢠FX/Sempron⢠processor. The AM2 socket has a different pinout from the 939-pin socket designed for the AMD Opteron⢠processor. Make sure you use a CPU is designed for the AM2 socket. The CPU fits in only one correct orientation. DO NOT force the CPU into the socket to prevent bending the connectors on the socket and damaging the CPU! M2R32-MVP î M2R32-MVP CPU Socket AM2
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 2-7 2-7 2-7 2-7 2-7 3. Position the CPU above the socket such that the CPU corner with the gold triangle matches the socket corner with a small triangle. 4. Carefully insert the CPU into the socket until it fits in place. The CPU fits only in one correct orientation. DO NOT force the CPU into the socket to prevent bending the pins and damaging the CPU! 5. When the CPU is in place, push down the socket lever to secure the CPU. The lever clicks on the side tab to indicate that it is locked. 6. Install a CPU heatsink and fan following the instructions that came with the heatsink package. Gold triangle Gold triangle Gold triangle Gold triangle Gold triangle Small triangle Small triangle Small triangle Small triangle Small triangle
2-8 2-8 2-8 2-8 2-8 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.3.2 2.3.2 2.3.2 2.3.2 2.3.2 Installing the heatsink and fan Installing the heatsink and fan Installing the heatsink and fan Installing the heatsink and fan Installing the heatsink and fan The AMD Athlon⢠64 X2/Athlon⢠64 FX/Athlon⢠64/Sempron⢠processor requires a specially designed heatsink and fan assembly to ensure optimum thermal condition and performance. Make sure that you use only AMD-certified heatsink and fan assembly. To install the CPU heatsink and fan: 1. Place the heatsink on top of the installed CPU, making sure that the heatsink fits properly on the retention module base. ⢠The retention module base is already installed on the motherboard upon purchase. ⢠You do not have to remove the retention module base when installing the CPU or installing other motherboard components. ⢠If you purchased a separate CPU heatsink and fan assembly, make sure that a Thermal Interface Material is properly applied to the CPU heatsink or CPU before you install the heatsink and fan assembly. Retention module base Retention module base Retention module base Retention module base Retention module base CPU heatsink CPU heatsink CPU heatsink CPU heatsink CPU heatsink CPU fan CPU fan CPU fan CPU fan CPU fan Retention bracket lock Retention bracket lock Retention bracket lock Retention bracket lock Retention bracket lock Retention bracket Retention bracket Retention bracket Retention bracket Retention bracket Your boxed CPU heatsink and fan assembly should come with installation instructions for the CPU, heatsink, and the retention mechanism. If the instructions in this section do not match the CPU documentation, follow the latter.
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 2-9 2-9 2-9 2-9 2-9 2. Attach one end of the retention bracket to the retention module base. 3. Align the other end of the retention bracket (near the retention bracket lock) to the retention module base. A clicking sound denotes that the retention bracket is in place. Make sure that the fan and heatsink assembly perfectly fits the retention mechanism module base, otherwise you cannot snap the retention bracket in place. 4. Push down the retention bracket lock on the retention mechanism to secure the heatsink and fan to the module base.
2-10 2-10 2-10 2-10 2-10 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 5. When the fan and heatsink assembly is in place, connect the CPU fan cable to the connector on the motherboard labeled CPU_FAN. Do not forget to connect the CPU fan connector! Hardware monitoring errors can occur if you fail to plug this connector. M2R32-MVP î M2R32-MVP CPU fan connector CPU_F AN GND CPU F AN PWR CPU F AN IN CPU F AN PWM
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 2-11 2-11 2-11 2-11 2-11 2.4 System memory 2.4.1 2.4.1 2.4.1 2.4.1 2.4.1 Overview Overview Overview Overview Overview The motherboard comes with four Double Data Rate 2 (DDR2) Dual Inline Memory Modules (DIMM) sockets. A DDR2 module has the same physical dimensions as a DDR DIMM but has a 240-pin footprint compared to the 184-pin DDR DIMM. DDR2 DIMMs are notched differently to prevent installation on a DDR DIMM socket. The figure illustrates the location of the DDR2 DIMM sockets: M2R32-MVP î M2R32-MVP 240-pin DDR2 DIMM sockets DIMM_B 1 DIMM_A 1 DIMM_B 2 DIMM_A 2 In dual-channel configurations, installing identical identical identical identical identical (the same type and size) DDR2 DIMM pairs for each channel provides optimum performance. Channel Channel Channel Channel Channel Sockets Sockets Sockets Sockets Sockets Channel A DIMM_A1 and DIMM_A2 Channel B DIMM_B1 and DIMM _B2
2-12 2-12 2-12 2-12 2-12 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.4.2 2.4.2 2.4.2 2.4.2 2.4.2 Memory configurations Memory configurations Memory configurations Memory configurations Memory configurations You may install 256 MB, 512 MB, 1 GB, and 2 GB unbuffered ECC/non-ECC DDR2 DIMMs into the DIMM sockets. ⢠For dual-channel configuration, the total size of memory module(s) installed per channel must be the same (DIMM_A1 DIMM_B1 = DIMM_A2 DIMM_B2) ⢠Always install DIMMs with the same CAS latency. For optimum compatibility, we recommend that you obtain memory modules from the same vendor. Refer to the DDR2 Qualified Vendors List below for details. ⢠Due to chipset resource allocation, the system may detect less than 8 GB system memory when you installed four 2 GB DDR2 memory modules. Recommended memory configurations Recommended memory configurations Recommended memory configurations Recommended memory configurations Recommended memory configurations Sockets Sockets Sockets Sockets Sockets Mode Mode Mode Mode Mode DIMM_A1 DIMM_A1 DIMM_A1 DIMM_A1 DIMM_A1 DIMM_B1 DIMM_B1 DIMM_B1 DIMM_B1 DIMM_B1 DIMM_A2 DIMM_A2 DIMM_A2 DIMM_A2 DIMM_A2 DIMM_B2 DIMM_B2 DIMM_B2 DIMM_B2 DIMM_B2 Single-channel â Populated â â Populated â â â Dual-channel(1)* Populated Populated â â Dual-channel(2)** Populated Populated Populated Populated * Use only identical DDR2 DIMM pairs. * Use only identical DDR2 DIMM pairs. * Use only identical DDR2 DIMM pairs. * Use only identical DDR2 DIMM pairs. * Use only identical DDR2 DIMM pairs. **For dual-channel configuration (2), you may: **For dual-channel configuration (2), you may: **For dual-channel configuration (2), you may: **For dual-channel configuration (2), you may: **For dual-channel configuration (2), you may: ⢠install identical DIMMs in all four sockets OR OR OR OR OR ⢠install identical DIMM pair in DIMM_A1 and DIMM_B1 (yellow sockets) and another identical DIMM pair in DIMM_A2 and DIMM_B2 (black sockets)
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 2-13 2-13 2-13 2-13 2-13 DDR2 (800 MHz) Qualified Vendors List DDR2 (800 MHz) Qualified Vendors List DDR2 (800 MHz) Qualified Vendors List DDR2 (800 MHz) Qualified Vendors List DDR2 (800 MHz) Qualified Vendors List DIMM support DIMM support DIMM support DIMM support DIMM support Size Size Size Size Size Vendor Vendor Vendor Vendor Vendor Chip No. Chip No. Chip No. Chip No. Chip No. Brand Brand Brand Brand Brand Side/s* Side/s* Side/s* Side/s* Side/s* Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No. A A A A A B B B B B C C C C C 512MB KINGSTON K4T51083QC N/A SS KVR800D2N5/512 ⢠⢠⢠512 MB Qimonda HYB18T256800AF25F N/A DS HYS64T64020HU-25F-A ⢠⢠256 MB Qimonda HYB18T512160BF-25F N/A SS HYS64T32000HU-25F-B ⢠⢠⢠512 MB Qimonda HYB18T512800BF25F N/A SS HYS64T64000HU-25F-B ⢠⢠1024MB Qimonda HYB18T512800BF25F N/A DS HYS64T128020HU-25F-B ⢠⢠512 MB SAMSUNG EDD339XX N/A SS M378T6553CZ3-CE7 ⢠⢠256 MB SAMSUNG K4T51163QC-ZCE7 N/A SS M378T3354CZ3-CE7 ⢠⢠512 MB Hynix HY5PS12821BFP-S5 N/A SS HYMP564U64BP8-S5 ⢠⢠⢠1024 MB Hynix HY5PS12821BFP-S5 N/A DS HYMP512U64BP8-S5 ⢠⢠512 MB MICRON 5JAIIZ9DQQ N/A SS MT8HTF6464AY-80EA3 ⢠⢠⢠1024 MB MICRON 5JAIIZ9DQQ N/A DS MT16HTF12864AY-80EA3 ⢠⢠512 MB MICRON 5ZD22D9GKX N/A SS MT8HTF6464AY-80ED4 ⢠⢠1024 MB MICRON 5ZD22D9GKX N/A DS MT16HTF12864AY-80ED4 ⢠⢠512 MB MICRON 6CD22D9GKX N/A SS MT8HTF6464AY-80ED4 ⢠⢠⢠1024 MB MICRON 6CD22D9GKX N/A DS MT16HTF12864AY-80ED4 ⢠⢠1024 MB CORSAIR Heat-Sink Package N/A DS CM2X1024-6400C4 ⢠⢠1024 MB ELPIDA E1108AB-8E-E(ECC) N/A SS EBE10EE8ABFA-8E-E ⢠⢠512 MB A-DATA N/A N/A SS M2OAD6G3H3160J1E52 ⢠⢠⢠512 MB A-DATA AD29608A8A-25EG N/A SS M20AD6G3H3160I1E5E ⢠⢠512 MB Crucial Heat-Sink Package N/A SS BL6464AA804.8FD ⢠⢠⢠1024 MB Crucial Heat-Sink Package N/A DS BL12864AA804.16FD ⢠⢠512 MB Apacer E2508AB-GE-E N/A DS 78.91091.420 ⢠⢠Legend: Legend: Legend: Legend: Legend: A A A A A - supports one module inserted in any slot as Single-channel memory configuration. B B B B B - Supports one pair of modules inserted into either the yellow slots or the black slots as one pair of Dual-channel memory configuration. C C C C C - Supports 4 modules inserted into the yellow and black slots as two pairs of Dual-channel memory configuration SS SS SS SS S S - Single-sided DS DS DS DS D S - Double-sided Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) for the latest Qualified Vendors List.
2-14 2-14 2-14 2-14 2-14 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information DDR2 (667 MHz) Qualified Vendors List DDR2 (667 MHz) Qualified Vendors List DDR2 (667 MHz) Qualified Vendors List DDR2 (667 MHz) Qualified Vendors List DDR2 (667 MHz) Qualified Vendors List DIMM support DIMM support DIMM support DIMM support DIMM support Legend: Legend: Legend: Legend: Legend: A A A A A - supports one module inserted in any slot as Single-channel memory configuration. B B B B B - Supports one pair of modules inserted into either the yellow slots or the black slots as one pair of Dual-channel memory configuration. C C C C C - Supports 4 modules inserted into the yellow and black slots as two pairs of Dual-channel memory configuration SS SS SS SS S S - Single-sided DS DS DS DS D S - Double-sided Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) for the latest Qualified Vendors List. 512MB KINGSTON E5108AE-6E-E N/A SS SSKVR667D2N5/512 ⢠⢠⢠512MB KINGSTON E5108AE-6E-E N/A SS KVR667D2E5/512 ⢠⢠256MB KINGSTON HYB18T256800AF3 N/A SS KVR667D2N5/256 ⢠⢠256MB Qimonda HYB18T512160AF-3S N/A SS HYS64T32000HU-3S-A ⢠⢠⢠512MB Qimonda HYB18T512800AF3S N/A SS HYS64T64000HU-3S-A ⢠⢠256MB Qimonda HYB18T256800AF3S(ECC) N/A SS HYS72T32000HU-3S-A ⢠⢠512MB Qimonda HYB18T512800AF3S(ECC) N/A SS HYS72T64000HU-3S-A ⢠⢠256MB Qimonda HYB18T512160BF-3S N/A SS HYS64T32000HU-3S-B ⢠⢠512MB Qimonda HYB18T512800BF3S N/A SS HYS64T64000HU-3S-B ⢠⢠256MB SAMSUNG K4T51163QC-ZCE6 N/A SS M378T3354CZ0-CE6 ⢠⢠⢠512MB SAMSUNG ZCE6K4T51083QC N/A SS M378T6553CZ0-CE6 ⢠⢠1024MB SAMSUNG ZCE6K4T51083QC N/A DS M378T2953CZ0-CE6 ⢠⢠512MB Hynix HY5PS12821AFP-Y5 N/A SS HYMP564U64AP8-Y5 ⢠⢠1024MB Hynix HY5PS1G831FP-Y5(ECC) N/A SS HYMP112U72P8-Y5 ⢠⢠512MB Hynix HY5PS12821AFP-Y4 N/A SS HYMP564U64AP8-Y4 ⢠⢠256MB ELPIDA E2508AB-6E-E N/A SS EBE25UC8ABFA-6E-E ⢠⢠512MB ELPIDA E5108AE-6E-E N/A SS EBE51UD8AEFA-6E-E ⢠⢠512MB crucial Heat-Sink Package N/A SS BL6464AA663.8FD ⢠⢠512MB Transcend E5108AE-6E-E N/A SS TS64MLQ64V6J ⢠⢠1024MB Transcend E5108AE-6E-E N/A DS TS128MLQ64V6J ⢠⢠512MB Transcend J12Q3AB-6 N/A SS JM367Q643A-6 ⢠⢠Size Size Size Size Size Vendor Vendor Vendor Vendor Vendor Chip No. Chip No. Chip No. Chip No. Chip No. Brand Brand Brand Brand Brand Side/s* Side/s* Side/s* Side/s* Side/s* Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No. A A A A A B B B B B C C C C C
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 2-15 2-15 2-15 2-15 2-15 DDR2 (533 MHz) Qualified Vendors List DDR2 (533 MHz) Qualified Vendors List DDR2 (533 MHz) Qualified Vendors List DDR2 (533 MHz) Qualified Vendors List DDR2 (533 MHz) Qualified Vendors List DIMM support DIMM support DIMM support DIMM support DIMM support Legend: Legend: Legend: Legend: Legend: A A A A A - supports one module inserted in any slot as Single-channel memory configuration. B B B B B - Supports one pair of modules inserted into either the yellow slots or the black slots as one pair of Dual-channel memory configuration. C C C C C - Supports 4 modules inserted into the yellow and black slots as two pairs of Dual-channel memory configuration SS SS SS SS S S - Single-sided DS DS DS DS D S - Double-sided Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) for the latest Qualified Vendors List. 256MB KINGSTON E5116AF-5C-E N/A SS KVR533D2N4/256 â¢â¢â¢ 512MB KINGSTON HYB18T512800AF37 N/A SS KVR533D2N4/512 â¢â¢ 1024MB KINGSTON 5YDIID9GCT N/A DS KVR533D2N4/1G â¢â¢â¢ 256MB Qimonda HYB18T512160AF-3.7 N/A SS HYS64T32000HU-3.7-A â¢â¢ ⢠512MB Qimonda HYB18T512800AF37 N/A SS HYS64T64000HU-3.7-A â¢â¢ 1024MB Qimonda HYB18T512800AF37 N/A DS HYS64T128020HU-3.7-A â¢â¢ 256MB Qimonda HYB18T5121608BF-3.7 N/A SS HYS64T32000HU-3.7-B â¢â¢ ⢠512MB Qimonda HYB18T512800BF37 N/A SS HYS64T64000HU-3.7-B â¢â¢ 1024MB Qimonda HYB18T512800BF37 N/A DS HYS64T128020HU-3.7-B â¢â¢ 256MB Qimonda HYB18T256800AF37(ECC) N/A SS HYS72T32000HU-3.7-A â¢â¢ 1024MB Qimonda HYB18T512800AF37(ECC) N/A DS HYS72T128020HU-3.7-A â¢â¢ 512MB Hynix HY5PS12821F-C4 N/A SS HYMP564U648-C4 â¢â¢â¢ 1024MB Hynix HY5PS12821F-C4 N/A DS HYMP512U648-C4 â¢â¢ 512MB Hynix HY5PS12821FP-C4(ECC) N/A SS HYMP564U728-C4 â¢â¢â¢ 512MB Hynix HY5PS12821AFP-C3 N/A SS HYMP564U64AP8-C3 â¢â¢ 1024MB Hynix HY5PS12821AFP-C3 N/A DS HYMP512U64AP8-C3 â¢â¢ 512MB ELPIDA E5108AB-5C-E N/A SS EBE51UD8ABFA-5C-E â¢â¢â¢ 256MB Apacer E5116AB-5C-E N/A SS 78.81077.420 â¢â¢ ⢠512MB KINGMAX E5108AE-5C-E N/A SS KLBC28F-A8EB4 â¢â¢ Size Size Size Size Size Vendor Vendor Vendor Vendor Vendor Chip No. Chip No. Chip No. Chip No. Chip No. Brand Brand Brand Brand Brand Side/s* Side/s* Side/s* Side/s* Side/s* Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No. A A A A A B C B C B C B C B C
2-16 2-16 2-16 2-16 2-16 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.4.3 2.4.3 2.4.3 2.4.3 2.4.3 Installing a DIMM Installing a DIMM Installing a DIMM Installing a DIMM Installing a DIMM 1. Unlock a DIMM socket by pressing the retaining clips outward. 2. Align a DIMM on the socket such that the notch on the DIMM matches the break on the socket. 3. Firmly insert the DIMM into the socket until the retaining clips snap back in place and the DIMM is properly seated. Make sure to unplug the power supply before adding or removing DIMMs or other system components. Failure to do so may cause severe damage to both the motherboard and the components. Unlocked retaining clip Unlocked retaining clip Unlocked retaining clip Unlocked retaining clip Unlocked retaining clip DDR2 DIMM notch DDR2 DIMM notch DDR2 DIMM notch DDR2 DIMM notch DDR2 DIMM notch 1 2 1 2.4.4 2.4.4 2.4.4 2.4.4 2.4.4 Removing a DIMM Removing a DIMM Removing a DIMM Removing a DIMM Removing a DIMM To remove a DIMM: 1. Simultaneously press the retaining clips outward to unlock the DIMM. 2. Remove the DIMM from the socket. Support the DIMM lightly with your fingers when pressing the retaining clips. The DIMM might get damaged when it flips out with extra force. DDR2 DIMM notch DDR2 DIMM notch DDR2 DIMM notch DDR2 DIMM notch DDR2 DIMM notch 1 2 1 3 ⢠A DDR2 DIMM is keyed with a notch so that it fits in only one direction. DO NOT force a DIMM into a socket to avoid damaging the DIMM. ⢠The DDR2 DIMM sockets do not support DDR DIMMs. Do not install DDR DIMMs to the DDR2 DIMM sockets.
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 2-17 2-17 2-17 2-17 2-17 2.5 Expansion slots In the future, you may need to install expansion cards. The following sub-sections describe the slots and the expansion cards that they support. 2.5.1 2.5.1 2.5.1 2.5.1 2.5.1 Installing an expansion card Installing an expansion card Installing an expansion card Installing an expansion card Installing an expansion card To install an expansion card: 1. Before installing the expansion card, read the documentation that came with it and make the necessary hardware settings for the card. 2. Remove the system unit cover (if your motherboard is already installed in a chassis). 3. Remove the bracket opposite the slot that you intend to use. Keep the screw for later use. 4. Align the card connector with the slot and press firmly until the card is completely seated on the slot. 5. Secure the card to the chassis with the screw you removed earlier. 6. Replace the system cover. 2.5.2 2.5.2 2.5.2 2.5.2 2.5.2 Configuring an expansion card Configuring an expansion card Configuring an expansion card Configuring an expansion card Configuring an expansion card After installing the expansion card, configure it by adjusting the software settings. 1. Turn on the system and change the necessary BIOS settings, if any. See Chapter 4 for information on BIOS setup. 2. Assign an IRQ to the card. Refer to the tables on the next page. 3. Install the software drivers for the expansion card. Make sure to unplug the power cord before adding or removing expansion cards. Failure to do so may cause you physical injury and damage motherboard components.
2-18 2-18 2-18 2-18 2-18 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.5.3 2.5.3 2.5.3 2.5.3 2.5.3 Interrupt assignments Interrupt assignments Interrupt assignments Interrupt assignments Interrupt assignments Standard interrupt assignments Standard interrupt assignments Standard interrupt assignments Standard interrupt assignments Standard interrupt assignments IRQ IRQ IRQ IRQ IRQ Priority Priority Priority Priority Priority Standard Function Standard Function Standard Function Standard Function Standard Function 0 1 System Timer 1 2 Keyboard Controller 2 â Re-direct to IRQ #9 3 11 Reserved 4 12 Communications Port (COM1)* 5 13 IRQ holder for PCI steering* 6 14 Floppy Disk Controller 7 15 Printer Port (LPT1)* 8 3 System CMOS/Real Time Clock 9 4 IRQ holder for PCI steering* 10 5 IRQ holder for PCI steering* 11 6 IRQ holder for PCI steering* 12 7 PS/2 Compatible Mouse Port* 13 8 Numeric Data Processor 14 9 Primary IDE/SATA Channel 15 10 Secondary IDE/SATA Channel * These IRQs are usually available for ISA or PCI devices. * These IRQs are usually available for ISA or PCI devices. * These IRQs are usually available for ISA or PCI devices. * These IRQs are usually available for ISA or PCI devices. * These IRQs are usually available for ISA or PCI devices. When using PCI cards on shared slots, ensure that the drivers support âÂÂShare IRQâ or that the cards do not need IRQ assignment; otherwise, conflicts will arise between the two PCI groups, making the system unstable and the card inoperable. IRQ assignments for this motherboard IRQ assignments for this motherboard IRQ assignments for this motherboard IRQ assignments for this motherboard IRQ assignments for this motherboard A A A A A B B B B B C C C C C D D D D D E E E E E F F F F F G G G G G H H H H H PCI slot 1 â â â â shared shared shared shared PCI slot 2 â â â â shared shared shared shared IEEE 1394a â â â â â â shared â LAN (88E8001) â â â â â shared â â PCI-E x1_1 shared shared shared shared âÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâ PCI-E x1_2 shared shared shared shared âÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâ PCI-E x16_1 shared shared shared shared âÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâ PCI-E x16_2 shared shared shared shared âÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâ USB 1. 0 controller 1 â â â shared âÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâ USB 1. 0 controller 2 â â â shared âÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâ USB 1. 0 controller 3 â â â shared âÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâ USB 1. 0 controller 4 â â â shared âÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâ USB 2. 0 controller â â â shared âÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâ HD audio shared â â â âÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâ SATA JMB360 shared shared shared shared âÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâ On-board SATA â â â â â shared â âÂÂ
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 2-19 2-19 2-19 2-19 2-19 2.5.4 2.5.4 2.5.4 2.5.4 2.5.4 Two PCI slots Two PCI slots Two PCI slots Two PCI slots Two PCI slots The PCI slots support cards such as a LAN card, SCSI card, USB card, and other cards that comply with PCI specifications. The figure shows a LAN card installed on a PCI slot. 2.5.5 2.5.5 2.5.5 2.5.5 2.5.5 Two PCI Express x1 slots Two PCI Express x1 slots Two PCI Express x1 slots Two PCI Express x1 slots Two PCI Express x1 slots This motherboard supports two PCI Express x1 network cards, SCSI cards and other cards that comply with the PCI Express specifications. The figure shows a network card installed on the PCI Express x1 slot. 2.5.6 2.5.6 2.5.6 2.5.6 2.5.6 Two PCI Express x16 slots Two PCI Express x16 slots Two PCI Express x16 slots Two PCI Express x16 slots Two PCI Express x16 slots This motherboard supports two ATI CrossFire⢠PCI Express x16 graphics cards that comply with the PCI Express specifications. The figure shows two graphics cards installed on the PCI Express x16 slots. See Chapter 6 for details on the CrossFire⢠technology feature.
2-20 2-20 2-20 2-20 2-20 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information ⢠We recommend that you install a VGA card on the primary (blue) PCI Express slot and install any other PCI Express device on the secondary (black) PCI Express slot. ⢠In CrossFire⢠mode, install the ATI CrossFire⢠Edition In CrossFire⢠mode, install the ATI CrossFire⢠Edition In CrossFire⢠mode, install the ATI CrossFire⢠Edition In CrossFire⢠mode, install the ATI CrossFire⢠Edition In CrossFire⢠mode, install the ATI CrossFire⢠Edition (Master) graphics card on the primary (blue) PCI (Master) graphics card on the primary (blue) PCI (Master) graphics card on the primary (blue) PCI (Master) graphics card on the primary (blue) PCI (Master) graphics card on the primary (blue) PCI Express slot; otherwise, the system will not boot. Express slot; otherwise, the system will not boot. Express slot; otherwise, the system will not boot. Express slot; otherwise, the system will not boot. Express slot; otherwise, the system will not boot. ⢠If you do not configure the PCI Express device (s) according to the table below, the system may have a failed or delayed power-on self test (POST). ⢠Refer to the table below for possible PCI Express Card configurations. PCI Express x16 slot configurations PCI Express x16 slot configurations PCI Express x16 slot configurations PCI Express x16 slot configurations PCI Express x16 slot configurations PCIEX16_1 (blue) slot PCIEX16_1 (blue) slot PCIEX16_1 (blue) slot PCIEX16_1 (blue) slot PCIEX16_1 (blue) slot PCIEX16_2 (black) slot PCIEX16_2 (black) slot PCIEX16_2 (black) slot PCIEX16_2 (black) slot PCIEX16_2 (black) slot Card Type Card Type Card Type Card Type Card Type Speed Speed Speed Speed Speed Card Type Card Type Card Type Card Type Card Type Speed Speed Speed Speed Speed Single graphics card PCIe x16 graphics card x16 PCIe x16 graphics card x16 PCIe devices (non-VGA) x16 Dual graphics cards in CrossFire⢠mode* ATI CrossFire Edition x16 ATI CrossFire-ready x16 graphics card graphics card * In CrossFire⢠mode, install two ATI graphics cards from the same GPU family. Graphics card x16 Graphics card x16 Dual graphics cards (Dual display)
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 2-21 2-21 2-21 2-21 2-21 2.6 Jumper 1. 1. 1. 1. 1. Clear RTC RAM (CLRTC) Clear RTC RAM (CLRTC) Clear RTC RAM (CLRTC) Clear RTC RAM (CLRTC) Clear RTC RAM (CLRTC) This jumper allows you to clear the Real Time Clock (RTC) RAM in CMOS. You can clear the CMOS memory of date, time, and system setup parameters by erasing the CMOS RTC RAM data. The onboard button cell battery powers the RAM data in CMOS, which include system setup information such as system passwords. To erase the RTC RAM: 1. Turn OFF the computer and unplug the power cord. 2. Remove the onboard battery. 3. Move the jumper cap from pins 1-2 (default) to pins 2-3. Keep the cap on pins 2-3 for about 5~10 seconds, then move the cap back to pins 1-2. 4. Reinstall the battery. 5. Plug the power cord and turn ON the computer. 6. Hold down the <Del> key during the boot process and enter BIOS setup to re-enter data. Except when clearing the RTC RAM, never remove the cap on CLRTC jumper default position. Removing the cap will cause system boot failure! You do not need to clear the RTC when the system hangs due to overclocking. For system failure due to overclocking, use the C.P.R. (CPU Parameter Recall) feature. Shut down and reboot the system so the BIOS can automatically reset parameter settings to default values. M2R32-MVP î M2R32-MVP Clear RTC RAM CLRTC Normal Clear CMOS (Default) 12 23
2-22 2-22 2-22 2-22 2-22 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. USB device wake-up (3-pin USBPW12, USBPW34, USB device wake-up (3-pin USBPW12, USBPW34, USB device wake-up (3-pin USBPW12, USBPW34, USB device wake-up (3-pin USBPW12, USBPW34, USB device wake-up (3-pin USBPW12, USBPW34, USBPW56, USBPW78, USBPW910) USBPW56, USBPW78, USBPW910) USBPW56, USBPW78, USBPW910) USBPW56, USBPW78, USBPW910) USBPW56, USBPW78, USBPW910) Set these jumpers to 5V to wake up the computer from S1 sleep mode (CPU stopped, DRAM refreshed, system running in low power mode) using the connected USB devices. Set to 5VSB to wake up from S3 and S4 sleep modes. The USBPW12 and USBPW34 jumpers are for the rear USB ports. The USBPW56, USBPW78, and USBPW910 jumpers are for the internal USB connectors that you can connect to additional USB ports. ⢠The USB device wake-up feature requires a power supply that can provide 500mA on the 5VSB lead for each USB port; otherwise, the system will not power up. ⢠The total current consumed must NOT exceed the power supply capability ( 5VSB) whether under normal condition or in sleep mode. M2R32-MVP î 2 1 (Default) 5V 5VSB 2 3 USBPW910 3 2 2 1 5V (Default) 5VSB USBPW12 USBPW34 M2R32-MVP USB device wake up 3 2 2 1 5V (Default) 5VSB USBPW56 USBPW78
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 2-23 2-23 2-23 2-23 2-23 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. Keyboard power (3-pin KBPWR1) Keyboard power (3-pin KBPWR1) Keyboard power (3-pin KBPWR1) Keyboard power (3-pin KBPWR1) Keyboard power (3-pin KBPWR1) This jumper allows you to enable or disable the keyboard wake-up feature. Set this jumper to pins 2-3 ( 5VSB) to wake up the computer when you press a key on the keyboard (the default is the Space Bar). This feature requires an ATX power supply that can supply at least 500 mA on the 5VSB lead, and a corresponding setting in the BIOS. M2R32-MVP î M2R32-MVP Keyboard power setting 2 1 (Default) 5V 5VSB KBPWR1 2 3
2-24 2-24 2-24 2-24 2-24 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.7 Connectors 2.7.1 2.7.1 2.7.1 2.7.1 2.7.1 Rear panel connectors Rear panel connectors Rear panel connectors Rear panel connectors Rear panel connectors 1. 1. 1. 1. 1. PS/2 mouse port (green). PS/2 mouse port (green). PS/2 mouse port (green). PS/2 mouse port (green). PS/2 mouse port (green). This port is for a PS/2 mouse. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. EEE 1394a port. EEE 1394a port. EEE 1394a port. EEE 1394a port. EEE 1394a port. This 6-pin IEEE 1394a port provides high-speed connectivity for audio/video devices, storage peripherals, PCs, or portable devices. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. Line In port (light blue). Line In port (light blue). Line In port (light blue). Line In port (light blue). Line In port (light blue). This port connects a tape, CD, DVD player, or other audio sources. 7. 7. 7. 7. 7. Line Out port (lime). Line Out port (lime). Line Out port (lime). Line Out port (lime). Line Out port (lime). This port connects a headphone or a speaker. In 4-channel, 6-channel, and 8-channel configuration, the function of this port becomes Front Speaker Out. Refer to the audio configuration table below for the function of the audio ports in 2, 4, or 6, or 8-channel configuration. 5 13 1 15 8 4 6 7 9 10 14 11 3 2 12 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. LAN (RJ-45) port. LAN (RJ-45) port. LAN (RJ-45) port. LAN (RJ-45) port. LAN (RJ-45) port. Supported by Marvell î Gigabit LAN controller, this port allows Gigabit connection to a Local Area Network (LAN) through a network hub. Refer to the table below for the LAN port LED indications. LAN port LED indications LAN port LED indications LAN port LED indications LAN port LED indications LAN port LED indications LAN port LAN port LAN port LAN port LAN port SPEED SPEED SPEED SPEED SPEED LED LED LED LED LED ACT/LINK ACT/LINK ACT/LINK ACT/LINK ACT/LINK LED LED LED LED LED ACT/LINK LED ACT/LINK LED ACT/LINK LED ACT/LINK LED ACT/LINK LED SPEED LED SPEED LED SPEED LED SPEED LED SPEED LED Status Status Status Status Status Description Description Description Description Description Status Status Status Status Status Description Description Description Description Description OFF No link OFF 10 Mbps connection Orange Linked ORANGE 100 Mbps connection BLINKING Data activity GREEN 1 Gbps connection 4. 4. 4. 4. 4. Rear Speaker Out port (black). Rear Speaker Out port (black). Rear Speaker Out port (black). Rear Speaker Out port (black). Rear Speaker Out port (black). This port connects the rear speakers on a 4-channel, 6-channel, or 8-channel audio configuration. 5. 5. 5. 5. 5. Center/Subwoofer port (orange). Center/Subwoofer port (orange). Center/Subwoofer port (orange). Center/Subwoofer port (orange). Center/Subwoofer port (orange). This port connects the center/subwoofer speakers.
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 2-25 2-25 2-25 2-25 2-25 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. Microphone port (pink) Microphone port (pink) Microphone port (pink) Microphone port (pink) Microphone port (pink) . This port connects a microphone. 10. 10. 10. 10. 10. Side Speaker Out port (gray). Side Speaker Out port (gray). Side Speaker Out port (gray). Side Speaker Out port (gray). Side Speaker Out port (gray). This port connects the side speakers in an 8-channel audio configuration. 11. 11. 11. 11. 11. USB 2.0 ports 3 and 4. USB 2.0 ports 3 and 4. USB 2.0 ports 3 and 4. USB 2.0 ports 3 and 4. USB 2.0 ports 3 and 4. These two 4-pin Universal Serial Bus (USB) ports are available for connecting USB 2.0 devices. 12. 12. 12. 12. 12. USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2. USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2. USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2. USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2. USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2. These two 4-pin Universal Serial Bus (USB) ports are available for connecting USB 2.0 devices. 13. 13. 13. 13. 13. External SATA port. External SATA port. External SATA port. External SATA port. External SATA port. This port connects to an external SATA box or a Serial ATA port multiplier. 14. 14. 14. 14. 14. Serial port. Serial port. Serial port. Serial port. Serial port. This 9-pin COM1 port is for pointing devices or other serial devices. 15. 15. 15. 15. 15. PS/2 keyboard port (purple). PS/2 keyboard port (purple). PS/2 keyboard port (purple). PS/2 keyboard port (purple). PS/2 keyboard port (purple). This port is for a PS/2 keyboard. The external SATA port supports external Serial ATA 1.5 and 3 Gb/s devices. Longer cables support higher power requirements to deliver signal up to two meters away, and enables improved hot-swap function. Do not insert a different connector to this port. 8. 8. 8. 8. 8. Coaxial S/PDIF Out port. Coaxial S/PDIF Out port. Coaxial S/PDIF Out port. Coaxial S/PDIF Out port. Coaxial S/PDIF Out port. This port connects an external audio output device via a coaxial S/PDIF cable. Audio 2, 4, 6, or 8-channel configuration Audio 2, 4, 6, or 8-channel configuration Audio 2, 4, 6, or 8-channel configuration Audio 2, 4, 6, or 8-channel configuration Audio 2, 4, 6, or 8-channel configuration Light Blue Line In Line In Line In Line In Lime Line Out Front Speaker Out Front Speaker Out Front Speaker Out Pink Mic In Mic In Mic In Mic In Gray ⢠⢠⢠Side Speaker Out Black ⢠Rear Speaker Out Rear Speaker Out Rear Speaker Out Orange ⢠⢠Center/Subwoofer Center/Subwoofer Port Port Port Port Port Headset Headset Headset Headset Headset 4-channel 4-channel 4-channel 4-channel 4-channel 6-channel 6-channel 6-channel 6-channel 6-channel 8-channel 8-channel 8-channel 8-channel 8-channel 2-channel 2-channel 2-channel 2-channel 2-channel
2-26 2-26 2-26 2-26 2-26 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.7.2 2.7.2 2.7.2 2.7.2 2.7.2 Internal connectors Internal connectors Internal connectors Internal connectors Internal connectors 1. 1. 1. 1. 1. Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY) Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY) Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY) Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY) Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY) This connector is for the provided floppy disk drive (FDD) signal cable. Insert one end of the cable to this connector, then connect the other end to the signal connector at the back of the floppy disk drive. Pin 5 on the connector is removed to prevent incorrect cable connection when using an FDD cable with a covered Pin 5. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. IDE connectors (40-1 pin PRI_IDE) IDE connectors (40-1 pin PRI_IDE) IDE connectors (40-1 pin PRI_IDE) IDE connectors (40-1 pin PRI_IDE) IDE connectors (40-1 pin PRI_IDE) The onboard IDE connector is for the Ultra DMA (133/)100/66 signal cable. There are three connectors on each Ultra DMA 133/100/66 signal cable: blue, black, and gray. Connect the blue connector to the motherboard's IDE connector, then select one of the following modes to configure your device. M2R32-MVP î M2R32-MVP Floppy disk drive connector NOTE: Orient the red markings o n the floppy ribbon cable to PIN 1. FLOPPY PIN 1 M2R32-MVP î M2R32-MVP IDE connector NOTE: Orient the red marking s (usually zigzag) on the IDE ribbon cable to PIN 1. PRI_IDE PIN 1 ⢠Pin 20 on the IDE connector is removed to match the covered hole on the Ultra DMA cable connector. This prevents incorrect insertion when you connect the IDE cable. ⢠Use the 80-conductor IDE cable for Ultra DMA 100/66 IDE devices.
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 2-27 2-27 2-27 2-27 2-27 Black or gray Drive jumper Drive jumper Drive jumper Drive jumper Drive jumper Mode Mode Mode Mode Mode Cable Cable Cable Cable Cable setting setting setting setting setting of device(s) of device(s) of device(s) of device(s) of device(s) connector connector connector connector connector Single device Cable-Select or Master - Black Two devices Cable-Select Master Black Slave Gray Master Master Slave Slave 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. Serial ATA connectors Serial ATA connectors Serial ATA connectors Serial ATA connectors Serial ATA connectors (7-pin SATA, SATA2, SATA3, SATA4) (7-pin SATA, SATA2, SATA3, SATA4) (7-pin SATA, SATA2, SATA3, SATA4) (7-pin SATA, SATA2, SATA3, SATA4) (7-pin SATA, SATA2, SATA3, SATA4) These connectors are for the Serial ATA signal cables for Serial ATA hard disk drives. If you installed Serial ATA hard disk drives, you can can create a RAID 0, RAID 1, and RAID 0 1 configuration. Refer to Chapter 5 for information on creating a RAID configuration. Enable the Serial ATA Controller and Onboard SATA Boot ROM items in the BIOS if you want to use the Serial ATA RAID feature. See section âÂÂ4.3.6 Storage Configurationâ for details. M2R32-MVP î M2R32-MVP SA T A connectors S ATA 2 GND RSA T A_TXP2 RSA T A_TXN2 GND RSA T A_RXP2 RSA T A_RXN2 GND S ATA 1 GND RSA T A_TXP1 RSA T A_TXN1 GND RSA T A_RXP1 RSA T A_RXN1 GND S ATA 4 GND RSA T A_TXP4 RSA T A_TXN4 GND RSA T A_RXP4 RSA T A_RXN4 GND S ATA 3 GND RSA T A_TXP3 RSA T A_TXN3 GND RSA T A_RXP3 RSA T A_RXN3 GND If any device jumper is set as "Cable-Select," make sure all other device jumpers have the same setting.
2-28 2-28 2-28 2-28 2-28 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Connect the right-angle side of SATA signal cable to SATA device. Or you may connect the right-angle side of SATA cable to the onboard SATA port to avoid mechanical conflict with huge graphics cards. right angle side right angle side right angle side right angle side right angle side ⢠Plug your Serial ATA boot disk on the master port (SATA1/3 to support S3 function). ⢠Install the Windows î 2000 Service Pack 4 or the Windows î XP Service Pack1 or later when using Serial ATA. Serial ATA hard disk drive connection Serial ATA hard disk drive connection Serial ATA hard disk drive connection Serial ATA hard disk drive connection Serial ATA hard disk drive connection Connector Connector Connector Connector Connector Color Color Color Color Color Setting Setting Setting Setting Setting Use Use Use Use Use SATA1/SATA3 Red Master Boot disk SATA2/SATA4 Black Slave Data Disk
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 2-29 2-29 2-29 2-29 2-29 4. 4. 4. 4. 4. CPU, Chassis, and Power fan connectors CPU, Chassis, and Power fan connectors CPU, Chassis, and Power fan connectors CPU, Chassis, and Power fan connectors CPU, Chassis, and Power fan connectors (4-pin CPU_FAN, 3-pin CHA_FAN1, 3-pin CHA_FAN2, (4-pin CPU_FAN, 3-pin CHA_FAN1, 3-pin CHA_FAN2, (4-pin CPU_FAN, 3-pin CHA_FAN1, 3-pin CHA_FAN2, (4-pin CPU_FAN, 3-pin CHA_FAN1, 3-pin CHA_FAN2, (4-pin CPU_FAN, 3-pin CHA_FAN1, 3-pin CHA_FAN2, 3-pin PWR_FAN) 3-pin PWR_FAN) 3-pin PWR_FAN) 3-pin PWR_FAN) 3-pin PWR_FAN) The fan connectors support cooling fans of 350 mA ~ 20 00 mA (2 4 W max.) or a total of 1 A ~ 3.48 A (41.76 W max.) at 12 V. Connect the fan cables to the fan connectors on the motherboard, making sure that the black wire of each cable matches the ground pin of the connector. Do not forget to connect the fan cables to the fan connectors. Insufficient air flow inside the system may damage the motherboard components. These are not jumpers! DO NOT place jumper caps on the fan connectors. M2R32-MVP î M2R32-MVP Fan connectors PWR_F AN CHA_F AN1 CHA_F AN2 CPU_F AN CPU_F AN GND Rotation 12V GND CPU F AN PWR CPU F AN IN CPU F AN PWM CHA_F AN2 CHA_F AN 1 GND Rotation 12V PWR_F AN GND Rotation 12V Only the CPU_FAN, CHA_FAN1, and CHA_FAN2 connectors support the ASUS Q-Fan 2 feature.
2-30 2-30 2-30 2-30 2-30 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Never connect a 1394 cable 1394 cable 1394 cable 1394 cable 1394 cable t o the USB connectors. Doing so will damage the motherboard! 5. 5. 5. 5. 5. USB connectors (10-1 pin USB56, USB78, USB910) USB connectors (10-1 pin USB56, USB78, USB910) USB connectors (10-1 pin USB56, USB78, USB910) USB connectors (10-1 pin USB56, USB78, USB910) USB connectors (10-1 pin USB56, USB78, USB910) These connectors are for USB 2.0 ports. Connect the USB module cable to any of these connectors, then install the module to a slot opening at the back of the system chassis. These USB connectors comply with USB 2.0 specification that supports up to 480 Mbps connection speed. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. Power connectors (24-pin EATXPWR, 4-pin ATX12V) Power connectors (24-pin EATXPWR, 4-pin ATX12V) Power connectors (24-pin EATXPWR, 4-pin ATX12V) Power connectors (24-pin EATXPWR, 4-pin ATX12V) Power connectors (24-pin EATXPWR, 4-pin ATX12V) These connectors are for an ATX power supply. The plugs from the power supply are designed to fit these connectors in only one orientation. Find the proper orientation and push down firmly until the connectors completely fit. M2R32-MVP î M2R32-MVP USB 2.0 connectors USB910 USB 5V USB_P10- USB_P10 GND NC USB 5V USB_P9- USB_P9 GND 1 USB78 USB56 NC GND USB_P6 USB_P6- USB 5V GND USB_P5 USB_P5- USB 5V 1 NC GND USB_P8 USB_P8- USB 5V GND USB_P7 USB_P7- USB 5V 1 M2R32-MVP î M2R32-MVP A TX power connectors EA TXPWR A TX12V 3 V olts 3 V olts Ground 5 V olts 5 V olts Ground Ground Power OK 5V Standb y 12 V olts -5 V olts 5 V olts 3 V olts -12 V olts Ground Ground Ground PSON# Ground 5 V olts 12 V olts 3 V olts 5 V olts Ground 12V DC GND 12V DC GND
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 2-31 2-31 2-31 2-31 2-31 ⢠For a fully-configured system, we recommend that you use a power supply unit (PSU) that complies with ATX 12 V Specification 2.0 (or later version) and provides a minimum power of 400 W. ⢠Do not forget to connect the 4-pin ATX 12 V power plug; otherwise, the system will not boot up. ⢠The ATX 12 V Specification 2.0 compliant (500 W) PSU has been tested to support the below configuration: CPU: AMD FX-62 Memory: 512 MB DDR (x4) Graphics card: PCI Express x16 ATI X850 Hard disk: SATA HD (x2) ATAPI: CD-ROM (x1) ⢠Use of a PSU with a higher power output is recommended when configuring a system with more power-consuming devices. The system may become unstable or may not boot up if the power is inadequate. ⢠If you want to use the ATI CrossFire⢠Graphics solution, use a PSU with 500 ~ 600 W power to ensure system stability. NEVER connect a USB cable USB cable USB cable USB cable USB cable t o the IEEE 1394a connector. Doing so will damage the motherboard! 7. 7. 7. 7. 7. IEEE 1394a connector (10-1 pin IE1394_2) IEEE 1394a connector (10-1 pin IE1394_2) IEEE 1394a connector (10-1 pin IE1394_2) IEEE 1394a connector (10-1 pin IE1394_2) IEEE 1394a connector (10-1 pin IE1394_2) This connector is for the IEEE 1394a port. Connect the IEEE 1394a module cable to this connector, then install the module to a slot opening at the back of the system chassis. M2R32-MVP î M2R32-MVP IEEE 1394 connector IE1394_2 1 GND 12V TPB2- GND TP A2- 12V TPB2 GND TP A2 The IEEE 1394a module cable is purchased separately.
2-32 2-32 2-32 2-32 2-32 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 8. 8. 8. 8. 8. Chassis intrusion connector (4-1 pin CHASSIS) Chassis intrusion connector (4-1 pin CHASSIS) Chassis intrusion connector (4-1 pin CHASSIS) Chassis intrusion connector (4-1 pin CHASSIS) Chassis intrusion connector (4-1 pin CHASSIS) This connector is for a chassis-mounted intrusion detection sensor or switch. Connect one end of the chassis intrusion sensor or switch cable to this connector. The chassis intrusion sensor or switch sends a high-level signal to this connector when a chassis component is removed or replaced. The signal is then generated as a chassis intrusion event. By default, the pins labeled âÂÂChassis Signalâ and âÂÂGroundâ are shorted with a jumper cap. Remove the jumper caps only when you intend to use the chassis intrusion detection feature. M2R32-MVP î M2R32-MVP Chassis intrusion connector CHASSIS 5VSB_MB Chassis Signal GND (Defaul t) 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. Digital audio connector (4-1 pin SPDIF_OUT) Digital audio connector (4-1 pin SPDIF_OUT) Digital audio connector (4-1 pin SPDIF_OUT) Digital audio connector (4-1 pin SPDIF_OUT) Digital audio connector (4-1 pin SPDIF_OUT) This connector is for an additional Sony/Philips Digital Interface (S/PDIF) port(s). Connect the S/PDIF module cable to this connector, then install the module to a slot opening at the back of the system chassis. The S/PDIF module is purchased separately. M2R32-MVP î M2R32-MVP COM port connector 5V SPDIFOUT GND SPDIF_OUT
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 2-33 2-33 2-33 2-33 2-33 10. 10. 10. 10. 10. Front panel audio connector (10-1 pin AAFP) Front panel audio connector (10-1 pin AAFP) Front panel audio connector (10-1 pin AAFP) Front panel audio connector (10-1 pin AAFP) Front panel audio connector (10-1 pin AAFP) This connector is for a chassis-mounted front panel audio I/O module that supports either HD Audio or legacy AC âÂÂ97 audio standard. Connect one end of the front panel audio I/O module cable to this connector. ⢠We recommend that you connect a high-definition front panel audio module to this connector to avail of the motherboardâÂÂs high-definition audio capability. ⢠Make sure the HD Audio item in the BIOS is set to [Enabled] to avail of the motherboardâÂÂs high-definition audio capacity. See section âÂÂ4.4.4 Onboard Devices Configurationâ for details. M2R32-MVP î M2R32-MVP Analog front panel connector AAFP NC MIC2 Line out_R Line out_L NC NC MICPWR NC AGND SENSE2_RETUR PORT1 L PORT2 R PORT2 L SENSE1_RETUR SENSE_SEND PORT1 R PRESENCE# AGND 11. 11. 11. 11. 11. Audio connector (4-pin CD [black]) Audio connector (4-pin CD [black]) Audio connector (4-pin CD [black]) Audio connector (4-pin CD [black]) Audio connector (4-pin CD [black]) This connector allows you to receive stereo audio input from sound sources such as a CD-ROM, TV-tuner, or MPEG card. M2R32-MVP î M2R32-MVP Internal audio connector CD (Black ) Right Audio Channel Left Audio Channel Ground Ground
2-34 2-34 2-34 2-34 2-34 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 12. 12. 12. 12. 12. System panel connector (20-8 pin PANEL) System panel connector (20-8 pin PANEL) System panel connector (20-8 pin PANEL) System panel connector (20-8 pin PANEL) System panel connector (20-8 pin PANEL) This connector supports several chassis-mounted functions. ⢠System power LED System power LED System power LED System power LED System power LED This 2-pin connector is for the system power LED. Connect the chassis power LED cable to this connector. The system power LED lights up when you turn on the system power, and blinks when the system is in sleep mode. ⢠Hard disk drive activity Hard disk drive activity Hard disk drive activity Hard disk drive activity Hard disk drive activity This 2-pin connector is for the HDD Activity LED. Connect the HDD Activity LED cable to this connector. The IDE LED lights up or flashes when data is read from or written to the HDD. ⢠System warning speaker System warning speaker System warning speaker System warning speaker System warning speaker This 4-pin connector is for the chassis-mounted system warning speaker. The speaker allows you to hear system beeps and warnings. ⢠Power/Soft-off button Power/Soft-off button Power/Soft-off button Power/Soft-off button Power/Soft-off button This 2-pin connector is for the system power button. Pressing the power button turns the system ON or puts the system in SLEEP or SOFT-OFF mode depending on the BIOS settings. Pressing the power switch for more than four seconds while the system is ON turns the system OFF. ⢠Reset button Reset button Reset button Reset button Reset button This 2-pin connector is for the chassis-mounted reset button for system reboot without turning off the system power. M2R32-MVP î M2R32-MVP System panel connector * Requires an A TX power suppl y. P ANEL PLED- PWR 5V Speaker Ground RESET Ground Reset Ground Ground PWRSW PLED IDE_LED- IDE_LED IDE_LED PLED SPEAKER
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 2-35 2-35 2-35 2-35 2-35 13. 13. 13. 13. 13. Q-Connector (System panel) Q-Connector (System panel) Q-Connector (System panel) Q-Connector (System panel) Q-Connector (System panel) ASUS Q-Connector allows you to easily connect the chassis front panel cables to the motherboard. Perform these steps to install ASUS Q- Connector. step1. Connect the front panel cables to their respective connectors on the ASUS Q- Connector. Refer to the labels on the Q- Connector for proper connection and pin definition. step2. Carefully connect the ASUS Q-Connector to the System panel connector. step3. When installed, the Q-Connector appears as shown. The ASUS Q-Connector fits only in one orientation; if it doesnâÂÂt fit, try reversing it.
2-36 2-36 2-36 2-36 2-36 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information
3 Powering up This chapter describes the power up sequence, the vocal POST messages, and ways of shutting down the system.
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP Chapter summary 3 3.1 Starting up for the first time ................................................ 3-1 3.2 Powering off the computer .................................................. 3-2
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 3-1 3-1 3-1 3-1 3-1 3.1 Starting up for the first time 1. After making all the connections, replace the system case cover. 2. Be sure that all switches are off. 3. Connect the power cord to the power connector at the back of the system chassis. 4. Connect the power cord to a power outlet that is equipped with a surge protector. 5. Turn on the devices in the following order: a. Monitor b. External SCSI devices (starting with the last device on the chain) c. System power 6. After applying power, the system power LED on the system front panel case lights up. For systems with ATX power supplies, the system LED lights up when you press the ATX power button. If your monitor complies with âÂÂgreenâ standards or if it has a âÂÂpower standbyâ feature, the monitor LED may light up or switch between orange and green after the system LED turns on. The system then runs the power-on self tests or POST. While the tests are running, the BIOS beeps (see BIOS beep codes table below) or additional messages appear on the screen. If you do not see anything within 30 seconds from the time you turned on the power, the system may have failed a power-on test. Check the jumper settings and connections or call your retailer for assistance. AMI BIOS beep codes AMI BIOS beep codes AMI BIOS beep codes AMI BIOS beep codes AMI BIOS beep codes Beep Description Beep Description Beep Description Beep Description Beep Description Error Error Error Error Error One beep Keyboard controller error Refresh Time error No master drive detected Two continuous beeps followed by Floppy controller failure two short beeps Two continuous beeps followed by Hardware component failure four short beeps 7. At power on, hold down the <Delete> key to enter the BIOS Setup. Follow the instructions in Chapter 4.
3-2 3-2 3-2 3-2 3-2 Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up 3.2 Powering off the computer 3.2.1 3.2.1 3.2.1 3.2.1 3.2.1 Using the OS shut down function Using the OS shut down function Using the OS shut down function Using the OS shut down function Using the OS shut down function If you are using Windows î 2000: 1. Click the Start Start Start Start Start button then click Shut Down... Shut Down... Shut Down... Shut Down... Shut Down... 2. Make sure that the Shut Down Shut Down Shut Down Shut Down Shut Down option button is selected, then click the OK OK OK OK O K button to shut down the computer. 3. The power supply should turn off after Windows î shuts down. If you are using Windows î XP: 1. Click the Start Start Start Start Start button then select Turn Off Computer. Turn Off Computer. Turn Off Computer. Turn Off Computer. Turn Off Computer. 2. Click the Turn Off Turn Off Turn Off Turn Off Turn Off button to shut down the computer. 3. The power supply should turn off after Windows î shuts down. 3.2.2 3.2.2 3.2.2 3.2.2 3.2.2 Using the dual function power switch Using the dual function power switch Using the dual function power switch Using the dual function power switch Using the dual function power switch While the system is ON, pressing the power switch for less than four seconds puts the system to sleep mode or to soft-off mode, depending on the BIOS setting. Pressing the power switch for more than four seconds lets the system enter the soft-off mode regardless of the BIOS setting. Refer to section âÂÂ4.5 Power Menuâ in Chapter 4 for details.
4 BIOS setup This chapter tells how to change the system settings through the BIOS Setup menus. Detailed descriptions of the BIOS parameters are also provided.
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP Chapter summary 4 4.1 Managing and updating your BIOS ........................................ 4-1 4.2 BIOS setup program ........................................................... 4-11 4.3 Main menu .......................................................................... 4-14 4.4 Advanced menu .................................................................. 4-18 4.5 Power menu ........................................................................ 4-32 4.6 Boot menu .......................................................................... 4-37 4.7 Tools menu ......................................................................... 4-42 4.8 Exit menu ........................................................................... 4-45
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 4-1 4-1 4-1 4-1 4-1 4.1 Managing and updating your BIOS The following utilities allow you to manage and update the motherboard Basic Input/Output System (BIOS) setup. 1. ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update (Updates the BIOS in Windows î environment.) 2. ASUS EZ Flash 2 ASUS EZ Flash 2 ASUS EZ Flash 2 ASUS EZ Flash 2 ASUS EZ Flash 2 (Updates the BIOS using a floppy disk/USB flash disk, or the motherboard support CD.) 3. ASUS AFUDOS ASUS AFUDOS ASUS AFUDOS ASUS AFUDOS ASUS AFUDOS (Updates the BIOS in DOS mode using a bootable floppy disk.) 4. ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3 (Updates the BIOS using a bootable floppy disk/USB flash disk, or the motherboard support CD when the BIOS file fails or gets corrupted.) Refer to the corresponding sections for details on these utilities. Save a copy of the original motherboard BIOS file to a bootable floppy disk in case you need to restore the BIOS in the future. Copy the original motherboard BIOS using the ASUS Update or AFUDOS utilities. 4.1.1 4.1.1 4.1.1 4.1.1 4.1.1 ASUS Update utility ASUS Update utility ASUS Update utility ASUS Update utility ASUS Update utility The ASUS Update is a utility that allows you to manage, save, and update the motherboard BIOS in Windows î environment. The ASUS Update utility allows you to: ⢠Save the current BIOS file ⢠Download the latest BIOS file from the Internet ⢠Update the BIOS from an updated BIOS file ⢠Update the BIOS directly from the Internet, and ⢠View the BIOS version information. This utility is available in the support CD that comes with the motherboard package. ASUS Update requires an Internet connection either through a network or an Internet Service Provider (ISP). Installing ASUS Update Installing ASUS Update Installing ASUS Update Installing ASUS Update Installing ASUS Update To install ASUS Update: 1. Place the support CD in the optical drive. The Drivers Drivers Drivers Drivers Drivers menu appears. 2. Click the Utilities Utilities Utilities Utilities Utilities tab, then click Install ASUS Update Install ASUS Update Install ASUS Update Install ASUS Update Install ASUS Update VX.XX.XX VX.XX.XX VX.XX.XX VX.XX.XX VX.XX.XX . See page 5-3 for the Utilities Utilities Utilities Utilities Utilities screen menu. 3. The ASUS Update utility is copied to your system.
4-2 4-2 4-2 4-2 4-2 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup 3. Select the ASUS FTP site nearest you to avoid network traffic, or click Auto Select Auto Select Auto Select Auto Select Auto Select . Click Next Next Next Next Next . Updating the BIOS through the Internet Updating the BIOS through the Internet Updating the BIOS through the Internet Updating the BIOS through the Internet Updating the BIOS through the Internet To update the BIOS through the Internet: 1. Launch the ASUS Update utility from the Windows î desktop by clicking Start Start Start Start Start > Programs Programs Programs Programs Programs > ASUS ASUS ASUS ASUS ASUS > ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate > ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate . The ASUS Update main window appears. 2. Select Update BIOS from Update BIOS from Update BIOS from Update BIOS from Update BIOS from the Internet the Internet the Internet the Internet the Internet option from the drop-down menu, then click Next Next Next Next Next . Quit all Windows î applications before you update the BIOS using this utility.
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 4-3 4-3 4-3 4-3 4-3 4. From the FTP site, select the BIOS version that you wish to download. Click Next. 5. Follow the screen instructions to complete the update process. The ASUS Update utility is capable of updating itself through the Internet. Always update the utility to avail all its features. Updating the BIOS through a BIOS file Updating the BIOS through a BIOS file Updating the BIOS through a BIOS file Updating the BIOS through a BIOS file Updating the BIOS through a BIOS file To update the BIOS through a BIOS file: 1. Launch the ASUS Update utility from the Windows î desktop by clicking Start Start Start Start Start > Programs Programs Programs Programs Programs > ASUS ASUS ASUS ASUS ASUS > ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate > ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate . The ASUS Update main window appears. 2. Select Update BIOS from a Update BIOS from a Update BIOS from a Update BIOS from a Update BIOS from a file file file file file option from the drop-down menu, then click Next Next Next Next Next . 3. Locate the BIOS file from the Open Open Open Open Open window, then click Save Save Save Save Save . 4. Follow the screen instructions to complete the update process.
4-4 4-4 4-4 4-4 4-4 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.1.2 4.1.2 4.1.2 4.1.2 4.1.2 Creating a bootable floppy disk Creating a bootable floppy disk Creating a bootable floppy disk Creating a bootable floppy disk Creating a bootable floppy disk 1. Do either one of the following to create a bootable floppy disk. DOS environment a. Insert a 1.44MB floppy disk into the drive. b. At the DOS prompt, type format A:/S then press <Enter>. Windows î XP environment a. Insert a 1.44 MB floppy disk to the floppy disk drive. b. Click Start Start Start Start Start from the Windows î desktop, then select My My My My My Computer Computer Computer Computer Computer . c. Select the 3 1/2 Floppy Drive icon. d. Click File File File File File from the menu, then select Format Format Format Format Format . A Format 3 1/2 Format 3 1/2 Format 3 1/2 Format 3 1/2 Format 3 1/2 Floppy Disk Floppy Disk Floppy Disk Floppy Disk Floppy Disk window appears. e. Select Create an MS-DOS startup disk Create an MS-DOS startup disk Create an MS-DOS startup disk Create an MS-DOS startup disk Create an MS-DOS startup disk from the format options field, then click Start Start Start Start Start . Windows î 2000 environment To create a set of boot disks for Windows î 2000: a. Insert a formatted, high density 1.44 MB floppy disk into the drive. b. Insert the Windows î 2000 CD to the optical drive. c. Click Start Start Start Start Start , then select Run Run Run Run Run . d. From the Open field, type D:\bootdisk\makeboot a: assuming that D: is your optical drive. e. Press <Enter>, then follow screen instructions to continue. 2. Copy the original or the latest motherboard BIOS file to the bootable floppy disk.
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 4-5 4-5 4-5 4-5 4-5 4.1.3 4.1.3 4.1.3 4.1.3 4.1.3 ASUS EZ Flash 2 utility ASUS EZ Flash 2 utility ASUS EZ Flash 2 utility ASUS EZ Flash 2 utility ASUS EZ Flash 2 utility The ASUS EZ Flash 2 feature allows you to update the BIOS without having to go through the long process of booting from a floppy disk and using a DOS-based utility. The EZ Flash 2 utility is built in the BIOS chip so it is accessible by pressing <Alt> <F2> during the Power-On Self Tests (POST). To update the BIOS using EZ Flash 2: 1. Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) to download the latest BIOS file for the motherboard and rename the same to M2R32-MVP.ROM M2R32-MVP.ROM M2R32-MVP.ROM M2R32-MVP.ROM M2R32-MVP.ROM . 2. Save the BIOS file to a floppy disk or a USB flash disk, then restart the system. 3. You can launch the EZ Flash 2 by two methods. (1) Insert the floppy disk / USB flash disk that contains the BIOS file to the floppy disk drive or the USB port. Press <Alt> <F2> during POST to display the following. ⢠This function can supp ort devices such as USB flash disk, or floppy disk with FAT 32/16 format and single partition only. ⢠Do not shutdown or reset the system while updating the BIOS to prevent system boot failure! 4. When the correct BIOS file is found, EZ Flash 2 performs the BIOS update process and automatically reboots the system when done. (2) Enter BIOS setup program. Go th the Tools menu to select EZ Flash 2 and press <Enter> to enable it. You can switch between drives by pressing <Tab> before the correct file is found. Then press <Enter>. ASUSTek EZ Flash 2 BIOS ROM Utility V3.00 Current ROM Update ROM BOARD: M2R32-MVP VER: 0128 DATE: 07/28/2006 BOARD: Unknown VER: Unknown DATE: Unknown A: [Enter] Select [S] Save [ESC]Exit [Tab] Switch [Up/Down/Home/End] Move Note FLASH TYPE: Winbond W39V080A/BP PATH: A:\
4-6 4-6 4-6 4-6 4-6 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup The utility returns to the DOS prompt after copying the current BIOS file. 3. Press <Enter>. The utility copies the current BIOS file to the floppy disk. A:\>afudos /oOLDBIOS1.ROM AMI Firmware Update Utility - Version 1.10 Copyright (C) 2002 American Megatrends, Inc. All rights reserved. Reading flash ..... done A:\> 4.1.4 4.1.4 4.1.4 4.1.4 4.1.4 AFUDOS utility AFUDOS utility AFUDOS utility AFUDOS utility AFUDOS utility The AFUDOS utility allows you to update the BIOS file in DOS environment using a bootable floppy disk with the updated BIOS file. This utility also allows you to copy the current BIOS file that you can use as backup when the BIOS fails or gets corrupted during the updating process. Copying the current BIOS Copying the current BIOS Copying the current BIOS Copying the current BIOS Copying the current BIOS To copy the current BIOS file using the AFUDOS utility: Main filename Main filename Main filename Main filename Main filename Extension name Extension name Extension name Extension name Extension name 1. Copy the AFUDOS utility (afudos.exe) from the motherboard support CD to the bootable floppy disk you created earlier. 2. Boot the system in DOS mode, then at the prompt type: afudos /o[filename] where the [filename] is any user-assigned filename not more than eight alphanumeric characters for the main filename and three alphanumeric characters for the extension name. A:\>afudos /oOLDBIOS1.ROM ⢠Make sure that the floppy disk is not write-protected and has at least 600 KB free space to save the file. ⢠The succeeding BIOS screens are for reference only. The actual BIOS screen displays may not be exactly the same as shown.
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 4-7 4-7 4-7 4-7 4-7 2. Copy the AFUDOS utility (afudos.exe) from the motherboard support CD to the bootable floppy disk you created earlier. 3. Boot the system in DOS mode, then at the prompt type: afudos /i[filename] where [filename] is the latest or the original BIOS file on the bootable floppy disk. Updating the BIOS file Updating the BIOS file Updating the BIOS file Updating the BIOS file Updating the BIOS file To update the BIOS file using the AFUDOS utility: 1. Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) and download the latest BIOS file for the motherboard. Save the BIOS file to a bootable floppy disk. Write the BIOS filename on a piece of paper. You need to type the exact BIOS filename at the DOS prompt. A:\>afudos /iM2R32-MVP.ROM 4. The utility verifies the file and starts updating the BIOS. Do not shut down or reset the system while updating the BIOS to prevent system boot failure! A:\>afudos /iM2R32-MVP.ROM AMI Firmware Update Utility - Version 1.19(ASUS V2.07(03.11.24BB)) Copyright (C) 2003 American Megatrends, Inc. All rights reserved. WARNING!! Do not turn off power during flash BIOS Reading file ..... done Reading flash .... done Advance Check........ Erasing flash .... done Writing flash .... 0x0008CC00 (9%)
4-8 4-8 4-8 4-8 4-8 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup 5. The utility returns to the DOS prompt after the BIOS update process is completed. Reboot the system from the hard disk drive. A:\>afudos /iM2R32-MVP.ROM AMI Firmware Update Utility - Version 1.19(ASUS V2.07(03.11.24BB)) Copyright (C) 2003 American Megatrends, Inc. All rights reserved. WARNING!! Do not turn off power during flash BIOS Reading file ..... done Reading flash .... done Search bootblock version Advance Check......... Erasing flash ..... done Writing flash ..... done Verifying flash ... done Please restart your computer A:\>
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 4-9 4-9 4-9 4-9 4-9 4.1.5 4.1.5 4.1.5 4.1.5 4.1.5 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3 utility ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3 utility ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3 utility ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3 utility ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3 utility The ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3 is an auto recovery tool that allows you to restore the BIOS file when it fails or gets corrupted during the updating process. You can update a corrupted BIOS file using the motherboard support CD, the floppy disk, or the USB flash disk that contains the updated BIOS file. Prepare the motherboard support CD or the floppy disk containing the updated motherboard BIOS before using this utility. Recovering the BIOS from a floppy/USB flash disk Recovering the BIOS from a floppy/USB flash disk Recovering the BIOS from a floppy/USB flash disk Recovering the BIOS from a floppy/USB flash disk Recovering the BIOS from a floppy/USB flash disk To recover the BIOS from a floppy/USB flash disk: 1. Download the latest BIOS from the ASUS website (www.asus.com). Rename the BIOS file to M2R32-MVP.ROM M2R32-MVP.ROM M2R32-MVP.ROM M2R32-MVP.ROM M2R32-MVP.ROM . 2. Insert the floppy/USB flash disk that contains the BIOS file to the FDD/USB port. 3. Turn on the system. Recovering the BIOS from the support CD Recovering the BIOS from the support CD Recovering the BIOS from the support CD Recovering the BIOS from the support CD Recovering the BIOS from the support CD To recover the BIOS from the support CD: 1. Turn on the system. 2. Insert the support CD to the optical drive. 3. The utility displays the following message and automatically checks the CD for the BIOS file. 4. Restart the system after the utility completes the updating process. When found, the utility reads the BIOS file and starts flashing the corrupted BIOS file. Bad BIOS checksum. Starting BIOS recovery... Checking for floppy... Bad BIOS checksum. Starting BIOS recovery... Checking for floppy... Floppy not found! Reading file âÂÂM2R32-MVP.ROMâÂÂ. Completed. Start flashing...
4-10 4-10 4-10 4-10 4-10 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4. The utility automatically checks the devices for the BIOS file. When found, the utility reads the BIOS file and starts flashing the corrupted BIOS file. 5. Restart the system after the utility completes the updating process. ⢠Only the USB flash disk with FAT 32/16 format and single partition can support ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3. The device size should be smaller than 8 GB. ⢠Flash time takes around one minute. ⢠DO NOT shut down or reset the system while updating the BIOS! Doing so can cause system boot failure!
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 4-11 4-11 4-11 4-11 4-11 4.2 BIOS setup program This motherboard supports a programmable firmware chip that you can update using the provided utility described in section â 4.1 Managing and updating your BIOS.â Use the BIOS Setup program when you are installing a motherboard, reconfiguring your system, or prompted to âÂÂRun Setup.â This section explains how to configure your system using this utility. Even if you are not prompted to use the Setup program, you can change the configuration of your computer in the future. For example, you can enable the security password feature or change the power management settings. This requires you to reconfigure your system using the BIOS Setup program so that the computer can recognize these changes and record them in the CMOS RAM or the firmware hub. The firmware hub on the motherboard stores the Setup utility. When you start up the computer, the system provides you with the opportunity to run this program. Press <Del> during the Power-On-Self-Test (POST) to enter the Setup utility; otherwise, POST continues with its test routines. If you wish to enter Setup after POST, restart the system by pressing <Ctrl Alt Delete>, or by pressing the reset button on the system chassis. You can also restart by turning the system off and then back on. Do this last option only if the first two failed. The Setup program is designed to make it as easy to use as possible. Being a menu-driven program, it lets you scroll through the various sub-menus and make your selections from the available options using the navigation keys. ⢠The default BIOS settings for this motherboard apply for most conditions to ensure optimum performance. If the system becomes unstable after changing any BIOS settings, load the default settings to ensure system compatibility and stability. Select the Load Load Load Load Load Default Settings Default Settings Default Settings Default Settings Default Settings item under the Exit Menu. See section âÂÂ4.7 Exit Menu.â â¢ The BIOS setup screens shown in this section are for reference purposes only, and may not exactly match what you see on your screen. ⢠Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) to download the latest BIOS file for this motherboard.
4-12 4-12 4-12 4-12 4-12 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Select Screen Select Item - Change Field Tab Select Field F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2006, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit 4.2.2 4.2.2 4.2.2 4.2.2 4.2.2 Menu bar Menu bar Menu bar Menu bar Menu bar The menu bar on top of the screen has the following main items: Main Main Main Main Main For changing the basic system configuration Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced For changing the advanced system settings Power Power Power Power Power For changing the advanced power management (APM) configuration Boot Boot Boot Boot Boot For changing the system boot configuration Tools Tools Tools Tools Tools For configuring options for special functions Exit Exit Exit Exit Exit For selecting the exit options and loading default settings To select an item on the menu bar, press the right or left arrow key on the keyboard until the desired item is highlighted. 4.2.3 4.2.3 4.2.3 4.2.3 4.2.3 Navigation keys Navigation keys Navigation keys Navigation keys Navigation keys At the bottom right corner of a menu screen are the navigation keys for that particular menu. Use the navigation keys to select items in the menu and change the settings. Some of the navigation keys differ from one screen to another. 4.2.1 4.2.1 4.2.1 4.2.1 4.2.1 BIOS menu screen BIOS menu screen BIOS menu screen BIOS menu screen BIOS menu screen System Time [10:55:25] System Date [Fri 07/21/2006] Legacy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in] Language [English] Primary IDE Master [ST320410A] Primary IDE Slave [ASUS CD-S520/A] SATA1 [Not Detected] SATA2 [Not Detected] SATA3 [Not Detected] SATA4 [Not Detected] Storage Configuration System Information Use [ENTER], [TAB] or [SHIFT-TAB] to select a field. Use [ ] or [-] to configure the System Time. Navigation keys Navigation keys Navigation keys Navigation keys Navigation keys General help General help General help General help General help Menu bar Menu bar Menu bar Menu bar Menu bar Sub-menu items Sub-menu items Sub-menu items Sub-menu items Sub-menu items Configuration fields Configuration fields Configuration fields Configuration fields Configuration fields Menu items Menu items Menu items Menu items Menu items
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 4-13 4-13 4-13 4-13 4-13 4.2.4 4.2.4 4.2.4 4.2.4 4.2.4 Menu items Menu items Menu items Menu items Menu items The highlighted item on the menu bar displays the specific items for that menu. For example, selecting Main Main Main Main Main shows the Main menu items. The other items (Advanced, Power, Boot, and Exit) on the menu bar have their respective menu items. 4.2.5 4.2.5 4.2.5 4.2.5 4.2.5 Sub-menu items Sub-menu items Sub-menu items Sub-menu items Sub-menu items A solid triangle before each item on any menu screen means that the iteam has a sub-menu. To display the sub-menu, select the item and press <Enter>. 4.2.6 4.2.6 4.2.6 4.2.6 4.2.6 Configuration fields Configuration fields Configuration fields Configuration fields Configuration fields These fields show the values for the menu items. If an item is user- configurable, you can change the value of the field opposite the item. You cannot select an item that is not user-configurable. A configurable field is enclosed in brackets, and is highlighted when selected. To change the value of a field, select it then press <Enter> to display a list of options. Refer to âÂÂ4.2.7 Pop-up window.â 4.2.7 4.2.7 4.2.7 4.2.7 4.2.7 Pop-up window Pop-up window Pop-up window Pop-up window Pop-up window Select a menu item then press <Enter> to display a pop-up window with the configuration options for that item. 4.2.8 4.2.8 4.2.8 4.2.8 4.2.8 Scroll bar Scroll bar Scroll bar Scroll bar Scroll bar A scroll bar appears on the right side of a menu screen when there are items that do not fit on the screen. Press the Up/Down arrow keys or <Page Up> /<Page Down> keys to display the other items on the screen. 4.2.9 4.2.9 4.2.9 4.2.9 4.2.9 General help General help General help General help General help At the top right corner of the menu screen is a brief description of the selected item. Main menu items Main menu items Main menu items Main menu items Main menu items Advanced PCI/PnP Settings WARNING: Setting wrong values in below sections may cause system to malfunction. Plug And Play O/S [No] PCI Latency Timer [64] Allocate IRQ to PCI VGA [Yes] Palette Snooping [Disabled] PCI IDE BusMaster [Enabled] Scroll bar Scroll bar Scroll bar Scroll bar Scroll bar Pop-up window Pop-up window Pop-up window Pop-up window Pop-up window Use [ENTER], [TAB], or [SHIFT-TAB] to select a field. Use [ ] or [-] to configure system time. Select Screen Select Item - Change Field Tab Select Field F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit System Time [10:55:25] System Date [Wed 10/ 2 5 /2005] Legacy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Language [English] Primary IDE Master [ST320410A] Primary IDE Slave [ASUS CD-S520/A] SATA1 [ Not Detected] SATA2 [Not Detected] SATA3 [Not Detected] SATA4 [Not Detected] Storage Configuration System Information BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2006,American Megatrends, Inc.
4-14 4-14 4-14 4-14 4-14 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Select Screen Select Item - Change Field Tab Select Field F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2006, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit 4.3 Main menu When you enter the BIOS Setup program, the Main Main Main Main Main menu screen appears, giving you an overview of the basic system information. 4.3.1 4.3.1 4.3.1 4.3.1 4.3.1 System Time [xx:xx:xx] System Time [xx:xx:xx] System Time [xx:xx:xx] System Time [xx:xx:xx] System Time [xx:xx:xx] Allows you to set the system time. 4.3.2 4.3.2 4.3.2 4.3.2 4.3.2 System Date [Day xx/xx/xxxx] System Date [Day xx/xx/xxxx] System Date [Day xx/xx/xxxx] System Date [Day xx/xx/xxxx] System Date [Day xx/xx/xxxx] Allows you to set the system date. 4.3.3 4.3.3 4.3.3 4.3.3 4.3.3 Legacy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Legacy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Legacy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Legacy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Legacy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Sets the type of floppy drive installed. Configuration options: [Disabled] [360K, 5.25 in.] [1.2M , 5.25 in.] [720K , 3.5 in.] [1.44M, 3.5 in.] [2.88M, 3.5 in.] 4.3.4 4.3.4 4.3.4 4.3.4 4.3.4 Language [English] Language [English] Language [English] Language [English] Language [English] Allows you to choose the BIOS language version from the options. Configuration options: [Chinese (BIG5)] [Chinese (GB)] [Japanese] [Français] [German] [English] Refer to section âÂÂ4.2.1 BIOS menu screenâ for information on the menu screen items and how to navigate through them. System Time [10:55:25] System Date [Mon 10/25/2005] Legacy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in] Language [English] Primary IDE Master [ST320410A] Primary IDE Slave [ASUS CD-S520/A] SATA1 [Not Detected] SATA2 [Not Detected] SATA3 [Not Detected] SATA4 [Not Detected] Storage Configuration System Information Use [ENTER], [TAB] or [SHIFT-TAB] to select a field. Use [ ] or [-] to configure the System Time.
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 4-15 4-15 4-15 4-15 4-15 Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2006, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main 4.3.5 4.3.5 4.3.5 4.3.5 4.3.5 Primary IDE Master/Slave Primary IDE Master/Slave Primary IDE Master/Slave Primary IDE Master/Slave Primary IDE Master/Slave SATA1-4 SATA1-4 SATA1-4 SATA1-4 SATA1-4 The BIOS automatically detects the connected IDE/Serial ATA devices. There is a separate sub-menu for each IDE/SATA device. Select a device item, then press <Enter> to display the IDE/SATA device information. The BIOS automatically detects the values opposite the dimmed items (Device, Vendor, Size, LBA Mode, Block Mode, PIO Mode, Async DMA, Ultra DMA, and SMART monitoring). These values are not user-configurable. These items show N/A if no IDE device is installed in the system. Type [Auto] Type [Auto] Type [Auto] Type [Auto] Type [Auto] Selects the type of IDE drive. Setting to [Auto] allows automatic selection of the appropriate IDE device type. Select [CDROM] if you are specifically configuring a CD-ROM drive. Select [ARMD] (ATAPI Removable Media Device) if your device is either a ZIP, LS-120, or MO drive. Configuration options: [Not Installed] [Auto] [CDROM] [ARMD] LBA/Large Mode [Auto] LBA/Large Mode [Auto] LBA/Large Mode [Auto] LBA/Large Mode [Auto] LBA/Large Mode [Auto] Enables or disables the LBA mode. Setting to [Auto] enables the LBA mode if the device supports this mode, and if the device was not previously formatted with LBA mode disabled. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Auto] Block (Multi-sector Transfer) M [Auto] Block (Multi-sector Transfer) M [Auto] Block (Multi-sector Transfer) M [Auto] Block (Multi-sector Transfer) M [Auto] Block (Multi-sector Transfer) M [Auto] Enables or disables data multi-sectors transfers. When set to [Auto], the data transfer from and to the device occurs multiple sectors at a time if the device supports multi-sector transfer feature. When set to [Disabled], the data transfer from and to the device occurs one sector at a time. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Auto] Primary IDE Master Device : Hard Disk Vendor : ST320413A Size : 20.0GB LBA Mode : Supported Block Mode : 16 Sectors PIO Mode : 4 Async DMA : MultiWord DMA-2 Ultra DMA : Ultra DMA-6 SMART Monitoring: Supported Type [Auto] LBA/Large Mode [Auto] Block(Multi-sector Transfer) M [Auto] PIO Mode [Auto] DMA Mode [Auto] SMART Monitoring [Auto] 32Bit Data Transfer [Disabled] Select the type of device connected to the system.
4-16 4-16 4-16 4-16 4-16 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2004, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main PIO Mode [Auto] PIO Mode [Auto] PIO Mode [Auto] PIO Mode [Auto] PIO Mode [Auto] Selects the PIO mode. Configuration options: [Auto] [0] [1] [2] [3] [4] DMA Mode [Auto] DMA Mode [Auto] DMA Mode [Auto] DMA Mode [Auto] DMA Mode [Auto] Selects the DMA mode. Configuration options: [Auto] SMART Monitoring [Auto] SMART Monitoring [Auto] SMART Monitoring [Auto] SMART Monitoring [Auto] SMART Monitoring [Auto] Sets the Smart Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology. Configuration options: [Auto] [Disabled] [Enabled] 32Bit Data Transfer [Disabled] 32Bit Data Transfer [Disabled] 32Bit Data Transfer [Disabled] 32Bit Data Transfer [Disabled] 32Bit Data Transfer [Disabled] Enables or disables 32-bit data transfer. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] 4.3.6 4.3.6 4.3.6 4.3.6 4.3.6 Storage Configuration Storage Configuration Storage Configuration Storage Configuration Storage Configuration Storage Configuration OnChip SATA Channel [Enabled] OnChip SATA Type [Native IDE] OnChip SATA Channel [Enabled] OnChip SATA Channel [Enabled] OnChip SATA Channel [Enabled] OnChip SATA Channel [Enabled] OnChip SATA Channel [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the onchip SATA channel. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Options Disabled Enabled
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 4-17 4-17 4-17 4-17 4-17 The succeeding item appears only if the OnChip SATA Channel OnChip SATA Channel OnChip SATA Channel OnChip SATA Channel OnChip SATA Channel item is set to [Enabled]. OnChip SATA Type [Native IDE] Allows you to select the onchip SATA type. Configuration options: [Native IDE] [RAID] [AHCI] [Legacy IDE] Select Screen Select Item F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2006, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main 4.3.7 4.3.7 4.3.7 4.3.7 4.3.7 System Information System Information System Information System Information System Information This menu gives you an overview of the general system specifications. The BIOS automatically detects the items in this menu. AMI BIOS AMI BIOS AMI BIOS AMI BIOS AMI BIOS Displays the auto-detected BIOS information. Processor Processor Processor Processor Processor Displays the auto-detected CPU specification. System Memory System Memory System Memory System Memory System Memory Displays the auto-detected system memory. AMIBIOS Version : 0122 Build Date : 07/20/06 Processor T yp e : AMD Athlon(tm) 64 X2 Dual Core Processor 4800 Speed : 2400 MHz Count : 2 System Memory Installed Size: 512MB Usable Size : 512MB
4-18 4-18 4-18 4-18 4-18 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Select Screen Select Item - Change option F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2006, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit 4.4 Advanced menu The Advanced menu items allow you to change the settings for the CPU and other system devices. Take caution when changing the settings of the Advanced menu items. Incorrect field values can cause the system to malfunction. Jumperfree Configuration CPU Configuration Chipset Onboard Devices Configuration PCIPnP USB Configuration Select Screen Select Item - Change option F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2006, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced Configure System Frequency/Voltage AI Overclocking [Manual] FSB Frequency [200] PCIE Frequency [100] Processor Frequency (FID) [Auto] Processor Voltage (VID) [Auto] CPU:ATI-NB HT Link Speed [Auto] DDR Voltage [Auto] VCORE Over-voltage [Auto] Northbridge Voltage [Auto] AI Clock Skew for Channel A [Auto] Current Clock Skew Advance450ps AI Clock Skew for Channel B [Auto] Current Clock Skew Advance450ps 4.4.1 4.4.1 4.4.1 4.4.1 4.4.1 JumperFree Configuration JumperFree Configuration JumperFree Configuration JumperFree Configuration JumperFree Configuration
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 4-19 4-19 4-19 4-19 4-19 AI Overclocking [Auto] AI Overclocking [Auto] AI Overclocking [Auto] AI Overclocking [Auto] AI Overclocking [Auto] Allows you to select the overclocking options to achieve the desired CPU internal frequency. Select either one of the preset overclocking configiuration options. Setting Setting Setting Setting Setting Description Description Description Description Description Manual Manual Manual Manual Manual allows you to individually set overclocking parameters. Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto loads the optimal settings for the system. Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard loads the standard settings for the system. Overclock Profile Overclock Profile Overclock Profile Overclock Profile Overclock Profile loads overclocking profiles with optimal parameters for stability when overclocking. AI N.O.S. AI N.O.S. AI N.O.S. AI N.O.S. AI N.O.S. the ASUS AI Non-delay Overclocking System feature intelligently determines the system load and automatically boost the performance for the most demanding tasks. The following items appear only when the AI Overclocking AI Overclocking AI Overclocking AI Overclocking AI Overclocking item is set to [Manual]. FSB Frequency [200] FSB Frequency [200] FSB Frequency [200] FSB Frequency [200] FSB Frequency [200] Allows you to adjust the FSB frequency. The value of this item is auto- detected by the BIOS. Use the < > and <-> keys to adjust the FSB frequency. You can also type the desired FSB frequency using the numeric keypad. The values range from 200 to 400. PCIE Frequency [100] PCIE Frequency [100] PCIE Frequency [100] PCIE Frequency [100] PCIE Frequency [100] Allows you to adjust the PCIE frequency. The value of this item is auto- detected by the BIOS. Use the < > and <-> keys to adjust the PCIE frequency. You can also type the desired PCIE frequency using the numeric keypad. The values range from 100 to 150. Processor Frequency (FID) [Auto] Processor Frequency (FID) [Auto] Processor Frequency (FID) [Auto] Processor Frequency (FID) [Auto] Processor Frequency (FID) [Auto] Allows you to set the processor frequency. Configuration options: [Auto] [x5 1000 MHz] [x6 1000 MHz] [x7 1000 MHz] [x8 1000 MHz] [x9 1000 MHz] [x10 1000 MHz] [x11 1000 MHz] [x12 1000 MHz] Processor Voltage (VID) [Auto] Processor Voltage (VID) [Auto] Processor Voltage (VID) [Auto] Processor Voltage (VID) [Auto] Processor Voltage (VID) [Auto] Allows you to set the processor voltage. Configuration options: [Auto] [0.800 V] [0.825 V] [0.850 V]... [0.875 V] [0.900 V] [0.925 V] .....[1.525 V] [1.550 V]
4-20 4-20 4-20 4-20 4-20 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup CPU:ATI-NB HT Link Speed [Auto] CPU:ATI-NB HT Link Speed [Auto] CPU:ATI-NB HT Link Speed [Auto] CPU:ATI-NB HT Link Speed [Auto] CPU:ATI-NB HT Link Speed [Auto] Configuration options: [Auto] [x1 200 MHz] [x2 400 MHz] [x3 600 MHz] [x4 800 MHz] [x5 1 GHz] DDR Voltage [Auto] DDR Voltage [Auto] DDR Voltage [Auto] DDR Voltage [Auto] DDR Voltage [Auto] Allows you to set the DDR memory voltage. Configuration options: [Auto] [1.80 V] [1.85 V] [1.90 V] [1.95 V][2.00V] [2.05 V]...[2.45 V] Setting a very high voltage may damage the component permanently. Setting a very low voltage may cause the system to become unstable. VCORE Over-voltage [Auto] VCORE Over-voltage [Auto] VCORE Over-voltage [Auto] VCORE Over-voltage [Auto] VCORE Over-voltage [Auto] Allows you to enable or disable VCORE over-voltage. Configuration options: [Auto] [Disabled] [Enable] Northbridge Voltage [Auto] Northbridge Voltage [Auto] Northbridge Voltage [Auto] Northbridge Voltage [Auto] Northbridge Voltage [Auto] Configuration options: [Auto] [Manual] The following items appear only when the Northbridge Voltage Northbridge Voltage Northbridge Voltage Northbridge Voltage Northbridge Voltage item is set to [Manual]. HyperTransport Voltage [Auto] Configuration options: [Auto] [1.20V] [1.30V] [1.40V] [1.50V] Core/PCIe Voltage [Auto] Configuration options: [Auto] [1.20V] [1.30V] [1.40V] [1.50V] AI Clock Skew for Channel A AI Clock Skew for Channel A AI Clock Skew for Channel A AI Clock Skew for Channel A AI Clock Skew for Channel A [Auto] [Auto] [Auto] [Auto] [Auto] Configuration options: [Auto] [Advance 900ps] [Advance 750ps] [Advance 600ps] ...[Advance 150ps] [Normal] [Delay 150ps] [Delay 300ps] [Delay 450ps]...[Delay 900] Current Clock Skew [Advance450ps] Shows the status of the current clock skew. AI Clock Skew for Channel B [Auto] AI Clock Skew for Channel B [Auto] AI Clock Skew for Channel B [Auto] AI Clock Skew for Channel B [Auto] AI Clock Skew for Channel B [Auto] Configuration options: [Auto] [Normal] [Advance 150ps] [Advance 300ps] ...[Advance 900] [Delay 150ps] [Delay 300ps]...[Delay 900] Current Clock Skew [Advance450ps] Shows the status of the current clock skew. The following items appear only when you set the AI Overclocking AI Overclocking AI Overclocking AI Overclocking AI Overclocking item to [Manual].
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 4-21 4-21 4-21 4-21 4-21 Overclock Options [Overclock 5%] Overclock Options [Overclock 5%] Overclock Options [Overclock 5%] Overclock Options [Overclock 5%] Overclock Options [Overclock 5%] Allows you to overclock the CPU speed through the available preset values. Configuration options: [Overclock 3%] [Overclock 5%] [Overclock 10%] [Overclock 15%] [Overclock 20%] [Overclock 30%] The following item appears only when you set the AI Overclocking AI Overclocking AI Overclocking AI Overclocking AI Overclocking item to [AI N.O.S.]. Turbo N.O.S. [Overclock 5%] Turbo N.O.S. [Overclock 5%] Turbo N.O.S. [Overclock 5%] Turbo N.O.S. [Overclock 5%] Turbo N.O.S. [Overclock 5%] Configuration options: [Overclock 3%] [Overclock 5%] [Overclock 10%] [Overclock 15%] [Overclock 20%] [Overclock 30%] The following item appears only when you set the AI Overclocking AI Overclocking AI Overclocking AI Overclocking AI Overclocking item to [Ovrerclock Profile].
4-22 4-22 4-22 4-22 4-22 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2006, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced 4.4.2 4.4.2 4.4.2 4.4.2 4.4.2 CPU Configuration CPU Configuration CPU Configuration CPU Configuration CPU Configuration The items in this menu show the CPU-related information that the BIOS automatically detects. Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet [ Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet [ Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet [ Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet [ Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet [ Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled ] ] ] ] ] Enables or disables the Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet⢠technology feature. Configuration options: [Enabled] [Disabled] AMD Live! [Disabled] AMD Live! [Disabled] AMD Live! [Disabled] AMD Live! [Disabled] AMD Live! [Disabled] Enables or disables the AMD Live!⢠technology feature. Configuration options: [Enabled] [Disabled] CPU Configuration Module Version: 13.05 AGESA Version: 02.06.09 Physical Count: 1 Logical Count: 2 AMD Athlon(tm) 64 X2 Dual Core Processor 4800 Revision: F2 Cache L1: 128KB Cache L2: 2048KB Speed: 2400MHz Current FSB Multiplier: 12x Maximum FSB Multiplier: 12x Able to Change Freq: Yes uCode Patch Level: None Required Cool `nâ Quiet [Disabled] AMD Live! [Disabled] Memory Controller
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 4-23 4-23 4-23 4-23 4-23 Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2006, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2006, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced Memory Controller Memory Controller Memory Controller Memory Controller Memory Controller Memory Controller Memory Configuration Power Down Control [Auto] Alternate VID [Auto] Current Memory CLK : 800 MHz Current CAS Latency (CL) : 3.0 Current RAS/CAS Delay (Trcd) : 3 CLK Current TRAS : 8 CLK Current TRP : 3 CLK Current TRRD : 3 CLK Current TRC : 24 CLK Asynchronous Latency : 6 ns Memory Configuration Memory Configuration Memory Configuration Memory Configuration Memory Configuration Memory Configuration Memclock Frequency [Auto] CAS Latency (CL) [Auto] TRCD [Auto] TRP [Auto] TRAS [Auto] 2T Mode [Auto] MCT Timing Mode [Auto] Bank Interleaving [Auto] MemClk Tristate C3/ATLVID [Disabled] Memory Hole Remapping [Disabled] Select the DRAM Frequency programming method. If Auto, the DRAM speed will be based on SPDs. If Limit, the DRAM speed will not exceed the specified value. If Manual, the DRAM specified will be programmed regardless Memory Frequency [Auto] Allows you to select the DRAM Frequency programming method. Configuration options: [Auto] [Limit] [Manual] The following item appears when the Memory Frequency Memory Frequency Memory Frequency Memory Frequency Memory Frequency item is set to [Limit] and [Manual]. Frequency [200 MHz] Frequency [200 MHz] Frequency [200 MHz] Frequency [200 MHz] Frequency [200 MHz] Allows you to set the memory frequency. Configuration options: [200 MHz] [266 MHz] [333 MHz] [400 MHz]
4-24 4-24 4-24 4-24 4-24 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup CAS Latency (CL) [Auto] Configuration options: [Auto] [3.0] [4.0] [5.0] [6.0] TRCD [Auto] Configuration options: [Auto] [3 CLK] [4 CLK] [5 CLK] [6 CLK] TRP [Auto] Configuration options: [Auto] [3 CLK] [4 CLK] [5 CLK] [6 CLK] TRAS [Auto] Configuration options: [Auto] [5 CLK] [6 CLK] [7 CLK]...[18 CLK] 2T Mode [Auto] Configuration options: [Auto] [Disabled] [Enable] MCT Timing Mode [Auto] Configuration options: [Auto] [Manual] The following items appear when the MCT Timing Mode item is set to [Manual]. TRRD [Auto] TRRD [Auto] TRRD [Auto] TRRD [Auto] TRRD [Auto] Configuration options: [Auto] [2T] [3T] [4T] [5T] TRC [Auto] TRC [Auto] TRC [Auto] TRC [Auto] TRC [Auto] Configuration options: [Auto] [11T] [12T] [13T]...[26T] MemClk Tristate C3/ATLVID [Disabled] Enables or disables the MemClk Tri-Stating during C3 and Alt VID. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Memory Hole Remapping [Disabled] Enables or disables the Memory Remapping around Memory Hole. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Power Down Control [Auto] Power Down Control [Auto] Power Down Control [Auto] Power Down Control [Auto] Power Down Control [Auto] Allows DIMMs to enter power down mode by deasserting the clock enable signal when DIMMs are not in use. Configuration options: [Auto] [Disabled] Bank Interleaving [Auto] Sets to [Auto] or disables the Bank Memory Interleaving. Configuration options: [Auto] [Disabled]
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 4-25 4-25 4-25 4-25 4-25 Alternate VID [Auto] Alternate VID [Auto] Alternate VID [Auto] Alternate VID [Auto] Alternate VID [Auto] Specifies the alternate VID while in low power state. Configuration options: [1.550 V] [1.525 V] [1.500 V] [1.475 V] [1.450]...[0.825 V] [0.800 V] [Auto] 4.4.3 4.4.3 4.4.3 4.4.3 4.4.3 Chipset Chipset Chipset Chipset Chipset The Chipset menu allows you to change the advanced chipset settings. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the sub-menu. Select Screen Select Item Enter Go to Sub Screen F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2006, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced VGA Priority [1st PCIE->2nd PCIE] Hyper Transport Configuration PCI Express Configuration Select Screen Select Item Enter Go to Sub Screen F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2006, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced Hyper Transport Configuration RD580 HT Link Three State [Disabled] RD580 RD580 HT Drive Strength [Auto] RD580 HT Receiver Comp. Ctrl [Auto] RD580 HT PLL Control [Auto] VGA Priority [1st PCIE->2nd PCIE->PCI] VGA Priority [1st PCIE->2nd PCIE->PCI] VGA Priority [1st PCIE->2nd PCIE->PCI] VGA Priority [1st PCIE->2nd PCIE->PCI] VGA Priority [1st PCIE->2nd PCIE->PCI] Allows you to select the priority of the VGA cards you use. Configuration options: [1st PCIE->2nd PCIE->PCI] [2nd PCIE->1st PCIE- >PCI] [PCI->1st PCIE->2nd PCIE] Hyper Transport Configuration Hyper Transport Configuration Hyper Transport Configuration Hyper Transport Configuration Hyper Transport Configuration Allows you to configure the HT links.
4-26 4-26 4-26 4-26 4-26 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup RD580 HT Link Three State [Disabled] Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] RD580 RD580 HT Drive Strength [Auto] Configuration options: [Auto] [Optimal] RD580 HT Receiver Comp. Ctrl [Auto] Configuration options: [Auto] [Optimal] RD580 HT PLL Control [Auto] Configuration options: [Auto] [Low Speed] [High Speed] Select Screen Select Item Enter Go to Sub Screen F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2006, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced PCI Express Configuration PCIE GFX1 Link Width [x16] PCIE GFX2 Link Width [x16] P2P Writes Between GFX Port [Enabled] 10% Extra Current for GPP [Enabled] 10% Extra Current for SB [Enabled] 10% Extra Current for GFX1 [Enabled] 10% Extra Current for GFX2 [Enabled] PCI Express Configuration PCI Express Configuration PCI Express Configuration PCI Express Configuration PCI Express Configuration PCIE GFX1 Link Width [x16] Configuration options: [x1] [x2] [x4] [x8] [x16] PCIE GFX2 Link Width [x16] Configuration options: [x1] [x2] [x4] [x8] [x16] P2P Writes Between GFX Ports [Enabled] Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] 10% Extra Current for GPP [Enabled] Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] 10% Extra Current for SB [Enabled] Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] 10% Extra Current for GFX1 [Enabled] Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] 10% Extra Current for GFX2 [Enabled] Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] x1 x2 x4 x8 x16 Options
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 4-27 4-27 4-27 4-27 4-27 Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2006, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced 4.4.4 4.4.4 4.4.4 4.4.4 4.4.4 Onboard Devices Configuration Onboard Devices Configuration Onboard Devices Configuration Onboard Devices Configuration Onboard Devices Configuration HD Audio Azalia Device [ HD Audio Azalia Device [ HD Audio Azalia Device [ HD Audio Azalia Device [ HD Audio Azalia Device [ Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled ] ] ] ] ] Allows you to enable or disable the HD Audio Azalia Device. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] The following item appears only when the HD Audio Azalia Device HD Audio Azalia Device HD Audio Azalia Device HD Audio Azalia Device HD Audio Azalia Device item is set to [Enabled]. Front Panel Support Type Allows you to select the front panel support type. When the High Definition Audio Front Panel is used, set the mode to [HD Audio]. Configuration options: [AC97] [HD Audio] Onboard LAN [Enabled] Onboard LAN [Enabled] Onboard LAN [Enabled] Onboard LAN [Enabled] Onboard LAN [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the onchip MAC LAN. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Onboard LAN Boot ROM [Disabled] This item allows you to enable or disable the MAC boot ROM. This item appears only when the Onboard LAN Onboard LAN Onboard LAN Onboard LAN Onboard LAN item is set to [Enabled]. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] External SATA [Enabled] External SATA [Enabled] External SATA [Enabled] External SATA [Enabled] External SATA [Enabled] Enables or disables the External SATA device. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Onboard Devices HD Audio Azalia Device [Enabled] Front Panel Support Type [HD Audio] Onboard LAN [Enabled] Onboard LAN Boot ROM [Disabled] External SATA [Enabled] Controller Mode [IDE] IEEE 1394 controller [Enabled] Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4]
4-28 4-28 4-28 4-28 4-28 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup IEEE1394 [Enabled] IEEE1394 [Enabled] IEEE1394 [Enabled] IEEE1394 [Enabled] IEEE1394 [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the IEEE 1394a controller. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Allows you to select the Serial Port1 base address. Configuration options: [Disabled] [3F8/IRQ4] [2F8/IRQ3] [3E8/IRQ4] [2E8/IRQ3] Controller Mode [IDE] This item allows you to set the external SATA controller mode. This item appears only when the External SATA External SATA External SATA External SATA External SATA item is set to [Enabled]. Configuration options: [IDE] [AHCI]
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 4-29 4-29 4-29 4-29 4-29 Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2006, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced 4.4.5 4.4.5 4.4.5 4.4.5 4.4.5 PCI PnP PCI PnP PCI PnP PCI PnP PCI PnP The PCI PnP menu items allow you to change the advanced settings for PCI/PnP devices. The menu includes setting IRQ and DMA channel resources for either PCI/PnP or legacy ISA devices, and setting the memory size block for legacy ISA devices. Advanced PCI/PnP Settings WARNING: Setting wrong values in below sections may cause system to malfunction. Plug And Play O/S [No] PCI Latency Timer [64] Allocate IRQ to PCI VGA [Yes] Palette Snooping [Disabled] IRQ-3 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-4 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-5 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-7 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-9 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-10 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-11 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-14 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-15 assigned to [PCI Device] Plug And Play O/S [No] Plug And Play O/S [No] Plug And Play O/S [No] Plug And Play O/S [No] Plug And Play O/S [No] When set to [No], BIOS configures all the devices in the system. When set to [Yes] and if you install a Plug and Play operating system, the operating system configures the Plug and Play devices not required for boot. Configuration options: [No] [Yes] PCI Latency Timer [64] PCI Latency Timer [64] PCI Latency Timer [64] PCI Latency Timer [64] PCI Latency Timer [64] Allows you to select the value in units of PCI clocks for the PCI device latency timer register. Configuration options: [32] [64] [96] [128] [160] [192] [224] [248] Allocate IRQ to PCI VGA [Yes] Allocate IRQ to PCI VGA [Yes] Allocate IRQ to PCI VGA [Yes] Allocate IRQ to PCI VGA [Yes] Allocate IRQ to PCI VGA [Yes] When set to [Yes], BIOS assigns an IRQ to PCI VGA card if the card requests for an IRQ. When set to [No], BIOS does not assign an IRQ to the PCI VGA card even if requested. Configuration options: [No] [Yes] Palette Snooping [Disabled] Palette Snooping [Disabled] Palette Snooping [Disabled] Palette Snooping [Disabled] Palette Snooping [Disabled] When set to [Enabled], BIOS informs the PCI devices that an ISA graphics device is installed in the system so the card will function correctly. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Take caution when changing the settings of the PCI PnP menu items. Incorrect field values can cause the system to malfunction. NO: l ets the BIOS configue all the devices in the system. YES: l ets the operating system configure Plug and Play (PnP) devices not required for boot if your system has a Plug and Play operating system.
4-30 4-30 4-30 4-30 4-30 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup IRQ-xx assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-xx assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-xx assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-xx assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-xx assigned to [PCI Device] When set to [PCI Device], the specific IRQ is free for use of PCI/PnP devices. When set to [Reserved], the IRQ is reserved for legacy ISA devices. Configuration options: [PCI Device] [Reserved] USB Controller [USB 1.1 and 2.0] USB Controller [USB 1.1 and 2.0] USB Controller [USB 1.1 and 2.0] USB Controller [USB 1.1 and 2.0] USB Controller [USB 1.1 and 2.0] Allows you to select or disable the USB controller. Configuration options: [Disabled] [USB 1.1 Only] [USB 1.1 and 2.0] Legacy USB Support [Enabled] Legacy USB Support [Enabled] Legacy USB Support [Enabled] Legacy USB Support [Enabled] Legacy USB Support [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable support for legacy USB devices. Setting to [Auto] allows the system to detect the presence of USB devices at startup. If detected, the USB controller legacy mode is enabled. If no USB device is detected, the legacy USB support is disabled. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] [Auto] Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.53 (C)Copyright 1985-2005, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced 4.4.6 4.4.6 4.4.6 4.4.6 4.4.6 USB Configuration USB Configuration USB Configuration USB Configuration USB Configuration The items in this menu allows you to change the USB-related features. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the configuration options. The Module Version Module Version Module Version Module Version Module Version and USB Devices Enabled USB Devices Enabled USB Devices Enabled USB Devices Enabled USB Devices Enabled items show the auto-detected values. If no USB device is detected, the item shows None None None None None . USB Configuration Module Version - 2.24.0-11.4 USB Devices Enabled: None USB Controller [USB1.1 and 2.0] Legacy USB Support [Enabled] USB 2.0 Controller Mode [HiSpeed] BIOS EHCI Hand-off [Enabled] USB Mass Storage Device Configuration
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 4-31 4-31 4-31 4-31 4-31 USB 2.0 Controller Mode [HiSpeed] USB 2.0 Controller Mode [HiSpeed] USB 2.0 Controller Mode [HiSpeed] USB 2.0 Controller Mode [HiSpeed] USB 2.0 Controller Mode [HiSpeed] Allows you to set the USB 2.0 controller mode to HiSpeed (480 Mbps) or FullSpeed (12 Mbps). Configuration options: [FullSpeed] [HiSpeed] BIOS EHCI Hand-off [Enabled] BIOS EHCI Hand-off [Enabled] BIOS EHCI Hand-off [Enabled] BIOS EHCI Hand-off [Enabled] BIOS EHCI Hand-off [Enabled] Allows you to enable support for operating systems without an EHCI hand-off feature. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Mass Storage Device Configuration Mass Storage Device Configuration Mass Storage Device Configuration Mass Storage Device Configuration Mass Storage Device Configuration USB Mass Storage Reset Delay [20 Sec] Configuration options: [10 Sec] [20 Sec] [30 Sec] [40 Sec] Emulation Type [Auto] Sets the emulation type for the USB device. When set to Auto, USB devices less than 530 MB will be emulated as Floppy and the remaining as hard drive. Forced FDD option can be used to force a HDD formatted drive to boot as FDD (Ex. ZIP drive) Configuration options: [Auto] [Floppy] [Forced FDD] [Hard Disk] [CDROM] USB Mass Storage Device Configuration USB Mass Storage Reset Delay [20 Sec] Device # xxxx Emulation Type [Auto] If Auto, USB devices less than 530MB will be emulated as Floppy and remaining as hard drive. Forced FDD option can be used to force a HDD formatted drive to boot as FDD (Ex.ZIP drive)
4-32 4-32 4-32 4-32 4-32 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Select Screen Select Item - Change Field F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2005, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit 4.5 Power menu The Power menu items allow you to change the settings for the ACPI and Advanced Power Management (APM) features. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the configuration options. 4.5.1 4.5.1 4.5.1 4.5.1 4.5.1 Suspend Mode [Auto] Suspend Mode [Auto] Suspend Mode [Auto] Suspend Mode [Auto] Suspend Mode [Auto] Allows you to select the Advanced Configuration and Power Interface (ACPI) state to be used for system suspend. Setting this item to [Auto] allows the OS to select the ACPI state. Configuration options: [S1 (POS) only] [S3 only] [Auto] 4.5.2 4.5.2 4.5.2 4.5.2 4.5.2 Repost Video on S3 Resume [No] Repost Video on S3 Resume [No] Repost Video on S3 Resume [No] Repost Video on S3 Resume [No] Repost Video on S3 Resume [No] Determines whether to invoke VGA BIOS POST on S3/STR resume. Configuration options: [No] [ Ye s] 4.5.3 4.5.3 4.5.3 4.5.3 4.5.3 ACPI Version Features [ACPI v1.0] ACPI Version Features [ACPI v1.0] ACPI Version Features [ACPI v1.0] ACPI Version Features [ACPI v1.0] ACPI Version Features [ACPI v1.0] Allows you to select the ACPI version to enable RSDP pointers to 64-bit Fixed System Description Tables. Configuration options: [ACPI v1.0] [ACPI v2.0] [ACPI v3.0] 4.5.4 4.5.4 4.5.4 4.5.4 4.5.4 ACPI APIC Support [Enabled] ACPI APIC Support [Enabled] ACPI APIC Support [Enabled] ACPI APIC Support [Enabled] ACPI APIC Support [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the Advanced Configuration and Power Interface (ACPI) support in the Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller (APIC). When set to Enabled, the ACPI APIC table pointer is included in the RSDT pointer list. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Suspend Mode [Auto] Repost Video on S3 Resume [No] ACPI Version Features [ACPI v1.0] ACPI APIC Support [Enabled] APM Configuration Hardware Monitor
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 4-33 4-33 4-33 4-33 4-33 Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2005, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Power 4.5.5 4.5.5 4.5.5 4.5.5 4.5.5 APM Configuration APM Configuration APM Configuration APM Configuration APM Configuration Power Button Mode [On/Off] Power Button Mode [On/Off] Power Button Mode [On/Off] Power Button Mode [On/Off] Power Button Mode [On/Off] Allows the system to go into On/Off mode or suspend mode when the power button is pressed. Configuration options: [On/Off] [Suspend] Restore on AC Power Loss [Disabled] Restore on AC Power Loss [Disabled] Restore on AC Power Loss [Disabled] Restore on AC Power Loss [Disabled] Restore on AC Power Loss [Disabled] When set to Power Off, the system goes into off state after an AC power loss. When set to Power On, the system goes on after an AC power loss. When set to Last State, the system goes into either off or on state, whatever the system state was before the AC power loss. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Power On] [Power Off] [Last State] Power On By PS/2 Keyboard [Disabled] Power On By PS/2 Keyboard [Disabled] Power On By PS/2 Keyboard [Disabled] Power On By PS/2 Keyboard [Disabled] Power On By PS/2 Keyboard [Disabled] Allows you to use specific keys on the keyboard to turn on the system. This feature requires an ATX power supply that provides at least 1A on the 5VSB lead. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Power On By PS/2 Mouse [Disabled] Power On By PS/2 Mouse [Disabled] Power On By PS/2 Mouse [Disabled] Power On By PS/2 Mouse [Disabled] Power On By PS/2 Mouse [Disabled] When set to [Enabled], this parameter allows you to use the PS/2 mouse to turn on the system. This feature requires an ATX power supply that provides at least 1A on the 5VSB lead. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Power On By External Modems [Disabled] Power On By External Modems [Disabled] Power On By External Modems [Disabled] Power On By External Modems [Disabled] Power On By External Modems [Disabled] Allows either settings of [Enabled] or [Disabled] for powering up the computer when the external modem receives a call while the computer is in Soft-off mode. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Power Button Mode [On/Off] Restore on AC Power Loss [Disabled] Power On By PS/2 Keyboard [Disabled] Power On By PS/2 Mouse [Disabled] Power On By External Modems [Disabled] Power On By PCI/PCIe Devices [Disabled] RTC Resume [Disabled]
4-34 4-34 4-34 4-34 4-34 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Power On By PCI/PCIe Devices [Disabled] Power On By PCI/PCIe Devices [Disabled] Power On By PCI/PCIe Devices [Disabled] Power On By PCI/PCIe Devices [Disabled] Power On By PCI/PCIe Devices [Disabled] When set to [Enabled], this parameter allows you to turn on the system through a PCI LAN or modem card. This feature requires an ATX power supply that provides at least 1A on the 5VSB lead. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] The succeeding items appear when the RTC Resume RTC Resume RTC Resume RTC Resume RTC Resume item is set to [Enabled]. RTC Alarm Date (Days) [15] RTC Alarm Date (Days) [15] RTC Alarm Date (Days) [15] RTC Alarm Date (Days) [15] RTC Alarm Date (Days) [15] To set the alarm date, highlight this item and press the < > or <-> key to make the selection. RTC Alarm Time (HH:MM:SS) [12:30:30] RTC Alarm Time (HH:MM:SS) [12:30:30] RTC Alarm Time (HH:MM:SS) [12:30:30] RTC Alarm Time (HH:MM:SS) [12:30:30] RTC Alarm Time (HH:MM:SS) [12:30:30] To set the alarm time, use the <Enter>, <Tab>, or <Shift> to select a field, and press the < > or <-> key to make the selection. The computer cannot receive or transmit data until the computer and applications are fully running. Thus, connection cannot be made on the first try. Turning an external modem off and then back on while the computer is off causes an initialization string that turns the system power on. RTC Resume [Disabled] RTC Resume [Disabled] RTC Resume [Disabled] RTC Resume [Disabled] RTC Resume [Disabled] Enables or disables the RTC function. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 4-35 4-35 4-35 4-35 4-35 Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.53 (C)Copyright 1985-2004, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Power 4.5.6 4.5.6 4.5.6 4.5.6 4.5.6 Hardware Monitor Hardware Monitor Hardware Monitor Hardware Monitor Hardware Monitor Hardware Monitor CPU Temperature [32.5úC/90.5úF] MB Temperature [36.0úC/96.5úF] CPU Fan Speed [3813 RPM] Chassis Fan Speed [N/A] Chassis Fan2 Speed [N/A] Power Fan Speed [N/A] VCORE Voltage [ 1.320V] 3.3V Voltage [ 3.345V] 5V Voltage [ 5.094V] 12V Voltage [11.880V] Smart Q-Fan Function [Disabled] CPU Temperature [xxxúC/xxxúF] CPU Temperature [xxxúC/xxxúF] CPU Temperature [xxxúC/xxxúF] CPU Temperature [xxxúC/xxxúF] CPU Temperature [xxxúC/xxxúF] MB Temperature [xxxúC/xxxúF] MB Temperature [xxxúC/xxxúF] MB Temperature [xxxúC/xxxúF] MB Temperature [xxxúC/xxxúF] MB Temperature [xxxúC/xxxúF] The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects and displays the motherboard and CPU temperatures. Select [Ignored] if you do not wish to display the detected temperatures. CPU Fan Speed [xxxxRPM] or [Ignored] CPU Fan Speed [xxxxRPM] or [Ignored] CPU Fan Speed [xxxxRPM] or [Ignored] CPU Fan Speed [xxxxRPM] or [Ignored] CPU Fan Speed [xxxxRPM] or [Ignored] The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects and displays the CPU fan speed in rotations per minute (RPM). If the fan is not connected to the motherboard, the field shows N/A. Select [Ignore] from the item options to disable CPU fan speed monitoring. Chassis Fan/Fan2 Speed [N/A] or [Ignored] Chassis Fan/Fan2 Speed [N/A] or [Ignored] Chassis Fan/Fan2 Speed [N/A] or [Ignored] Chassis Fan/Fan2 Speed [N/A] or [Ignored] Chassis Fan/Fan2 Speed [N/A] or [Ignored] The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects and displays the chassis fan speed in rotations per minute (RPM). If the fan is not connected to the chassis, the specific field shows N/A. Select [Ignore] from the item options to disable chassis fan speed monitoring. Power Fan Speed [N/A] or [Ignored] Power Fan Speed [N/A] or [Ignored] Power Fan Speed [N/A] or [Ignored] Power Fan Speed [N/A] or [Ignored] Power Fan Speed [N/A] or [Ignored] The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects and displays the power fan speed in rotations per minute (RPM). If the fan is not connected to the power fan connector, the specific field shows N/A. VCORE Voltage, 3.3V Voltage, 5V Voltage, 12V Voltage VCORE Voltage, 3.3V Voltage, 5V Voltage, 12V Voltage VCORE Voltage, 3.3V Voltage, 5V Voltage, 12V Voltage VCORE Voltage, 3.3V Voltage, 5V Voltage, 12V Voltage VCORE Voltage, 3.3V Voltage, 5V Voltage, 12V Voltage The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects the voltage output through the onboard voltage regulators. CPU Temperature
4-36 4-36 4-36 4-36 4-36 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Smart Q-FAN Function Smart Q-FAN Function Smart Q-FAN Function Smart Q-FAN Function Smart Q-FAN Function [Disabled] [Disabled] [Disabled] [Disabled] [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the ASUS Q-Fan feature that smartly adjusts the fan speeds for more efficient system operation. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] The following items appear when the Smart Q-FAN Function Smart Q-FAN Function Smart Q-FAN Function Smart Q-FAN Function Smart Q-FAN Function item is set to [Enabled]. CPU Fan type [DC] CPU Fan type [DC] CPU Fan type [DC] CPU Fan type [DC] CPU Fan type [DC] Allows you to set the CPU fan type. Configuration options: [DC] [PWM] Smart Fan Mode [Optimal] Smart Fan Mode [Optimal] Smart Fan Mode [Optimal] Smart Fan Mode [Optimal] Smart Fan Mode [Optimal] Allows you to set the Smart Fan mode. Configuration options: [Performance] [Optimal] [Silent]
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 4-37 4-37 4-37 4-37 4-37 4.6 Boot menu The Boot menu items allow you to change the system boot options. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the sub-menu. Select Screen Select Item Enter Go to Sub Screen F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2005, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit Boot Settings Boot Device Priority Boot Settings Configuration Security Specifies the Boot Device Boot Priority sequence. A virtual floppy disk drive (Floppy Drive B:) may appear when you set the CD-ROM drive as the first boot device. 4.6.1 4.6.1 4.6.1 4.6.1 4.6.1 Boot Device Priority Boot Device Priority Boot Device Priority Boot Device Priority Boot Device Priority 1st ~ xxth Boot Device [1st Floppy Drive] 1st ~ xxth Boot Device [1st Floppy Drive] 1st ~ xxth Boot Device [1st Floppy Drive] 1st ~ xxth Boot Device [1st Floppy Drive] 1st ~ xxth Boot Device [1st Floppy Drive] These items specify the boot device priority sequence from the available devices. The number of device items that appears on the screen depends on the number of devices installed in the system. Configuration options: [1st FLOPPY Drive] [Hard Drive] [ATAPI CD-ROM] [Disabled] The following item appears only when you have set a Serial ATA drive in a RAID configuration as boot device. Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2005, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Boot Boot Device Priority 1st Boot Device [1st FLOPPY DRIVE] 2nd Boot Device [PM-ST320410A] 3rd Boot Device [PS-ASUS CD-S520/A] Specifies the boot sequence from the availabe devices. A device enclosed in parenthesis has been disabled in the corresponding menu.
4-38 4-38 4-38 4-38 4-38 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Hard Disk [XXX Drive] Hard Disk [XXX Drive] Hard Disk [XXX Drive] Hard Disk [XXX Drive] Hard Disk [XXX Drive] This item specifies the Serial ATA boot device priority sequence from the available devices in a RAID configuration. Configuration options: [xxxxx Drive] [Disabled] Quick Boot [Enabled] Quick Boot [Enabled] Quick Boot [Enabled] Quick Boot [Enabled] Quick Boot [Enabled] Enabling this item allows the BIOS to skip some power on self tests (POST) while booting to decrease the time needed to boot the system. When set to [Disabled], BIOS performs all the POST items. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Full Screen Logo [Enabled] Full Screen Logo [Enabled] Full Screen Logo [Enabled] Full Screen Logo [Enabled] Full Screen Logo [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the full screen logo display feature. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] When this item is set to [Disabled], the system displays normal POST messages; when this item is set to [Enabled], the system displays OEM Logo instead of POST messages. AddOn ROM Display Mode [Force BIOS] AddOn ROM Display Mode [Force BIOS] AddOn ROM Display Mode [Force BIOS] AddOn ROM Display Mode [Force BIOS] AddOn ROM Display Mode [Force BIOS] Sets the display mode for option ROM. Configuration options: [Force BIOS] [Keep Current] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Allows you to select the power-on state for the NumLock. Configuration options: [Off] [On] 4.6.2 4.6.2 4.6.2 4.6.2 4.6.2 Boot Settings Configuration Boot Settings Configuration Boot Settings Configuration Boot Settings Configuration Boot Settings Configuration Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2006, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Boot Boot Settings Configuration Quick Boot [Enabled] Full Screen Logo [Enabled] AddOn ROM Display Mode [Force BIOS] Bootup Num-Lock [On] PS/2 Mouse Support [Auto] Wait For âÂÂF1â If Error [Enabled] Hit âÂÂDELâ Message Display [Enabled] Interrupt 19 Capture [Disabled] Allows BIOS to skip certain tests while booting. This will decrease the time needed to boot the system.
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 4-39 4-39 4-39 4-39 4-39 PS/2 Mouse Support [Auto] PS/2 Mouse Support [Auto] PS/2 Mouse Support [Auto] PS/2 Mouse Support [Auto] PS/2 Mouse Support [Auto] Allows you to enable or disable support for PS/2 mouse. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] [Auto] Hit âÂÂDELâ Message Display [Enabled] Hit âÂÂDELâ Message Display [Enabled] Hit âÂÂDELâ Message Display [Enabled] Hit âÂÂDELâ Message Display [Enabled] Hit âÂÂDELâ Message Display [Enabled] When set to Enabled, the system displays the message âÂÂPress DEL to run Setupâ during POST. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Interrupt 19 Capture [Disabled] Interrupt 19 Capture [Disabled] Interrupt 19 Capture [Disabled] Interrupt 19 Capture [Disabled] Interrupt 19 Capture [Disabled] When set to [Enabled], this function allows the option ROMs to trap Interrupt 19. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Wait For âÂÂF1â If Error [Enabled] Wait For âÂÂF1â If Error [Enabled] Wait For âÂÂF1â If Error [Enabled] Wait For âÂÂF1â If Error [Enabled] Wait For âÂÂF1â If Error [Enabled] When set to Enabled, the system waits for the F1 key to be pressed when error occurs. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] 4.6.3 4.6.3 4.6.3 4.6.3 4.6.3 Security Security Security Security Security The Security menu items allow you to change the system security settings. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the configuration options. Select Screen Select Item Enter Change F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2005, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Boot Security Settings Supervisor Password : Not Installed User Password : Not Installed Change Supervisor Password Change User password <Enter> to change password. <Enter> again to disabled password. Change Supervisor Password Change Supervisor Password Change Supervisor Password Change Supervisor Password Change Supervisor Password Select this item to set or change the supervisor password. The Supervisor Password item on top of the screen shows the default Not Installed Not Installed Not Installed Not Installed Not Installed . After you set a password, this item shows Installed Installed Installed Installed Installed .
4-40 4-40 4-40 4-40 4-40 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup After you have set a supervisor password, the other items appear to allow you to change other security settings. To set a Supervisor Password: 1. Select the Change Supervisor Password item and press <Enter>. 2. From the password box, type a password composed of at least six letters and/or numbers, then press <Enter>. 3. Confirm the password when prompted. The message âÂÂPassword Installedâ appears after you successfully set your password. To change the supervisor password, follow the same steps as in setting a user password. To clear the supervisor password, select the Change Supervisor Password then press <Enter>. The message âÂÂPassword Uninstalledâ appears. If you forget your BIOS password, you can clear it by erasing the CMOS Real Time Clock (RTC) RAM. See section âÂÂ2.6 Jumpersâ for information on how to erase the RTC RAM. Select Screen Select Item Enter Change F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2005, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Boot Security Settings Supervisor Password : Installed User Password : Not Installed Change Supervisor Password User Access Level [Full Access] Change User Password Clear User Password Password Check [Setup] <Enter> to change password. <Enter> again to disabled password. User Access Level [Full Access] User Access Level [Full Access] User Access Level [Full Access] User Access Level [Full Access] User Access Level [Full Access] This item allows you to select the access restriction to the Setup items. Configuration options: [No Access] [View Only] [Limited] [Full Access] No Access No Access No Access No Access No Access prevents user access to the Setup utility. View Only View Only View Only View Only View Only allows access but does not allow change to any field.
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 4-41 4-41 4-41 4-41 4-41 Change User Password Change User Password Change User Password Change User Password Change User Password Select this item to set or change the user password. The User Password item on top of the screen shows the default Not Installed Not Installed Not Installed Not Installed Not Installed . After you set a password, this item shows Installed Installed Installed Installed Installed . To set a User Password: 1. Select the Change User Password item and press <Enter>. 2. On the password box that appears, type a password composed of at least six letters and/or numbers, then press <Enter>. 3. Confirm the password when prompted. The message âÂÂPassword Installedâ appears after you set your password successfully. To change the user password, follow the same steps as in setting a user password. Limited Limited Limited Limited Limited allows changes only to selected fields, such as Date and Time. Full Access Full Access Full Access Full Access Full Access allows viewing and changing all the fields in the Setup utility. Password Check [Setup] Password Check [Setup] Password Check [Setup] Password Check [Setup] Password Check [Setup] When set to [Setup], BIOS checks for user password when accessing the Setup utility. When set to [Always], BIOS checks for user password both when accessing Setup and booting the system. Configuration options: [Setup] [Always]
4-42 4-42 4-42 4-42 4-42 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.7 Tools menu The Tools menu items allow you to configure options for special functions. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the sub-menu. Select Screen Select Item - Change Field Tab Select Field F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2006, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit ASUS EZ Flash 2 ASUS O.C. Profile 4.7.1 4.7.1 4.7.1 4.7.1 4.7.1 ASUS EZ Flash 2 ASUS EZ Flash 2 ASUS EZ Flash 2 ASUS EZ Flash 2 ASUS EZ Flash 2 Allows you to run ASUS EZ Flash 2. When you press <Enter>, a confirmation message appears. Use the left/right arrow key to select between [Yes] or [No], then press <Enter> to confirm your choice. Please see page 4-5, section 4.1.3 for details. ASUSTek EZ Flash 2 BIOS ROM Utility V3.00 Current ROM Update ROM BOARD: M2R32-MVP VER: 0128 DATE: 07/28/2006 BOARD: Unknown VER: Unknown DATE: Unknown PATH: C: A: C: D: E: F: [Enter] Select or Load [B] Backup [ESC]Exit [Tab] Switch [Up/Down/Home/End] Move Note WIN98SE <DIR> NETTERM <DIR> DRIVERS <DIR> RECYCLED <DIR> WUTEMP <DIR> NEWFOL~1 <DIR> INSTALL <DIR> TEST-REB <DIR> MSDOWNLD.TMP <DIR> FLASH TYPE: Winbond W39V080A/BP WIN98E <DIR>
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 4-43 4-43 4-43 4-43 4-43 Save to Profile 1/2 Save to Profile 1/2 Save to Profile 1/2 Save to Profile 1/2 Save to Profile 1/2 Allows you to save the current BIOS file to the BIOS Flash. Press <Enter> to save the file. Load from Profile 1/2 Load from Profile 1/2 Load from Profile 1/2 Load from Profile 1/2 Load from Profile 1/2 Allows you to load the previous BIOS settings saved in the BIOS Flash. Press <Enter> to load the file. Start O.C. Profile Start O.C. Profile Start O.C. Profile Start O.C. Profile Start O.C. Profile Allows you to run the utility to save and load CMOS. Press <Enter> to run the utility. 4.7.2 4.7.2 4.7.2 4.7.2 4.7.2 ASUS O.C. Profile ASUS O.C. Profile ASUS O.C. Profile ASUS O.C. Profile ASUS O.C. Profile O.C. PROFILE Configuration O.C. Profile 1 Status: Not Installed O.C. Profile 2 Status: Not Installed Save to Profile 1 Load from Profile 1 Save to Profile 2 Load from Profile 2 Start O.C. Profile Save to Profile 1 BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit Select Screen Select Item - Change Field Tab Select Field F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit ASUSTek O.C. Profile Utility V1.00 Current CMOS Update CMOS BOARD: M2R32-MVP VER: 0127 DATE: 07/27/2006 BOARD: Unknown VER: Unknown DATE: Unknown PATH: C: A: C: D: E: F: WIN98SE <DIR> NETTERM <DIR> DOCUMEâÂÂ1 <DIR> PROGRAâÂÂ1 <DIR> SYSTEMâÂÂ1 <DIR> M2NPVVM <DIR> RECYCLED <DIR> TEST-REB <DIR> BOOTFONT.BIN 213830 2001-09-05 20:00:00 Note CMOS backup is done! Press any key to Exit. [Enter] Select or Load [B] Backup [ESC]Exit [Tab] Switch [Up/Down/Home/End] Move
4-44 4-44 4-44 4-44 4-44 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup ⢠This function can supp0ort devices such as USB flash disk, or floppy disk with FAT 32/16 format and single partition only. ⢠Do not shutdown or reset the system while updating the BIOS to prevent system boot failure!
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 4-45 4-45 4-45 4-45 4-45 4.8 Exit menu Pressing <Esc> does not immediately exit this menu. Select one of the options from this menu or <F10> from the legend bar to exit. The Exit menu items allow you to load the optimal or failsafe default values for the BIOS items, and save or discard your changes to the BIOS items. Select Screen Select Item Enter Go to Sub Screen F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2005, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main Advanced Power Boot Exit Exit Options Exit & Save Changes Exit & Discard Changes Discard Changes Load Setup Defaults Exit system setup after saving the changes. F10 key can be used for this operation. Exit & Discard Changes Exit & Discard Changes Exit & Discard Changes Exit & Discard Changes Exit & Discard Changes Select this option only if you do not want to save the changes that you made to the Setup program. If you made changes to fields other than System Date, System Time, and Password, the BIOS asks for a confirmation before exiting. Discard Changes Discard Changes Discard Changes Discard Changes Discard Changes This option allows you to discard the selections you made and restore the previously saved values. After selecting this option, a confirmation appears. Select [Ok] [Ok] [Ok] [Ok] [Ok] t o discard any changes and load the previously saved values. If you attempt to exit the Setup program without saving your changes, the program prompts you with a message asking if you want to save your changes before exiting. Press <Enter> to save the changes while exiting. Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes Once you are finished making your selections, choose this option from the Exit menu to ensure the values you selected are saved to the CMOS RAM. An onboard backup battery sustains the CMOS RAM so it stays on even when the PC is turned off. When you select this option, a confirmation window appears. Select [Ok] [Ok] [Ok] [Ok] [Ok] t o save changes and exit.
4-46 4-46 4-46 4-46 4-46 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Load Setup Defaults Load Setup Defaults Load Setup Defaults Load Setup Defaults Load Setup Defaults This option allows you to load the default values for each of the parameters on the Setup menus. When you select this option or if you press <F5>, a confirmation window appears. Select [Ok] [Ok] [Ok] [Ok] [Ok] t o load default values. Select Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes o r make other changes before saving the values to the non-volatile RAM.
5 Software support This chapter describes the contents of the support CD that comes with the motherboard package.
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP Chapter summary 5 5.1 Installing an operating system ............................................. 5-1 5.2 Support CD information ........................................................ 5-1 5.3 Software information ........................................................... 5-9 5.4 RAID configurations ............................................................ 5-25 5.5 Creating a RAID driver disk ................................................. 5-32
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 5-1 5-1 5-1 5-1 5-1 If Autorun Autorun Autorun Autorun Autorun i s NOT enabled in your computer, browse the contents of the support CD to locate the file ASSETUP.EXE from the BIN folder. Double-click the ASSETUP.EXE ASSETUP.EXE ASSETUP.EXE ASSETUP.EXE ASSETUP.EXE t o run the CD. Click an item to install Click an item to install Click an item to install Click an item to install Click an item to install 5.1 Installing an operating system This motherboard supports Windows î 2000/XP operating systems (OS). Always install the latest OS version and corresponding updates to maximize the features of your hardware. 5.2 Support CD information The support CD that came with the motherboard package contains the drivers, software applications, and utilities that you can install to avail all motherboard features. 5.2.1 5.2.1 5.2.1 5.2.1 5.2.1 Running the support CD Running the support CD Running the support CD Running the support CD Running the support CD Place the support CD to the optical drive. The CD automatically displays the Drivers Drivers Drivers Drivers D r i v e r s menu if Autorun is enabled in your computer. ⢠Motherboard settings and hardware options vary. Use the setup procedures presented in this chapter for reference only. Refer to your OS documentation for detailed information. ⢠Make sure that you install Windows î 2000 Service Pack 4 or the Windows î XP Service Pack 1 or later versions before installing the drivers for better compatibility and system stability. The contents of the support CD are subject to change at any time without notice. Visit the ASUS website(www.asus.com) for updates. Click an icon to Click an icon to Click an icon to Click an icon to Click an icon to display support display support display support display support display support CD/motherboard CD/motherboard CD/motherboard CD/motherboard CD/motherboard information information information information information
5-2 5-2 5-2 5-2 5-2 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support 5.2.2 5.2.2 5.2.2 5.2.2 5.2.2 Drivers menu Drivers menu Drivers menu Drivers menu Drivers menu The drivers menu shows the available device drivers if the system detects installed devices. Install the necessary drivers to activate the devices. Marvell Yukon Gigabit Ethernet Driver Marvell Yukon Gigabit Ethernet Driver Marvell Yukon Gigabit Ethernet Driver Marvell Yukon Gigabit Ethernet Driver Marvell Yukon Gigabit Ethernet Driver Installs the Marvell î Yukon ⢠Gigabit Ethernet driver. JMicron JMB36X RAID/AHCI Controller Driver JMicron JMB36X RAID/AHCI Controller Driver JMicron JMB36X RAID/AHCI Controller Driver JMicron JMB36X RAID/AHCI Controller Driver JMicron JMB36X RAID/AHCI Controller Driver Installs the JMicron î JMB36X RAID controller driver. USB 2.0 Driver USB 2.0 Driver USB 2.0 Driver USB 2.0 Driver USB 2.0 Driver Installs the USB 2.0 driver. The screen display and drivers option may not be the same for different operating system versions. ATI Chipset Driver ATI Chipset Driver ATI Chipset Driver ATI Chipset Driver ATI Chipset Driver Installs the ATI î chipset driver. AMD Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet Driver AMD Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet Driver AMD Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet Driver AMD Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet Driver AMD Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet Driver Installs the AMD Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet⢠driver. SoundMAX ADI1988 Audio Driver SoundMAX ADI1988 Audio Driver SoundMAX ADI1988 Audio Driver SoundMAX ADI1988 Audio Driver SoundMAX ADI1988 Audio Driver Installs the SoundMAX î ADI1988 audio driver and application.
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 5-3 5-3 5-3 5-3 5-3 5.2.3 5.2.3 5.2.3 5.2.3 5.2.3 Utilities menu Utilities menu Utilities menu Utilities menu Utilities menu The Utilities menu shows the applications and other software that the motherboard supports. ASUS Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet Utility ASUS Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet Utility ASUS Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet Utility ASUS Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet Utility ASUS Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet Utility Installs the AMD Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet⢠software. Marvell Yukon VCT Application Marvell Yukon VCT Application Marvell Yukon VCT Application Marvell Yukon VCT Application Marvell Yukon VCT Application The Virtual Cable Tester (VCT) is a cable diagnostic application that analyzes and reports LAN cable faults and shorts. ASUS PC Probe II ASUS PC Probe II ASUS PC Probe II ASUS PC Probe II ASUS PC Probe II This smart utility monitors the fan speed, CPU temperature, and system voltages, and alerts you of any detected problems. This utility helps you keep your computer in healthy operating condition. ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update The ASUS Update utility that allows you to update the motherboard BIOS in Windows î environment. This utility requires an Internet connection either through a network or an Internet Service Provider (ISP). See section âÂÂ4.1.1 ASUS Update utilityâ for details. Before using the ASUS Update, make sure that you have an Internet connection so you can connect to the ASUS website.
5-4 5-4 5-4 5-4 5-4 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Adobe Reader V7.0 Adobe Reader V7.0 Adobe Reader V7.0 Adobe Reader V7.0 Adobe Reader V7.0 Installs the Adobe î Acrobat î Reader that allows you to open, view, and print documents in Portable Document Format (PDF). Microsoft DirectX 9.0c Microsoft DirectX 9.0c Microsoft DirectX 9.0c Microsoft DirectX 9.0c Microsoft DirectX 9.0c Installs the Microsoft î DirectX î 9.0c driver. The Microsoft î DirectX î 9.0c is a multimedia technology that enhances computer graphics and sound. DirectX î improves the multimedia features of your computer so you can enjoy watching TV and movies, capturing videos, or playing games on your computer. Visit the Microsoft î website (www.microsoft.com) for updates. Anti-virus utility Anti-virus utility Anti-virus utility Anti-virus utility Anti-virus utility The anti-virus application scans, identifies, and removes computer viruses. View the online help for detailed information. The screen display and utilities option may not be the same for different operating system versions.
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 5-5 5-5 5-5 5-5 5-5 5.2.4 5.2.4 5.2.4 5.2.4 5.2.4 Make Disk menu Make Disk menu Make Disk menu Make Disk menu Make Disk menu The Make Disk menu contains the item needed to create the ULI Serial ATA/RAID driver disk. Make ATI RAID Driver Make ATI RAID Driver Make ATI RAID Driver Make ATI RAID Driver Make ATI RAID Driver Allows you to create the ATI î driver disk. Make JMicron JMB36X 32/64bit RAID/AHCI Driver Make JMicron JMB36X 32/64bit RAID/AHCI Driver Make JMicron JMB36X 32/64bit RAID/AHCI Driver Make JMicron JMB36X 32/64bit RAID/AHCI Driver Make JMicron JMB36X 32/64bit RAID/AHCI Driver Allows you to create a JMicron î JMB36X RAID/AHCI driver disk for a 32-/64-bit system.
5-6 5-6 5-6 5-6 5-6 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support 5.2.5 5.2.5 5.2.5 5.2.5 5.2.5 Manuals menu Manuals menu Manuals menu Manuals menu Manuals menu The Manuals menu contains a list of supplementary user manuals. Click an item to open the folder of the user manual. Most user manual files are in Portable Document Format (PDF). Install the Adobe î Acrobat î Reader from the Utilities menu Utilities menu Utilities menu Utilities menu Utilities menu before opening a user manual file.
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 5-7 5-7 5-7 5-7 5-7 5.2.7 5.2.7 5.2.7 5.2.7 5.2.7 Other information Other information Other information Other information Other information The icons on the top right corner of the screen give additional information on the motherboard and the contents of the support CD. Click an icon to display the specified information. Motherboard Info Motherboard Info Motherboard Info Motherboard Info Motherboard Info Displays the general specifications of the motherboard. 5.2.6 5.2.6 5.2.6 5.2.6 5.2.6 ASUS Contact information ASUS Contact information ASUS Contact information ASUS Contact information ASUS Contact information Click the Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact tab to display the ASUS contact information. You can also find this information on the inside front cover of this user guide.
5-8 5-8 5-8 5-8 5-8 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Browse this CD Browse this CD Browse this CD Browse this CD Browse this CD Displays the contents of the support CD in graphical format. Technical Support Form Technical Support Form Technical Support Form Technical Support Form Technical Support Form Displays the ASUS Technical Support Request Form that you have to fill out when requesting technical support. Filelist Filelist Filelist Filelist Filelist Displays the contents of the support CD in text format.
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 5-9 5-9 5-9 5-9 5-9 5.3 Software information Most of the applications in the support CD have wizards that will conveniently guide you through the installation. View the online help or readme file that came with the software application for more information. 5.3.1 5.3.1 5.3.1 5.3.1 5.3.1 ASUS MyLogo2⢠ASUS MyLogo2⢠ASUS MyLogo2⢠ASUS MyLogo2⢠ASUS MyLogo2⢠The ASUS MyLogo2⢠utility lets you customize the boot logo. The boot logo is the image that appears on screen during the Power-On-Self-Tests (POST). The ASUS MyLogo⢠is automatically installed when you install the ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update utility from the support CD. See section âÂÂ5.2.3 Utilities menuâ for details. To launch the ASUS MyLogo2â¢: 1. Launch the ASUS Update utility. Refer to section âÂÂ4.1.1 ASUS Update utilityâ for details. 2. Select Options Options Options Options Options from the drop down menu, then click Next Next Next Next Next . 3. Check the option Launch MyLogo to replace system boot Launch MyLogo to replace system boot Launch MyLogo to replace system boot Launch MyLogo to replace system boot Launch MyLogo to replace system boot logo before flashing BIOS logo before flashing BIOS logo before flashing BIOS logo before flashing BIOS logo before flashing BIOS , then click Next Next Next Next Next . 4. Select Update BIOS from a file Update BIOS from a file Update BIOS from a file Update BIOS from a file Update BIOS from a file from the drop down menu, then click Next Next Next Next Next . 5. When prompted, locate the new BIOS file, then click Next Next Next Next Next . The ASUS MyLogo2 window appears. 6. From the left window pane, select the folder that contains the image you intend to use as your boot logo. ⢠Before using the ASUS MyLogo2â¢, use the AFUDOS utility to make a copy of your original BIOS file, or obtain the latest BIOS version from the ASUS website. See section âÂÂ4.1.4 AFUDOS Utility.â â¢ Make sure that the BIOS item Full Screen Logo Full Screen Logo Full Screen Logo Full Screen Logo Full Screen Logo i s set to [Enabled] if you wish to use ASUS MyLogo2. See section âÂÂ4.6.2 Boot Settings Configuration.â â¢ You can create your own boot logo image in GIF, JPG, or BMP file formats.
5-10 5-10 5-10 5-10 5-10 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support 9. When the screen returns to the ASUS Update utility, flash the original BIOS to load the new boot logo. 10. After flashing the BIOS, restart the computer to display the new boot logo during POST. 8. Adjust the boot image to your desired size by selecting a value on the Ratio Ratio Ratio Ratio Ratio box. 7. When the logo images appear on the right window pane, select an image to enlarge by clicking on it.
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 5-11 5-11 5-11 5-11 5-11 3. Click the Run Run Run Run R u n button to perform a cable test. 5.3.2 5.3.2 5.3.2 5.3.2 5.3.2 AI Net 2 AI Net 2 AI Net 2 AI Net 2 AI Net 2 The Marvell î Virtual Cable Tester⢠(VCT) is a cable diagnostic utility that reports LAN cable faults and shorts using the Time Domain Reflectometry (TDR) technology. The VCT detects and reports open and shorted cables, impedance mismatches, pair swaps, pair polarity problems, and pair skew problems of up to 64 ns at one meter accuracy. The VCT feature reduces networking and support costs through a highly manageable and controlled network system. This utility can be incorporated in the network systems software for ideal field support as well as development diagnostics. Using the Virtual Cable Tester⢠Using the Virtual Cable Tester⢠Using the Virtual Cable Tester⢠Using the Virtual Cable Tester⢠Using the Virtual Cable Tester⢠To use the the Marvell î Virtual Cable Tester⢠utility: 1. Launch the VCT utility from the Windows î desktop by clicking Start > All Programs > Marvell > Virtual Cable Tester Start > All Programs > Marvell > Virtual Cable Tester Start > All Programs > Marvell > Virtual Cable Tester Start > All Programs > Marvell > Virtual Cable Tester Start > All Programs > Marvell > Virtual Cable Tester . 2. Click Virtual Cable Tester Virtual Cable Tester Virtual Cable Tester Virtual Cable Tester Virtual Cable Tester from the menu to display the screen below. ⢠The VCT only runs on systems with Windows î XP or Windows î 2000 operating systems. ⢠The VCT utility only tests Ethernet cables connected to Gigabit LAN port(s). ⢠The Run Run Run Run R u n button on the Virtual Cable Tester⢠main window is disabled if no problem is detected on the LAN cable(s) connected to the LAN port(s). ⢠If you want the system to check the LAN cable before entering the OS, enable the POST Check LAN cable POST Check LAN cable POST Check LAN cable POST Check LAN cable POST Check LAN cable item in the BIOS.
5-12 5-12 5-12 5-12 5-12 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support 5.3.3 5.3.3 5.3.3 5.3.3 5.3.3 ASUS PC Probe II ASUS PC Probe II ASUS PC Probe II ASUS PC Probe II ASUS PC Probe II PC Probe II is a utility that monitors the computerâÂÂs vital components, and detects and alerts you of any problem with these components. PC Probe II senses fan rotations, CPU temperature, and system voltages, among others. Because PC Probe II is software-based, you can start monitoring your computer the moment you turn it on. With this utility, you are assured that your computer is always at a healthy operating condition. Installing PC Probe II Installing PC Probe II Installing PC Probe II Installing PC Probe II Installing PC Probe II To install PC Probe II on your computer: 1. Place the support CD to the optical drive. The Drivers Drivers Drivers Drivers Drivers installation tab appears if your computer has an enabled Autorun feature. If Autorun is not enabled in your computer, browse the contents of the support CD to locate the setup.exe file from the ASUS PC Probe II folder. Double-click the setup.exe file to start installation. 2. Click the Utilities Utilities Utilities Utilities Utilities tab, then click ASUS PC Probe II ASUS PC Probe II ASUS PC Probe II ASUS PC Probe II ASUS PC Probe II . 3. Follow the screen instructions to complete installation. Launching PC Probe II Launching PC Probe II Launching PC Probe II Launching PC Probe II Launching PC Probe II You can launch the PC Probe II right after installation or anytime from the Windows î desktop. To launch the PC Probe II from the Windows î desktop, click Start Start Start Start Start > All All All All All Programs > ASUS Programs > ASUS Programs > ASUS Programs > ASUS Programs > ASUS > PC Probe II > PC Probe II v1.03.02 PC Probe II > PC Probe II v1.03.02 PC Probe II > PC Probe II v1.03.02 PC Probe II > PC Probe II v1.03.02 PC Probe II > PC Probe II v1.03.02 . The PC Probe II main window appears. After launching the application, the PC Probe II icon appears in the Windows î taskbar. Click this icon to close or restore the application. Using PC Probe II Using PC Probe II Using PC Probe II Using PC Probe II Using PC Probe II Main window The PC Probe II main window allows you to view the current status of your system and change the utility configuration. By default, the main window displays the Preference Preference Preference Preference Preference section. You can close or restore the Preference Preference Preference Preference Preference section by clicking on the triangle on the main window right handle. Click to close the Click to close the Click to close the Click to close the Click to close the Preference panel Preference panel Preference panel Preference panel Preference panel
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 5-13 5-13 5-13 5-13 5-13 Button Button Button Button Button Function Function Function Function Function Opens the Configuration Configuration Configuration Configuration Configuration window Opens the Report Report Report Report Report window Opens the Desktop Management Interface Desktop Management Interface Desktop Management Interface Desktop Management Interface Desktop Management Interface window Opens the Peripheral Component Interconnect Peripheral Component Interconnect Peripheral Component Interconnect Peripheral Component Interconnect Peripheral Component Interconnect window Opens the Windows Management Instrumentation Windows Management Instrumentation Windows Management Instrumentation Windows Management Instrumentation Windows Management Instrumentation window Opens the hard disk drive, memory, CPU usage window Shows/Hides the Preference Preference Preference Preference Preference section Minimizes the application Closes the application Sensor alert When a system sensor detects a problem, the main window right handle turns red, as the illustrations below show. When displayed, the monitor panel for that sensor also turns red. Refer to the Monitor panels Monitor panels Monitor panels Monitor panels Monitor panels section for details. Preferences Preferences Preferences Preferences Preferences You can customize the application using the Preference section in the main window. Click the box before each preference to activate or deactivate.
5-14 5-14 5-14 5-14 5-14 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Hardware monitor panels Hardware monitor panels Hardware monitor panels Hardware monitor panels Hardware monitor panels The hardware monitor panels display the current value of a system sensor such as fan rotation, CPU temperature, and voltages. The hardware monitor panels come in two display modes: hexagonal (large) and rectangular (small). When you check the Enable Monitoring Panel Enable Monitoring Panel Enable Monitoring Panel Enable Monitoring Panel Enable Monitoring Panel option from the Preference Preference Preference Preference Preference section, the monitor panels appear on your computerâÂÂs desktop. Changing the monitor panels position To change the position of the monitor panels in the desktop, click the arrow down button of the Scheme Scheme Scheme Scheme Scheme options, then select another position from the list box. Click OK OK OK OK O K when finished. Moving the monitor panels All monitor panels move together using a magnetic effect. If you want to detach a monitor panel from the group, click the horseshoe magnet icon. You can now move or reposition the panel independently. Adjusting the sensor threshold value You can adjust the sensor threshold value in the monitor panel by clicking the or buttons. You can also adjust the threshold values using the Config Config Config Config Config window. You cannot adjust the sensor threshold values in a small monitoring panel. Large display Large display Large display Large display Large display Small display Small display Small display Small display Small display Click to Click to Click to Click to Click to increase increase increase increase increase value value value value value Click to Click to Click to Click to Click to decrease decrease decrease decrease decrease value value value value value
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 5-15 5-15 5-15 5-15 5-15 Monitoring sensor alert The monitor panel turns red when a component value exceeds or is lower than the threshold value. Refer to the illustrations below. Large display Large display Large display Large display Large display Small display Small display Small display Small display Small display WMI browser WMI browser WMI browser WMI browser WMI browser Click to display the WMI (Windows Management Instrumentation) browser. This browser displays various Windows î management information. Click an item from the left panel to display on the right panel. Click the plus sign ( ) before WMI Information WMI Information WMI Information WMI Information WMI Information to display the available information. You can enlarge or reduce the browser size by dragging the bottom right corner of the browser. DMI browser DMI browser DMI browser DMI browser DMI browser Click to display the DMI (Desktop Management Interface) browser. This browser displays various desktop and system information. Click the plus sign ( ) before DMI Information DMI Information DMI Information DMI Information DMI Information t o display the available information.
5-16 5-16 5-16 5-16 5-16 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support PCI browser PCI browser PCI browser PCI browser PCI browser Click to display the PCI (Peripheral Component Interconnect) browser. This browser provides information on the PCI devices installed on your system. Click the plus sign ( ) before the PCI Information PCI Information PCI Information PCI Information PCI Information item to display available information. Usage Usage Usage Usage Usage The Usage Usage Usage Usage Usage browser displays real-time information on the CPU, hard disk drive space, and memory usage. Click to display the Usage browser. CPU usage The CPU CPU CPU CPU C P U tab displays real-time CPU usage in line graph representation. If the CPU has an enabled Hyper-Threading, two separate line graphs display the operation of the two logical processors. Hard disk drive space usage The Hard Disk Hard Disk Hard Disk Hard Disk Hard Disk tab displays the used and available hard disk drive space. The left panel of the tab lists all logical drives. Click a hard disk drive to display the information on the right panel. The pie chart at the bottom of the window represents the used (blue) and the available HDD space.
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 5-17 5-17 5-17 5-17 5-17 Memory usage The Memory tab shows both used and available physical memory. The pie chart at the bottom of the window represents the used (blue) and the available physical memory. Configuring PC Probe II Configuring PC Probe II Configuring PC Probe II Configuring PC Probe II Configuring PC Probe II Click to view and adjust the sensor threshold values. The Config Config Config Config Config window has two tabs: Sensor/Threshold Sensor/Threshold Sensor/Threshold Sensor/Threshold Sensor/Threshold and Preference Preference Preference Preference Preference . The Sensor/Threshold Sensor/Threshold Sensor/Threshold Sensor/Threshold Sensor/Threshold tab enables you to activate the sensors or to adjust the sensor threshold values. The Preference Preference Preference Preference Preference tab allows you to customize sensor alerts, or change the temperature scale. Loads the default Loads the default Loads the default Loads the default Loads the default threshold values threshold values threshold values threshold values threshold values for each sensor for each sensor for each sensor for each sensor for each sensor Applies your Applies your Applies your Applies your Applies your changes changes changes changes changes Cancels or Cancels or Cancels or Cancels or Cancels or ignores your ignores your ignores your ignores your ignores your changes changes changes changes changes Loads your saved Loads your saved Loads your saved Loads your saved Loads your saved configuration configuration configuration configuration configuration Saves your Saves your Saves your Saves your Saves your configuration configuration configuration configuration configuration
5-18 5-18 5-18 5-18 5-18 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support 5.3.4 5.3.4 5.3.4 5.3.4 5.3.4 Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet⢠Technology Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet⢠Technology Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet⢠Technology Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet⢠Technology Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet⢠Technology The motherboard supports the AMD Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet⢠Technology that dynamically and automatically change the CPU speed, voltage, and amount of power depending on the task the CPU performs. Enabling Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet⢠Technology Enabling Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet⢠Technology Enabling Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet⢠Technology Enabling Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet⢠Technology Enabling Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet⢠Technology To enable Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet⢠Technology: 1. Turn on the system and enter BIOS by pressing the <Del> key during the Power On Self-Tests (POST). 2. Go to the Advanced Menu -> CPU Configuration Advanced Menu -> CPU Configuration Advanced Menu -> CPU Configuration Advanced Menu -> CPU Configuration Advanced Menu -> CPU Configuration , select the item Cool âÂÂnâÂÂQuiet Cool âÂÂnâÂÂQuiet Cool âÂÂnâÂÂQuiet Cool âÂÂnâÂÂQuiet Cool âÂÂnâÂÂQuiet and set it to Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled . See section âÂÂ4.4.2 CPU Configuration.â 3. In the Power Power Power Power Power menu, select the item ACPI 2.0 Support ACPI 2.0 Support ACPI 2.0 Support ACPI 2.0 Support ACPI 2.0 Support and set it to Yes Yes Yes Yes Y e s. See section âÂÂ4.5 Power Menu.â 4. Save your changes and exit BIOS Setup. 5. Reboot your computer and set your Power Options Properties depending on your operating system. The Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet⢠Technology item is set to [Disabled] by default in the BIOS. Windows Windows Windows Windows Windows î î î î î 2000/XP 2000/XP 2000/XP 2000/XP 2000/XP 1. From the Windows î 2000/XP operating system, click the Start Start Start Start Start button. Select Settings Settings Settings Settings Settings , then Control Panel Control Panel Control Panel Control Panel Control Panel . 2. Make sure the Control Panel is set to Classic View. 3. Double-click the Display Display Display Display Display icon in the Control Panel then select the Screen Saver Screen Saver Screen Saver Screen Saver Screen Saver tab. 4. Click the Power... Power... Power... Power... Power... button. The following dialog box appears. 5. From the Power schemes Power schemes Power schemes Power schemes Power schemes combo list box, select Minimal Minimal Minimal Minimal Minimal Power Management Power Management Power Management Power Management Power Management . 6. Click OK OK OK OK O K to effect settings. Make sure to install the Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet⢠driver and application before using this feature.
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 5-19 5-19 5-19 5-19 5-19 Launching the Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet⢠software Launching the Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet⢠software Launching the Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet⢠software Launching the Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet⢠software Launching the Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet⢠software The motherboard support CD includes the Cool âÂÂnâ Quie!⢠software that enables you to view your systemâÂÂs real-time CPU Frequency and voltage. To launch the Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet⢠program: 1. If you are using Windows î 2000, click the Start Start Start Start Start button. Select Programs-> ASUS -> Cool & Quiet -> Cool & Quiet. Programs-> ASUS -> Cool & Quiet -> Cool & Quiet. Programs-> ASUS -> Cool & Quiet -> Cool & Quiet. Programs-> ASUS -> Cool & Quiet -> Cool & Quiet. Programs-> ASUS -> Cool & Quiet -> Cool & Quiet. 2. If you are using Windows î XP, click the Start Start Start Start Start button. Select All All All All All Programs-> ASUS -> Cool & Quiet -> Cool & Quiet. Programs-> ASUS -> Cool & Quiet -> Cool & Quiet. Programs-> ASUS -> Cool & Quiet -> Cool & Quiet. Programs-> ASUS -> Cool & Quiet -> Cool & Quiet. Programs-> ASUS -> Cool & Quiet -> Cool & Quiet. 3. The Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet!⢠technology screen appears and displays the current CPU Frequency and CPU Voltage. Make sure to install the Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet⢠software from the motherboard support CD. Refer to section âÂÂ5.2.3 Utilities menuâ for details.
5-20 5-20 5-20 5-20 5-20 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support 5.3.5 5.3.5 5.3.5 5.3.5 5.3.5 SoundMAX SoundMAX SoundMAX SoundMAX SoundMAX î î î î î High Definition Audio utility High Definition Audio utility High Definition Audio utility High Definition Audio utility High Definition Audio utility The ADI AD1988A High Definition Audio CODEC provides 8-channel audio capability through the SoundMAX î audio utility with AudioESP⢠software to deliver the ultimate audio experience on your PC. The software implements high quality audio synthesis/rendering, 3D sound positioning, and advanced voice-input technologies. Follow the installation wizard to install the ADI AD1988As Audio Driver from the support CD that came with the motherboard package to activate the SoundMAX î audio utility. ⢠You must use 4-channel, 6-channel or 8-channel speakers for this setup. ⢠SoundMAX î requires Microsoft î Windows î 2000/XP or later version. Make sure that one of these operating systems is installed before installing SoundMAX î . ⢠Jack Retasking function works on High Definition front panel audio ports only. If the SoundMAX î audio utility is correctly installed, you will find the SoundMAX î icon on the taskbar.
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 5-21 5-21 5-21 5-21 5-21 From the taskbar, double-click on the SoundMAX î icon to display the SoundMAX î Control Panel. Audio Setup Wizard Audio Setup Wizard Audio Setup Wizard Audio Setup Wizard Audio Setup Wizard By clicking the icon from the SoundMAX î control panel, you can easily configure your audio settings. Simply follow succeeding screen instructions and begin enjoying High Definition Audio.
5-22 5-22 5-22 5-22 5-22 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Jack configuration Jack configuration Jack configuration Jack configuration Jack configuration This screen helps you configure your computerâÂÂs audio ports, depending on the audio devices you have installed. Adjust speaker volume Adjust speaker volume Adjust speaker volume Adjust speaker volume Adjust speaker volume This screen helps you adjust speaker volume. Click the Test Test Test Test Test button to hear the changes you have made. Adjust microphone volume Adjust microphone volume Adjust microphone volume Adjust microphone volume Adjust microphone volume This screen helps you adjust microphone volume. You will be asked to read pre-written text to allow the AudioWizard to adjust the volume as you speak.
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 5-23 5-23 5-23 5-23 5-23 Audio preferences Audio preferences Audio preferences Audio preferences Audio preferences Click the icon to go to the Preferences page. This page allows you to change various audio settings. General options General options General options General options General options Click the General tab to choose your playback and recording devices, enable/ disable the AudioESP⢠feature, and enable/disable digital output. Listening Environment options Listening Environment options Listening Environment options Listening Environment options Listening Environment options Click the Listening Environment tab to choose your speaker setup and acoustic environment, and enable/disable the Virtual Theater⢠Surround feature.
5-24 5-24 5-24 5-24 5-24 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Microphone options Microphone options Microphone options Microphone options Microphone options Click the Microphone tab to optimize your microphone input settings. Enhanced Microphone Features Enhanced Microphone Features Enhanced Microphone Features Enhanced Microphone Features Enhanced Microphone Features No Filtering Enables Noise Filter function. Detects repetitive and stationary noises like computer fans, air conditioners, and other background noises then eliminates it in the incoming sudio stream while recording. You can enable it for a better recording quality. Voice recording Receives only the sound coming from the reception cone and eliminates interferences including neighboring speakers and reverberations. You can enable it to transit clearer sound during on-line games, MSN, or Skype. Directional Array Advanced de-reverberation techniques can help to reduce echo and minimize its effect on the speech engine. You can enable it when you have conference call to reduce echoes in the other side.
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 5-25 5-25 5-25 5-25 5-25 5.4 RAID Configurations The motherboard comes with a RAID controller integrated in the SB600 Southbridge that allows you to configure Serial ATA hard disk drives as RAID sets. The motherboard supports the following RAID configurations. RAID 0 RAID 0 RAID 0 RAID 0 RAID 0 (Data striping) optimizes two identical hard disk drives to read and write data in parallel, interleaved stacks. Two hard disks perform the same work as a single drive but at a sustained data transfer rate, double that of a single disk alone, thus improving data access and storage. Use of two new identical hard disk drives is required for this setup. RAID 1 RAID 1 RAID 1 RAID 1 RAID 1 (Data mirroring) copies and maintains an identical image of data from one drive to a second drive. If one drive fails, the disk array management software directs all applications to the surviving drive as it contains a complete copy of the data in the other drive. This RAID configuration provides data protection and increases fault tolerance to the entire system. Use two new drives or use an existing drive and a new drive for this setup. The new drive must be of the same size or larger than the existing drive. RAID 0 1 RAID 0 1 RAID 0 1 RAID 0 1 RAID 0 1 i s data striping and data mirroring combined without parity (redundancy data) having to be calculated and written. With the RAID 0 1 configuration you get all the benefits of both RAID 0 and RAID 1 configurations. Use four new hard disk drives or use an existing drive and three new drives for this setup.
5-26 5-26 5-26 5-26 5-26 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support 5.4.1 5.4.1 5.4.1 5.4.1 5.4.1 Installing hard disks Installing hard disks Installing hard disks Installing hard disks Installing hard disks The motherboard supports Ultra DMA 133/100/66 and Serial ATA hard disk drives. For optimal performance, install identical drives of the same model and capacity when creating a disk array. Installing Serial ATA (SATA) hard disks Installing Serial ATA (SATA) hard disks Installing Serial ATA (SATA) hard disks Installing Serial ATA (SATA) hard disks Installing Serial ATA (SATA) hard disks To install the SATA hard disks for a RAID configuration: 1. Install the SATA hard disks into the drive bays. 2. Connect the SATA signal cables. 3. Connect a SATA power cable to the power connector on each drive. 5.4.2 5.4.2 5.4.2 5.4.2 5.4.2 ATI ATI ATI ATI ATI î î î î î RAID configurations RAID configurations RAID configurations RAID configurations RAID configurations The ATI î RAID controller supports RAID 0, RAID 1, and RAID 0 1configurations. Setting the RAID item in BIOS Setting the RAID item in BIOS Setting the RAID item in BIOS Setting the RAID item in BIOS Setting the RAID item in BIOS You must set the RAID item in the BIOS Setup before you can create a RAID set(s). To do this: 1. Boot up your computer, and press <Del> during POST to enter the BIOS setup. 2. In the Main Menu Main Menu Main Menu Main Menu Main Menu , g o t o Storage Configuration Storage Configuration Storage Configuration Storage Configuration Storage Configuration , and set the OnChip SATA Type OnChip SATA Type OnChip SATA Type OnChip SATA Type OnChip SATA Type item to [RAID]. 3. Press <F10> to save the changes and exit. You may also set the RAID configurations in Windows î OS after you have installed the Serial ATA RAID driver. See section âÂÂ5.2.4 Make Disk menuâ for details. The RAID BIOS setup screens shown in this section are for reference only, and may not exactly match the items on your screen.
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 5-27 5-27 5-27 5-27 5-27 The Main Menu above allows you to select an operation to perform. The Main Menu options include: View Drive Assignments View Drive Assignments View Drive Assignments View Drive Assignments View Drive Assignments - shows the status of the hard disk drives. Define LD Define LD Define LD Define LD Define LD - creates a RAID 0, RAID 1, or RAID 0 1 configuration. Delete LD Delete LD Delete LD Delete LD D e l e t e L D - deletes a selected RAID set and partition. Controller Configuration Controller Configuration Controller Configuration Controller Configuration Controller Configuration - Shows the system resources configuration. Press <1>, <2>, <3>, or <4> to enter the option you need; press <ESC> to exit the utility. FastBuild (tm) Utility (c) 2004-2005 ATI Technology, Inc. View Drive Assignments........[1] Define LD.....................[2] Delete LD.....................[3] Controller Configuration......[4] [ Main Menu ] Press 1..4 to Select Option [ESC] Exit [ Keys Available ] ATI ATI ATI ATI ATI î î î î î FastBuild⢠Utility FastBuild⢠Utility FastBuild⢠Utility FastBuild⢠Utility FastBuild⢠Utility To enter the ATI î FastBuild⢠utility: 1. Boot up your computer. 2. Press <Ctrl F> during POST to display the main menu of the utility.
5-28 5-28 5-28 5-28 5-28 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Creating a RAID 0 configuration Creating a RAID 0 configuration Creating a RAID 0 configuration Creating a RAID 0 configuration Creating a RAID 0 configuration To create a RAID 0 set: 1. In the Main Menu, press <2> to enter the âÂÂDefine LDâ function. 2. Press <Enter>, and the following screen appears. FastBuild (tm) Utility (c) 2004-2005 ATI Technology, Inc. [ â â â â â ]Up [ â â â â â ]Down [ESC]Exit [Space] Change Option [Ctrl-Y]Save [ Keys Available ] [ Define LD Menu ] [ Define LD Menu ] Channel:ID Drive Model Capacity (MB) Assignment 1:Mas xxxxxxxxx xxxxxx Y 2:Mas xxxxxxxxx xxxxxx Y 3:Mas xxxxxxxxx xxxxxx N 4:Mas xxxxxxxxx xxxxxx N 3. Highlight the LD1 LD1 LD1 LD1 L D 1 item and press <Space> to select RAID 0 RAID 0 RAID 0 RAID 0 RAID 0 . 4. Move to the Assignment Assignment Assignment Assignment Assignment item by using the down arrow key and set Y Y Y Y Y to any two of the drives . 4. Press <Ctrl Y> to save the setting. The utility prompts the following messages: Press <Ctrl Y> to key in the desired capacity or press any key to continue. 6. The utility displays the following screen. FastBuild (tm) Utility (c) 2004-2005 ATI Technology, Inc. [ Define LD Menu ] [ â â â â â ]Up [ â â â â â ]Down [ESC]Exit [Enter] Select [ Keys Available ] LD No RAID Mode Total Drv Capacity(MB) Status LD 1 RAID 0 2 xxxxxx Functional LD 2 ---- ---- ---- ---- LD 3 ---- ---- ---- ---- LD 4 ---- ---- ---- ---- LD 5 ---- ---- ---- ---- LD 6 ---- ---- ---- ---- LD 7 ---- ---- ---- ---- LD 8 ---- ---- ---- ---- LD No RAID Mode Total Drv LD 1 RAID 0 2 Strip Block: 64 KB Fast Init: OFF Gigabyte Boundary: ON Cache Mode: WriteThru Press Ctrl-Y to Modify Array Capacity or press any other key to use maxinum capacity... Press <Ctrl Y> to erase MBR or press any key to continue. Press Ctrl-Y if you are sure to erase MBR! Press any other key to ignore this option...
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 5-29 5-29 5-29 5-29 5-29 Creating a RAID 1 configuration Creating a RAID 1 configuration Creating a RAID 1 configuration Creating a RAID 1 configuration Creating a RAID 1 configuration To create a RAID 1 set: 1. In the Main Menu, press <2> to enter the âÂÂDefine LDâ function. 2. Press <Enter>, and the following screen appears. FastBuild (tm) Utility (c) 2004-2005 ATI Technology, Inc. [ â â â â â ]Up [ â â â â â ]Down [ESC]Exit [Space] Change Option [Ctrl-Y]Save [ Keys Available ] [ Define LD Menu ] [ Define LD Menu ] Channel:ID Drive Model Capacity (MB) Assignment 1:Mas xxxxxxxxx xxxxxx Y 2:Mas xxxxxxxxx xxxxxx Y 3:Mas xxxxxxxxx xxxxxx N 4:Mas xxxxxxxxx xxxxxx N 3. Highlight the LD1 LD1 LD1 LD1 L D 1 item and press <Space> to select RAID 1 RAID 1 RAID 1 RAID 1 RAID 1 . 4. Move to the Assignment Assignment Assignment Assignment Assignment item by using the down arrow key and set Y Y Y Y Y to any two of the drives . 4. Press <Ctrl Y> to save the setting. The utility prompts the following messages: Press <Ctrl Y> to key in the desired capacity or press any key to continue. 6. The utility displays the following screen. FastBuild (tm) Utility (c) 2004-2005 ATI Technology, Inc. [ Define LD Menu ] [ â â â â â ]Up [ â â â â â ]Down [ESC]Exit [Enter] Select [ Keys Available ] LD No RAID Mode Total Drv Capacity(MB) Status LD 1 RAID 1 2 xxxxxx Functional LD 2 ---- ---- ---- ---- LD 3 ---- ---- ---- ---- LD 4 ---- ---- ---- ---- LD 5 ---- ---- ---- ---- LD 6 ---- ---- ---- ---- LD 7 ---- ---- ---- ---- LD 8 ---- ---- ---- ---- LD No RAID Mode Total Drv LD 1 RAID 1 2 Strip Block: 64 KB Fast Init: OFF Gigabyte Boundary: ON Cache Mode: WriteThru Press Ctrl-Y to Modify Array Capacity or press any other key to use maxinum capacity... Press <Ctrl Y> to erase MBR or press any key to continue. Press Ctrl-Y if you are sure to erase MBR! Press any other key to ignore this option...
5-30 5-30 5-30 5-30 5-30 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Creating a RAID 0 1 configuration Creating a RAID 0 1 configuration Creating a RAID 0 1 configuration Creating a RAID 0 1 configuration Creating a RAID 0 1 configuration To create a RAID 0 1 set: 1. In the Main Menu, press <2> to enter the âÂÂDefine LDâ function. 2. Press <Enter>, and the following screen appears. FastBuild (tm) Utility (c) 2004-2005 ATI Technology, Inc. [ â â â â â ]Up [ â â â â â ]Down [ESC]Exit [Space] Change Option [Ctrl-Y]Save [ Keys Available ] [ Define LD Menu ] [ Define LD Menu ] Channel:ID Drive Model Capacity (MB) Assignment 1:Mas xxxxxxxxx xxxxxx Y 2:Mas xxxxxxxxx xxxxxx Y 3:Mas xxxxxxxxx xxxxxx Y 4:Mas xxxxxxxxx xxxxxx Y 3. Highlight the LD1 LD1 LD1 LD1 L D 1 item and press <Space> to select RAID 10 RAID 10 RAID 10 RAID 10 RAID 10 . 4. Move to the Assignment Assignment Assignment Assignment Assignment item by using the down arrow key and set Y Y Y Y Y to any four of the drives . 4. Press <Ctrl Y> to save the setting. The utility prompts the following messages: Press <Ctrl Y> to key in the desired capacity or press any key to continue. 6. The utility displays the following screen. FastBuild (tm) Utility (c) 2004-2005 ATI Technology, Inc. [ Define LD Menu ] [ â â â â â ]Up [ â â â â â ]Down [ESC]Exit [Enter] Select [ Keys Available ] LD No RAID Mode Total Drv Capacity(MB) Status LD 1 RAID 10 4 xxxxxx Functional LD 2 ---- ---- ---- ---- LD 3 ---- ---- ---- ---- LD 4 ---- ---- ---- ---- LD 5 ---- ---- ---- ---- LD 6 ---- ---- ---- ---- LD 7 ---- ---- ---- ---- LD 8 ---- ---- ---- ---- LD No RAID Mode Total Drv LD 1 RAID 10 4 Strip Block: 64 KB Fast Init: OFF Gigabyte Boundary: ON Cache Mode: WriteThru Press Ctrl-Y to Modify Array Capacity or press any other key to use maxinum capacity... Press <Ctrl Y> to erase MBR or press any key to continue. Press Ctrl-Y if you are sure to erase MBR! Press any other key to ignore this option...
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 5-31 5-31 5-31 5-31 5-31 Deleting a RAID configuration Deleting a RAID configuration Deleting a RAID configuration Deleting a RAID configuration Deleting a RAID configuration To create a RAID set: 1. In the Main Menu, press <3> to enter the âÂÂDelete LDâ function. 2. Select the RAID item you want to delete and press <Del> or <Alt D>. FastBuild (tm) Utility (c) 2004-2005 ATI Technology, Inc. [ Delete LD Menu ] [ â â â â â ]Up [ â â â â â ]Down [ESC]Exit [Del or Alt D] Delete [ Keys Available ] LD No RAID Mode Total Drv Capacity(MB) Status LD 1 RAID 10 4 xxxxxx Functional LD 2 ---- ---- ---- ---- LD 3 ---- ---- ---- ---- LD 4 ---- ---- ---- ---- LD 5 ---- ---- ---- ---- LD 6 ---- ---- ---- ---- LD 7 ---- ---- ---- ---- LD 8 ---- ---- ---- ----
5-32 5-32 5-32 5-32 5-32 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support 5.5 Creating a RAID driver disk A floppy disk with the RAID driver is required when installing Windows î 2000/XP operating system on a hard disk drive that is included in a RAID set. To create a RAID driver disk: 1. Boot your computer. 2. Press <Del> during POST to enter the BIOS setup utility. 3. Set the optical drive as the primary boot device. 4. Save changes and exit BIOS. 5. Insert the support CD into the optical drive. 6. Press the any key when the system prompts âÂÂPress any key to boot from the optical drive.â The following menu appears: a) ATi RAID Driver Disk b) Jmicron JM363 32 bit AHCI/RAID Driver Disk c) Jmicron JM363 64 bit AHCI/RAID Driver Disk d) FreeDOS command prompt Please choose a ~ d:_ 7. Press <a> to create a RAID driver disk. 8. Insert a formatted floppy disk into the floppy drive then press <Enter>. 9. Follow succeeding screen instructions to complete the process. - OR - - OR - - OR - - OR - - OR - 1. Start Windows î . 2. Place the motherboard support CD into the optical drive. 3. When the Drivers Drivers Drivers Drivers Drivers menu appears, click ATi Chipset Driver ATi Chipset Driver ATi Chipset Driver ATi Chipset Driver ATi Chipset Driver t o create an ATi RAID driver disk. 4. Insert a floppy disk into the floppy disk drive. 5. Follow succeeding screen instructions to complete the process. Write-protect the floppy disk to avoid computer virus infection. To install the RAID driver: 1. During the OS installation, the system prompts you to press the F6 key to install third-party SCSI or RAID driver. 2. Press <F6> then insert the floppy disk with RAID driver into the floppy disk drive. 3. Follow the succeeding screen instructions to complete the installation.
6 This chapter tells how to install CrossFire⢠graphics cards to avail of ATIâÂÂs Multi-Video Processing technology. ATI CrossFire⢠technology support
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP Chapter summary 6 6.1 Overview ............................................................................... 6-1 6.2 Hardware installation ............................................................ 6-2 6.3 Software information ........................................................... 6-5
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 6-1 6-1 6-1 6-1 6-1 6.1 Overview The motherboard supports the ATI CrossFire⢠technology that allows you to install multi-graphics processing units (GPU) graphics cards. Follow the installation procedures in this section. Requirements Requirements Requirements Requirements Requirements ⢠CrossFire⢠Edition graphics card (Master) ⢠CrossFireâ¢-ready graphics card (Slave) ⢠CrossFireâ¢-ready motherboard, such as the ASUS M2R32-MVP motherboard. ⢠Make sure that your power supply unit (PSU) can provide at least the minimum power required by your system. See âÂÂ6. Power connectorsâ on page 2-28 for details. ⢠Visit the ATI website or download the CrossFire⢠Xpress 3200 Edition UserâÂÂs Guide from the support CD for detailed hardware requirements and installation procedures. ⢠The ATI CrossFire⢠technology supports only the following operating systems: - Windows î XP 32-bit (Home or Professional) with Service Pack 2 (SP2) - Windows î XP Professional 64-bit Edition. ⢠Make sure that your graphics card driver supports the ATI CrossFire⢠Technology. Download the latest driver from the ATI website (www.ati.com) ⢠The maximum resolution of CrossFire⢠Xpress 3200 Edition is 1600 x 1200 at 65 MHz when you use DVI output. Before you begin Before you begin Before you begin Before you begin Before you begin Uninstall other graphics card driver Uninstall other graphics card driver Uninstall other graphics card driver Uninstall other graphics card driver Uninstall other graphics card driver s in your system s in your system s in your system s in your system s in your system To uninstall other graphics card drivers: 1. Close all current applications. 2. Go to Control Panel > Add/Remove Programs Control Panel > Add/Remove Programs Control Panel > Add/Remove Programs Control Panel > Add/Remove Programs Control Panel > Add/Remove Programs . 3. Select your current graphics card driver/s. 4. Select Add/Remove Add/Remove Add/Remove Add/Remove Add/Remove . 5. Restart your system.
6-2 6-2 6-2 6-2 6-2 Chapter 6: Chapter 6: Chapter 6: Chapter 6: Chapter 6: ATI CrossFire⢠technology support ATI CrossFire⢠technology support ATI CrossFire⢠technology support ATI CrossFire⢠technology support ATI CrossFire⢠technology support 2. Insert the CrossFire⢠Edition (Master) graphics card into the blue slot. Make sure that the card is properly seated on the slot. 6.2 Hardware installation Installing CrossFire⢠graphics cards Installing CrossFire⢠graphics cards Installing CrossFire⢠graphics cards Installing CrossFire⢠graphics cards Installing CrossFire⢠graphics cards Before installing a CrossFire⢠system, refer to the user guide that came with the ATI CrossFire⢠Edition graphics card. To install the graphics cards: 1. Prepare one CrossFire⢠Edition graphics card, which will serve as the Master graphics card, and one CrossFireâ¢-ready graphics card, which will serve as the Slave graphics card. Master graphics card Master graphics card Master graphics card Master graphics card Master graphics card Slave graphics card Slave graphics card Slave graphics card Slave graphics card Slave graphics card
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 6-3 6-3 6-3 6-3 6-3 4. Connect one end of the external cable to the Master graphics card. 3. Insert the CrossFireâ¢-ready (Slave) graphics card into the black slot. Make sure that the card is properly seated on the slot.
6-4 6-4 6-4 6-4 6-4 Chapter 6: Chapter 6: Chapter 6: Chapter 6: Chapter 6: ATI CrossFire⢠technology support ATI CrossFire⢠technology support ATI CrossFire⢠technology support ATI CrossFire⢠technology support ATI CrossFire⢠technology support 5. Connect the other end of the external cable to the Slave graphics card. 6. Connect the loose end to the corresponding port on your monitor. 7. Connect an auxiliary power source from the power supply to the graphics cards. 5 5 5 5 5 6 6 6 6 6 7 7 7 7 7
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 6-5 6-5 6-5 6-5 6-5 6.3 Software information 6.3.1 6.3.1 6.3.1 6.3.1 6.3.1 Installing the device drivers Installing the device drivers Installing the device drivers Installing the device drivers Installing the device drivers Refer to the documentation that came with your graphics card package to install the device drivers. The ATI CrossFire⢠technology supports only the following operating systems: ⢠Windows î XP 32-bit (Home or Professional) with Service Pack 2 (SP2) ⢠Windows î XP Professional 64-bit Edition. 1. Turn on your system and log in with administrator rights. 2. Place the CrossFire⢠installation CD in your optical drive. The opening menu appears. Click Install CrossFire Install CrossFire Install CrossFire Install CrossFire Install CrossFire drivers drivers drivers drivers drivers . 3. The installation window appears. Click Next Next Next Next Next t o continue. 4. Read the License Agreement, then click Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes .
6-6 6-6 6-6 6-6 6-6 Chapter 6: Chapter 6: Chapter 6: Chapter 6: Chapter 6: ATI CrossFire⢠technology support ATI CrossFire⢠technology support ATI CrossFire⢠technology support ATI CrossFire⢠technology support ATI CrossFire⢠technology support 5. Select the components that you want to install, then click Next Next Next Next Next . 6. Installation begins. 7. A status window appears, indicating the progress of the installation. 8. The Setup Complete Setup Complete Setup Complete Setup Complete Setup Complete window appears, indicating that the driver files have been copied to your computer. Click Yes Yes Yes Yes Y e s to restart your computer now or No No No No N o to restart later. Click Finish Finish Finish Finish Finish . ⢠Select Express Express Express Express Express t o install the HydraVision⢠multi-monitor and desktop management software, as well as the ATI driver. ⢠Select Custom Custom Custom Custom Custom t o individually choose desired software components.
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 6-7 6-7 6-7 6-7 6-7 6.3.2 6.3.2 6.3.2 6.3.2 6.3.2 Using the Catalyst⢠Control Center Using the Catalyst⢠Control Center Using the Catalyst⢠Control Center Using the Catalyst⢠Control Center Using the Catalyst⢠Control Center The Catalyst⢠Control Center allows you to access display features of the ATI hardware and software you installed. Use this application to adjust your graphic settings, enable/disable connected devices, and change your desktop orientation. Launching the Catalyst⢠Control Center Launching the Catalyst⢠Control Center Launching the Catalyst⢠Control Center Launching the Catalyst⢠Control Center Launching the Catalyst⢠Control Center There are several ways to launch the Catalyst⢠Control Center: ⢠On the Windows î task bar, click Start Start Start Start Start > ATI Catalyst⢠Control ATI Catalyst⢠Control ATI Catalyst⢠Control ATI Catalyst⢠Control ATI Catalyst⢠Control Center Center Center Center Center > Catalyst⢠Control Center Catalyst⢠Control Center Catalyst⢠Control Center Catalyst⢠Control Center Catalyst⢠Control Center ⢠Double-click the Catalyst⢠Control Center desktop shortcut. ⢠On the Windows î task bar, double-click the Catalyst⢠Control Center icon.
6-8 6-8 6-8 6-8 6-8 Chapter 6: Chapter 6: Chapter 6: Chapter 6: Chapter 6: ATI CrossFire⢠technology support ATI CrossFire⢠technology support ATI CrossFire⢠technology support ATI CrossFire⢠technology support ATI CrossFire⢠technology support The Catalyst⢠Control Center Dialog Box The Catalyst⢠Control Center Dialog Box The Catalyst⢠Control Center Dialog Box The Catalyst⢠Control Center Dialog Box The Catalyst⢠Control Center Dialog Box View The Catalyst⢠Control Center provides two views: ⢠Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard - simple view with wizards for beginners ⢠Advance Advance Advance Advance Advance - allows advanced users to access and configure the complete features of the software ⢠Set to Advance Advance Advance Advance Advance view to enable the CrossFire⢠function. ⢠Make sure that the Dual-slot configuration item in the BIOS is set to [Auto] or [Dual Video Cards] if you want to enable the CrossFire⢠function.
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 6-9 6-9 6-9 6-9 6-9 To enable CrossFireâ¢: 1. Set the view to Advance Advance Advance Advance Advance . 2. Click the Crossfire⢠Crossfire⢠Crossfire⢠Crossfire⢠Crossfire⢠item in Graphics Settings Graphics Settings Graphics Settings Graphics Settings Graphics Settings . 3. In the CrossFire⢠Settings dialog, tick the box opposite Enable Enable Enable Enable Enable CrossFire⢠CrossFire⢠CrossFire⢠CrossFire⢠CrossFire⢠. 4. Click OK to effect the setting. 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 Hotkeys Click the Hotkeys Hotkeys Hotkeys Hotkeys Hotkeys tab on the Catalyst⢠Control Center to access the Hotkeys Manager, which allows you to create key combinations as shortcuts for performing certain functions quickly.
6-10 6-10 6-10 6-10 6-10 Chapter 6: Chapter 6: Chapter 6: Chapter 6: Chapter 6: ATI CrossFire⢠technology support ATI CrossFire⢠technology support ATI CrossFire⢠technology support ATI CrossFire⢠technology support ATI CrossFire⢠technology support Profiles Click the Profiles Profiles Profiles Profiles Profiles tab on the Catalyst⢠Control Center to access the Profiles Manager, which allows you to create customized environments for your desktop, video, and 3D applications. Preferences Click the Preferences Preferences Preferences Preferences Preferences tab on the Catalyst⢠Control Center to select a language, restore defaults, change skins, or enable/disable the System Tray icon.
ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP ASUS M2R32-MVP 6-11 6-11 6-11 6-11 6-11 Help Click the Help Help Help Help Help tab on the Catalyst⢠Control Center to access the online help system, generate a Problem Report, and get the Catalyst⢠Control Center version information. The CrossFire⢠CrossFire⢠CrossFire⢠CrossFire⢠CrossFire⢠item in Graphics Settings Graphics Settings Graphics Settings Graphics Settings Graphics Settings will not show up if the motherboard or the VGA card you use doesnâÂÂt support the CrossFire⢠system.
6-12 6-12 6-12 6-12 6-12 Chapter 6: Chapter 6: Chapter 6: Chapter 6: Chapter 6: ATI CrossFire⢠technology support ATI CrossFire⢠technology support ATI CrossFire⢠technology support ATI CrossFire⢠technology support ATI CrossFire⢠technology support